Calculo Tonelaje Punzonado

Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/24/12 Black plate (1,1)
2013 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
eAssist Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Performance and Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Keys, Doors, and Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-15
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-36 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-41 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-27
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-33
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-38
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-58
2013 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Additional Maintenance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Recommended Fluids, OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12 OnStar Additional
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-91 Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95 Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-2
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-18
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 Vehicle Data Recording and
Special Application Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens
options that you did not purchase or A French language manual can be
due to changes subsequent to the obtained from your dealer, at
printing of this owner manual. www.helminc.com, or from:
Please refer to the purchase
The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, substitute the name “General
the CHEVROLET Emblem, Helm, Incorporated
Motors of Canada Limited” for Attention: Customer Service
MALIBU, and the MALIBU Emblem Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
are trademarks and/or service 47911 Halyard Drive
appears in this manual. Plymouth, MI 48170
marks of General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 22941188 C Third Printing 2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols

{ WARNING
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. component, control, message,
Notice: This means there is
gauge, or indicator.
something that could result in
Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual
vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or
Warning messages found on vehicle
information.
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when
reduce them. you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
Danger indicates a hazard with a
information.
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a
hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do
death. Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart # : Fog Lamps

Here are some additional symbols . : Fuel Gauge
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more + : Fuses
information on the symbol, refer to 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
the Index. Changer
9 : Airbag Readiness Light j : LATCH System Child
# : Air Conditioning Restraints
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
% : Audio® Steering Wheel Controls : : Oil Pressure
or OnStar O : Power
$ : Brake System Warning Light / : Remote Vehicle Start
" : Charging System > : Safety Belt Reminders
I : Cruise Control 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
B : Engine Coolant Temperature d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
O : Exterior Lamps M : Windshield Washer Fluid
g : First Responder
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 eAssist Features

Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13 eAssist® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 High Voltage Safety
Instrument Panel Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2 Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . 1-22
Vehicle Features Automatic Engine Start/Stop
Initial Drive Information Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 1-22
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-16 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-17
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Performance and Maintenance
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Traction Control
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Driver Information System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-24
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Tire Sealant and
Head Restraint Lane Departure Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-24
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Rear Vision Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-25
Passenger Sensing Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Driving for Better Fuel
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-19 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Roadside Assistance
Steering Wheel Universal Remote System . . . 1-20 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8‑7. 10. Exterior Lamp Controls on 16. Horn on page 5‑3.
2. Turn and Lane-Change Lever. page 6‑1. Driver Airbag. See Where Are
See Turn and Lane-Change Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. the Airbags? on page 3‑23.
Signals on page 6‑4. Instrument Panel Illumination 17. Steering Wheel Controls on
Driver Information Center Control on page 6‑5. page 5‑2.
Buttons. See Driver Information 11. Hood Release. See Hood on 18. Ignition Positions (Key Access)
Center (DIC) on page 5‑25. page 10‑5. on page 9‑15 or Ignition
3. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9. 12. Storage Compartment. See Positions (Keyless Access) on
Driver Information Center (DIC) Instrument Panel Storage on page 9‑17.
on page 5‑25. page 4‑1. 19. Heated Front Seats on
4. 13. Data Link Connector (Out of page 3‑8 (If Equipped).
Windshield Wiper/Washer on View). See Malfunction 20. Power Door Locks on
page 5‑3. Indicator Lamp on page 5‑15. page 2‑11.
5. Storage Area. See Instrument 14. Cruise Control on page 9‑36. Hazard Warning Flashers on
Panel Storage on page 4‑1. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) page 6‑4.
6. Light Sensor. See Automatic System on page 9‑38 (If Passenger Airbag Status
Headlamp System on page 6‑3. Equipped). Indicator. See Passenger
7. Infotainment Display. 15. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Sensing System on page 3‑27.
8. Infotainment on page 7‑1. page 5‑2.
AM-FM Radio on page 7‑9.

9. CD Player on page 7‑14.
1-4 In Brief
21. Lane Departure Warning Initial Drive

(LDW) on page 9‑44 (If
Equipped). Information
Ultrasonic Parking Assist on This section provides a brief
page 9‑40 (If Equipped). overview about some of the
Traction Control System (TCS) important features that may or may
on page 9‑33. not be on your specific vehicle.
StabiliTrak® System on For more detailed information, refer

page 9‑34. to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
22. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission on page 9‑27. Remote Keyless Entry RKE without Remote Start
23. Power Outlets on page 5‑6. (RKE) System Press the button to extend the key.
24. Electric Parking Brake. See The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The key can be used for all locks.
Parking Brake on page 9‑30. transmitter may work up to 20 m This key is also used for the
25. Climate Control Systems on (65 ft) away from the vehicle. ignition, if the vehicle does not have
page 8‑1. pushbutton start.
Dual Automatic Climate Control K : Press to unlock the driver door
System on page 8‑3. or all doors.
Q: Press to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.
V : Press and hold to release the
trunk.
In Brief 1-5
7 : Press and release one time to When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks
initiate vehicle locator. Press and lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The To lock or unlock the doors from the
hold for at least three seconds to
doors will be locked and the climate outside:
sound the panic alarm. Press again
to cancel the panic alarm. control system may come on. . Press Q or K on the Remote
See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote The engine will continue to run for Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) System 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a See Remote Keyless Entry
Operation on page 2‑3. 10-minute time extension. Remote (RKE) System Operation on
start can be extended only once. page 2‑3.
Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start . Use the key in the driver door.
With this feature the engine can be To cancel a remote start, do one of To lock or unlock the doors from the
started from outside of the vehicle. the following: inside:
Starting the Vehicle . Aim the RKE transmitter at the
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and hold /
vehicle. until the parking lamps turn off.
2. Press and release Q. . Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
3. Immediately after completing . Turn the vehicle on and then
Step 2, press and hold / for at back off.
least two seconds or until the
turn signal lamps flash. See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑8.
Center Stack
1-6 In Brief
Windows Express Window Operation

Windows with an express-down
feature allow the window to be
lowered without holding the switch.
If equipped, windows may also have
an express-up feature. Pull a
window switch up or press it down
all the way, release it, and the
window goes up or down
automatically. Stop the window by
pulling or pressing the switch in the
same direction a second time, or by
Front Door Panels briefly operating the switch to the
first detent in either direction.
. Press Q or K on the center
stack or the front door panels. Press the switch down to open the See Power Windows on page 2‑19.
window. Pull the front of the switch
. Push the door lock knob on the up to close it.
top of the door to lock the
door only. The power windows only operate
with the ignition in ACC/
. Pull the door handle once to ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
unlock the door. Pulling the or when Retained Accessory
handle again unlatches the door. Power (RAP) is active. See
See Door Locks on page 2‑10 or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
Power Door Locks on page 2‑11. on page 9‑23.
In Brief 1-7
Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Power Seats

Manual Front Seats
Press and hold the top or bottom of To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
the switch to raise or lower the seat.
To adjust a manual seat:
. Move the seat forward or
Release the switch when the
rearward by sliding the control
1. Pull the handle at the front of desired height is reached.
forward or rearward.
the seat. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. . Raise or lower the front part of
2. Slide the seat to the desired the seat cushion by moving the
position and release the handle. front of the control up or down.
3. Try to move the seat back and . Raise or lower the entire seat by
forth to be sure it is locked in moving the entire control up
place. or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4.
1-8 In Brief
Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright

position:
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust the lumbar support,

if available:
To recline a manual seatback:
. Press and hold the front or rear
of the control to increase or 1. Lift the lever.
decrease lumbar support. 2. Move the seatback to the
. Press and hold the top or bottom desired position, and then
of the control to raise or lower release the lever to lock the
the height of the lumbar support. seatback in place.
See Lumbar Adjustment on 3. Push and pull on the seatback to

To adjust a power seatback,
page 3‑4. make sure it is locked.
if available:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
In Brief 1-9
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
The vehicle will also automatically Heated Seats
save driver seat and outside mirror
See Reclining Seatbacks on positions to the current driver
page 3‑4. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter when the ignition is
Memory Features placed in OFF. These automatically
stored positions are referred to as
RKE Memory positions.
See Memory Seats on page 3‑6 and
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑36.
Second Row Seats

The rear seatbacks can be folded Uplevel Climate Control System
down to increase cargo space. Shown, Base Similar
See Rear Seats on page 3‑9. If available, the buttons are on the
climate control panel. To operate,
the engine must be running.
On vehicles with the memory Press M or L to heat the driver or
feature, the “1” and “2” buttons on passenger seat cushion and
the outboard side of the driver seat seatback. Indicator lights on the
are used to manually save and button show the current setting.
recall the positions of the driver seat
and outside mirrors. These manually
stored positions are referred to as
Button Memory positions.
1-10 In Brief
Press the button once for the Safety Belts Passenger Sensing
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat will
System
change to the next lower setting,
and then to the off setting. The
lights indicate three for the highest
setting and one for the lowest.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑8.
Head Restraint The passenger sensing system

turns off the front outboard
Adjustment passenger frontal airbag and knee
Do not drive until the head restraints airbag under certain conditions. No
for all occupants are installed and other airbag is affected by the
Refer to the following sections for passenger sensing system.
adjusted properly.
important information on how to use
To achieve a comfortable seating safety belts properly: The passenger airbag status
position, change the seatback indicator will light on the center
. Safety Belts on page 3‑11. stack when the vehicle is started.
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head . How to Wear Safety Belts See Passenger Sensing System on
restraint height in the proper Properly on page 3‑12. page 3‑27 for important information.
position. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑13.
See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑41.
In Brief 1-11
Mirror Adjustment Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

Exterior Mirrors Adjustment Adjustment
Hold the rearview mirror in the
center and move it to view the area
behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
For vehicles with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare from
the headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 2‑18.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
1. Turn the selector switch to L Mirror To adjust the steering wheel:
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the 1. Pull the lever down.
driver or passenger mirror. For vehicles with an automatic
dimming rearview mirror, the mirror 2. Move the steering wheel up
2. Move the control to adjust the will automatically reduce the glare or down.
mirror. from the headlamps from behind.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
3. Turn the selector switch to 9 to The dimming feature comes on
closer or away from you.
deselect the mirror. when the vehicle is started.
4. Push the lever up to lock the
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
steering wheel in place.
Mirror on page 2‑18.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
1-12 In Brief
Interior Lighting Reading Lamps
Dome Lamps There are front and rear reading

lamps in the overhead console and
the headliner.
Rear Reading Lamps

# or $ : Press the button near
each lamp to turn it on or off.
For more information, see
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6‑5.
The interior lamps control in the
overhead console controls both the Front Reading Lamps
front and rear interior lamps.
To operate, press the buttons:
E: Turns the lamps off.
1: Turns the lamps on when any
door is opened.
+: Keeps the lamps on all
the time.
In Brief 1-13
Exterior Lighting AUTO: Automatically turns the See:

exterior lamps on and off, . Exterior Lamp Controls on
depending on outside lighting. page 6‑1.
; : Turns on the parking lamps . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
together with the following: on page 6‑2.
. Sidemarker Lamps . Fog Lamps on page 6‑4.
. Taillamps
. License Plate Lamps Windshield Wiper/Washer
. Instrument Panel Lights
The exterior lamp control is on the 2: Turns on the headlamps
instrument panel on the left side of together with the following:
the steering wheel. . Sidemarker Lamps
O: Turns off the exterior lamps. . Taillamps
The knob returns to the AUTO
position after it is released. Turn . License Plate Lamps The windshield wiper lever is on
to O again to reactivate the . Instrument Panel Lights the right side of the steering
AUTO mode. .
column. With the ignition in ACC/
Parking Lamps ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
In Canada, the headlamps will
the windshield wiper lever to select
automatically reactivate once the
the wiper speed.
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
2: Use for fast wipes.
1: Use for slow wipes.
1-14 In Brief
Climate Controls
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
this system.
3: Move the lever to 3 , then

turn the band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
9 : Use to turn the windshield
wipers off.
3 : Briefly move the wiper lever
down for a single wipe or hold down
for several wipes.
Climate Control System
Windshield Washer
Pull the windshield wiper lever 1. Fan Control 5. Temperature Control
toward you to spray windshield 2. Air Conditioning 6. Heated Seats (If Equipped)
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
3. Air Delivery Modes 7. Recirculation
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3. 4. Defrost 8. Rear Window Defogger
In Brief 1-15
Transmission
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
DSC allows you to change gears
similar to a manual transmission. To
use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever from
D (Drive) rearward to
M (Manual).
2. Press the + (plus) end of the
button on the top of the shift
Dual Automatic Climate Control System lever to upshift, or push
the − (minus) end of the button
1. Driver and Passenger 7. Recirculation to downshift.
Temperature Controls 8. Fan Control See Manual Mode on page 9‑28.
2. Comfort/Eco Air Conditioning 9. Rear Window Defogger
3. Air Delivery Modes 10. SYNC
4. Defrost See Climate Control Systems on
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) page 8‑1 or Dual Automatic Climate
6. Heated Seats (If Equipped) Control System on page 8‑3 (If
Equipped).
1-16 In Brief
Vehicle Features Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices

®
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite This vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
Radio(s) radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM auxiliary input and a USB port in the
satellite radio subscription can center console. External devices
VOL/ O : Press to turn the system receive SiriusXM programming. such as iPods®, laptop computers,
on and off. Turn to increase or MP3 players, and USB storage
decrease the volume. SiriusXM Satellite Radio devices may be connected.
RADIO/BAND: Press to choose Service
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑16.
between FM, AM, or SiriusXM®, SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
if equipped. based in the 48 contiguous United Bluetooth®
TUNE/MENU: Turn to select radio States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide The Bluetooth® system allows
stations. Press to select a menu.
variety of programming and users with a Bluetooth-enabled
© SEEK ¨ : Press to seek the commercial-free music, coast to mobile phone to make and receive
previous or next station or track. coast, and in digital-quality sound. hands-free calls using the vehicle
INFO: Press to show available A fee is required to receive the audio system and controls.
information about the current station SiriusXM service. The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
or track. Refer to: phone must be paired with the
See Overview on page 7‑2. in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it
. www.siriusxm.com or call can be used in the vehicle. Not all
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). phones will support all functions.
. www.xmradio.ca or call See Bluetooth (Overview) on
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). page 7‑22 or Bluetooth (Voice
See Satellite Radio on page 7‑11. Recognition) on page 7‑27 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on
page 7‑23.
In Brief 1-17
Steering Wheel Controls _ SRC ^ : Use to select a radio Cruise Control

band or audio source.
Use _ or ^ to select the next or
previous favorite radio station, CD
track, DVD track/chapter, or MP3
track.
Press SRC to change between
radio and CD or DVD.
Press and hold SRC to interact with
the navigation system.
+ x −: Press + to increase or − to
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
b/g: Press to interact with the page 5‑2. 1 : Press to turn the cruise control
phone or navigation system. system on and off. A white indicator
$ / i : Press to mute. Press light will turn on or off in the
again to turn the sound on. Press to instrument cluster.
reject an incoming call, or to end a *: Press to disengage cruise
current call. control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to
resume to a previously set speed or
to accelerate.
1-18 In Brief
SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down Forward Collision Alert

to set a speed and activate cruise
control or to make the vehicle
(FCA) System
decelerate. For vehicles with FCA, this system
See Cruise Control on page 9‑36. is intended to help avoid or reduce
the harm caused by front-end
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press crashes. FCA provides a flashing
Infotainment System visual alert and beeps when
and hold to clear, the menu item
See the infotainment manual for displayed. approaching a vehicle directly
information on the radio, audio ahead too quickly. FCA also
players, phone, navigation system, 2. w / x : Use the thumbwheel to provides a visual alert if following
and voice or speech recognition. scroll through the items in another vehicle much too closely.
There is also information on settings each menu. The forward-looking FCA camera
and downloadable applications (if 3. MENU: Press to display the DIC sensor is on the windshield ahead
equipped). menus. This button is also used of the rearview mirror. FCA detects
to return to or exit the last vehicles within a distance of
Driver Information screen displayed on the DIC. approximately 60 m (197 ft) and
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
Center (DIC) See Driver Information Center (DIC) (25 mph).
The DIC display is in the center of on page 5‑25.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
the instrument cluster. It shows the System on page 9‑38 for more
status of many vehicle systems. The information.
controls for the DIC are on the turn
signal lever.
In Brief 1-19
Lane Departure Rear Vision Keep the sensors on the vehicle's

rear bumper clean to ensure proper
Warning (LDW) Camera (RVC) operation.
For vehicles with LDW, it is intended If available, the RVC displays a See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
to help avoid unintentional lane view of the area behind the vehicle page 9‑40.
departures. It may provide a when the vehicle is shifted into
warning if the vehicle is crossing a R (Reverse). The display will appear
lane without using a turn signal. on the radio screen.
Power Outlets
LDW uses a camera sensor to To clean the camera lens above the The accessory power outlets can be
detect the lane markings. It only license plate, rinse it with water and used to plug in electrical equipment,
operates at speeds of 56 km wipe it with a soft cloth. such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
(35 mph) or greater. There are two accessory power
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on
The LDW indicator, @ , appears page 9‑42. outlets: one on the center stack
green if a lane marking is detected. below the climate control and one
It changes to amber, flashes, and under the armrest inside the center
Ultrasonic Parking Assist console storage.
sounds three beeps if the vehicle
crosses a detected lane marking If available, this system uses Open the protective cover to use the
without using the turn signal. sensors on the rear bumper to accessory power outlet.
assist with parking and avoiding
To turn LDW on and off, press @ on objects while in R (Reverse). See Power Outlets on page 5‑6.
the center stack, forward of the shift It operates at speeds less than
lever. The control indicator will light 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible
when LDW is on. beeps to provide distance and
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system information.
on page 9‑44.
1-20 In Brief
Universal Remote System Sunroof Open/Close: Press and hold the

front or rear of the switch (1) to open
On vehicles with a sunroof, the or close the sunroof. The sunshade
switches used to operate it are on automatically opens with the
the headliner above the rearview sunroof, but must be closed
mirror. The ignition must be in ON/ manually.
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to Express Open/Close: Press and
operate the sunroof. See Ignition release the front or rear of the
Positions (Key Access) on switch (1) to express-open or
This system provides a way to
page 9‑15 or Ignition Positions express-close the sunroof.
replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate (Keyless Access) on page 9‑17 and Vent/Close: Press and hold the
devices such as garage door Retained Accessory Power (RAP) rear of the switch (2) to vent the
openers, security systems, and on page 9‑23. sunroof. Press and hold the front of
home automation devices. the switch to close.
Read the instructions completely The sunroof cannot be opened or
before attempting to program the closed if the vehicle has an
Universal Remote system. Because electrical failure.
of the steps involved, it may be
helpful to have another person
Anti-Pinch Feature
available to assist with programming If an object is in the path of the
the Universal Remote system. sunroof when it is closing, the
See Universal Remote System on anti-pinch feature detects the object
page 5‑41. and stops the sunroof from closing
at the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof then returns to the full-open
position.
See Sunroof on page 2‑21.
In Brief 1-21
eAssist Features This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist

(HSA) feature, which may be useful
when the vehicle is stopped on a
eAssist® Overview grade. See Hill Start Assist (HSA)
If the vehicle has eAssist, there are on page 9‑33.
several additional features that Vehicles with eAssist have a slightly
contribute to increased efficiency. different instrument cluster, which
Vehicles with eAssist have an includes an efficiency gauge, and
automatic engine start/stop feature. an AUTO STOP indicator on the
This feature saves fuel by shutting tachometer. See Instrument Cluster
the engine off when the vehicle is on page 5‑9. There is also a Power
stopped. When the engine shuts off Flow display in the Driver
automatically, all the accessories Information Center (DIC). See The cold air intake for the battery is
will continue to operate normally. In Driver Information Center (DIC) on behind the rear seat, on the filler
very hot or cold conditions, the page 5‑25. panel. Do not cover the intake. See
engine will only shut off The eAssist system uses a high Battery on page 10‑25.
automatically part of the time. See voltage battery, which is cooled with
Starting the Engine on page 9‑19. air drawn from the vehicle interior. High Voltage Safety
There are two air conditioning Information
settings available. The comfort
setting maximizes cabin comfort. Vehicles with eAssist have a
The eco setting maximizes standard 12-volt battery and a high
efficiency allowing more frequent, voltage battery. Only a trained
and longer engine stops than the service technician with the proper
comfort setting. See Dual Automatic knowledge and tools should inspect,
Climate Control System on test, or replace the high voltage
page 8‑3. battery. See your dealer if the high
voltage battery needs service.
1-22 In Brief
In emergency situations, first See Driver Efficiency Gauge on AUTO STOP on the tachometer
responders can cut the two clearly page 5‑12. signifies that the engine is in auto
labeled cut points in the engine stop mode. See Tachometer on
compartment to disable the high Automatic Engine Start/ page 5‑11 for more information.
voltage battery and air bag A chime will sound when the driver
systems — do not cut the high
Stop Feature door is opened while in auto stop
voltage cable. Vehicles with eAssist have an mode. Remember to shift to P (Park)
automatic engine start/stop feature. and turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
Driver Efficiency Gauge After the engine is started and has before exiting the vehicle.
reached operating temperature, the
See Starting the Engine on
auto stop feature may cause the
page 9‑19.
engine to turn off when the brake
pedal is applied and the vehicle
comes to a complete stop. When Regenerative Braking
the brake pedal is released, or the Regenerative braking takes some of
accelerator pedal is applied, the the energy from the moving vehicle
engine will restart. The engine will and turns it into electrical energy.
continue to run until the next This energy is then stored in the
auto stop. vehicle's high voltage battery
To restart the engine during the auto system, contributing to increased
stop, release the brake pedal or fuel efficiency.
press the accelerator pedal. The The system works whenever the
For vehicles with eAssist, this gauge engine starts immediately. The accelerator pedal is released, and
assists the driver in operating the vehicle continues to run until the increases the energy captured as
vehicle more efficiently and will vary next stop. more brake pedal is applied.
based on driver input.
In Brief 1-23
Battery Performance and StabiliTrak® System

This vehicle has a standard 12-volt Maintenance The StabiliTrak system assists with
battery. Refer to the replacement directional control of the vehicle in
number on the original battery label difficult driving conditions. The
when a new standard 12-volt battery
Traction Control system turns on automatically every
is needed. System (TCS) time the vehicle is started.
Vehicles with eAssist also have a The traction control system limits . To turn off both traction control
high voltage battery. Only a trained wheel spin. The system turns on and StabiliTrak, press and hold
service technician with the proper automatically every time the vehicle the TCS/StabiliTrak button g on
knowledge and tools should inspect, is started.
the center stack, until i and g
test, or replace the high voltage . To turn off traction control,
battery. See your dealer if the high illuminate in the instrument
press and release the TCS/ cluster.
voltage battery needs service. See
StabiliTrak button g on the
Battery on page 10‑25. . Press and release the TCS/
center stack. i illuminates in StabiliTrak button again to turn
Service the instrument cluster. on both systems.
Never try to do your own service on
. Press and release the TCS/ See StabiliTrak® System on
eAssist components. You can be StabiliTrak button again to turn page 9‑34.
injured and the vehicle can be on traction control.
damaged if you try to do your own See Traction Control System (TCS)
service work. Service and repair of on page 9‑33.
these high voltage components
should only be performed by a
trained service technician with the
proper knowledge and tools. See
Doing Your Own Service Work on
page 10‑4.
1-24 In Brief
Tire Pressure Monitor tire pressures are getting low and Engine Oil Life System
the tires need to be inflated to the
This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure. The engine oil life system calculates
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). engine oil life based on vehicle use
The TPMS does not replace normal and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain OIL SOON message when it is time
the correct tire pressures. to change the engine oil and filter.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System The oil life system should be reset
on page 10‑54. to 100% only following an oil
change.
Tire Sealant and Resetting the Oil Life System
The low tire pressure warning light Compressor Kit 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's This vehicle may come with a spare the engine off.
tires. If the warning light comes on, tire and tire changing equipment or 2. Press the DIC MENU button on
stop as soon as possible and inflate a tire sealant and compressor kit. the turn signal lever to enter the
the tires to the recommended The kit can be used to temporarily Vehicle Information Menu. Use
pressure shown on the Tire and seal small punctures in the tread the thumbwheel to scroll through
Loading Information label. See area of the tire. See Tire Sealant the menu items until you reach
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. and Compressor Kit (With Pressure REMAINING OIL LIFE.
The warning light will remain on until Relief Button) on page 10‑68 or Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit (With 3. Press the SET/CLR button to
the tire pressure is corrected.
Pressure Deflation Button) on reset the oil life at 100%.
The low tire pressure warning light page 10‑76. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then If the vehicle came with a spare tire See Engine Oil Life System on
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This and tire changing equipment, see If page 10‑13.
may be an early indicator that the a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑66.
In Brief 1-25
. Avoid idling the engine for long
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) periods of time.
Roadside Assistance
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can .
Program
When road and weather
use either unleaded gasoline or U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
conditions are appropriate, use
ethanol fuel containing up to 85%
cruise control. TTY Users (U.S. Only):
ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85 (85%
Ethanol) on page 9‑49. For all other . Always follow posted speed 1-888-889-2438
vehicles, use only the unleaded limits or drive more slowly when Canada: 1-800-268-6800
gasoline described under conditions require.
Recommended Fuel on page 9‑47. Mexico: 01-800-466-0800
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated. As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
Driving for Better Fuel you are automatically enrolled in the
. Combine several trips into a Roadside Assistance program.
Economy single trip.
See Roadside Assistance Program
Driving habits can affect fuel . Replace the vehicle's tires with (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside
mileage. Here are some driving tips the same TPC Spec number Assistance Program (U.S. and
to get the best fuel economy molded into the tire's sidewall Canada) on page 13‑11.
possible. near the size.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate . Follow recommended scheduled OnStar®
smoothly. maintenance.
If equipped, this vehicle has a
. Brake gradually and avoid comprehensive, in-vehicle system
abrupt stops. that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1.
1-26 In Brief
2 NOTES
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Doors Interior Mirrors

Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-18
Windows Automatic Dimming Rearview
Vehicle Security Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Keys and Locks Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-15 Windows
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer Operation (Key Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer Operation
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Roof
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Exterior Mirrors
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Door Ajar Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-11 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys and Locks

Keys
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle
with an ignition key or Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
dangerous and children or others
could be seriously injured or
killed. They could operate the
The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE
power window or other controls or
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press
make the vehicle move. The be used for the ignition and all locks the button and the key blade to
windows will function with the key if the vehicle is a key access retract the key.
in the ignition or with the RKE vehicle. If the vehicle has the
transmitter in the vehicle, and If the vehicle has an ignition and it
keyless ignition, the key can be becomes difficult to turn the key,
children or others could be caught used for the locks.
in the path of a closing window. inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
Do not leave children in a vehicle
or pick.
with the ignition key or an RKE
transmitter. See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry The turn signal indicators may flash
and/or the horn may sound to
(RKE) System (RKE) System Operation indicate locking. See “Locking
See Radio Frequency Statement on The transmitter functions may work Feedback” under Vehicle
page 13‑21 for information up to 20 m (65 ft) away from the Personalization on page 5‑36.
regarding Part 15 of the Federal vehicle.
Communications Commission (FCC) If the driver door is open when Q is
Keep in mind that other conditions, pressed, all doors lock except the
rules and Industry Canada such as those previously stated, can
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. driver door, if Unlocked Door Anti
impact the performance of the Lock Out is enabled through vehicle
If there is a decrease in the RKE transmitter. personalization. See “Remote
operating range: Locking, Unlocking, Starting” under
. Check the distance. The Vehicle Personalization on
transmitter may be too far from page 5‑36.
the vehicle. If the passenger door is open when
. Check the location. Other Q is pressed, all doors lock.
vehicles or objects may be
Pressing Q may also arm the
blocking the signal.
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
. Check the transmitter's battery. Alarm System on page 2‑15.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
driver door or all doors. See “Door
. If the transmitter is still not Unlock Options” under Vehicle
working correctly, see your RKE without Remote Start Personalization on page 5‑36.
dealer or a qualified technician Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
for service.
The turn signal indicators may flash Press and hold 7 for at least RKE transmitter from your pocket,
and/or the horn may sound to three seconds to sound the panic purse, briefcase, etc. The RKE
indicate unlocking. See “Unlock alarm. The horn sounds and the transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
Feedback (Lights)” under Vehicle turn signals flash for about of the door being unlocked. If the
Personalization on page 5‑36. vehicle has this feature, there will be
30 seconds until 7 is pressed again
a button on the outside front door
Pressing K will disarm the or the vehicle is started. handles.
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle / (Remote Vehicle Start): For
Alarm System on page 2‑15. The keyless access can be
vehicles with this feature, press Q programmed to unlock all doors on
Memory seat positions may be and release and then press and the first unlock/lock button press
recalled when unlocking the vehicle. hold / within two seconds to start from the driver door. See Vehicle
See Memory Seats on page 3‑6 and Personalization on page 5‑36.
the engine from outside the vehicle
“Memory Remote Recall” under
using the RKE transmitter. See Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
Vehicle Personalization on
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑8. the Driver Door
page 5‑36.
The buttons on the keys are When the doors are locked and the
V (Remote Trunk Release):
disabled when there is a key is in RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
Press and hold to open the trunk.
the ignition, if equipped. of the driver door handle, pressing
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic the lock/unlock button on the driver
Alarm): Press and release one Keyless Access Operation
door handle will unlock the driver
time to initiate vehicle locator. The Some vehicles have the keyless door. If the lock/unlock button is
exterior lamps flash and the horn access system that lets you lock pressed again within five seconds,
chirps three times. and unlock the doors and access all passenger doors will unlock. Pull
the trunk without removing the the door handle to unlatch the door.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter has been removed from

Passenger Doors the interior of the vehicle, the doors
When the doors are locked and the will lock after eight seconds.
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) Temporarily disable the locking
of the door handle, pressing the feature by pressing and holding K
lock/unlock button on that door on the center stack for several
handle will unlock all doors. seconds with a door open. Passive
Pressing the lock/unlock button will locking will then remain disabled
cause all doors to lock if any of the until Q is pressed, or until the
following occur: vehicle is turned on.
. The lock/unlock button was used To customize whether the doors
Driver Side Shown, Passenger to unlock all doors. automatically lock when you exit the
Similar . Any vehicle door has opened vehicle, see “Remote Locking,
Pressing the lock/unlock button will and all doors are now closed. Unlocking, Starting” under Vehicle
cause all doors to lock if any of the Personalization on page 5‑36.
Passive Locking
following occur: Keyless Trunk Opening
If the vehicle has the keyless
. It has been more than Press the touch pad on the trunk
access system, this feature allows
five seconds since the first lock/ Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
you to select whether the doors
unlock button press. (CHMSL) to open the trunk if the
automatically lock during normal
. Two lock/unlock button presses vehicle exit. When the vehicle is RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
were used to unlock all doors. turned off and all doors are closed, of the trunk.
. Any vehicle door has opened the vehicle will determine how many
and all doors are now closed. RKE transmitters remain inside the
vehicle. If at least one RKE
Programming Transmitters to Programming with a Recognized

the Vehicle Transmitter (Keyless Access
Vehicles Only)
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a A new transmitter can be
transmitter is lost or stolen, a programmed to the vehicle when
replacement can be purchased and there is one recognized transmitter.
programmed through your dealer. To program, the vehicle must be off
The vehicle can be reprogrammed and all of the transmitters, both
so that lost or stolen transmitters no currently recognized and new, must
longer work. Any remaining be with you.
transmitters will need to be 1. Place the recognized
reprogrammed. Each vehicle can transmitter(s) in the transmitter
have up to eight transmitters pocket. The transmitter pocket is 3. Place the new transmitter into
matched to it. inside the center console the transmitter pocket.
storage area. 4. Press the START button. When
2. Insert the vehicle key of the new the transmitter is learned, the
transmitter into the key lock DIC will show that it is ready to
cylinder on the outside of the program the next transmitter.
driver door and turn the key to 5. Remove the transmitter from the
the unlock position five times transmitter pocket and press K.
within 10 seconds.
To program additional
The Driver Information Center
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.
(DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.
When all additional transmitters The Driver Information Center

are programmed, press and (DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN
hold the START button for PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
10 seconds to exit 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
programming mode. DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
Programming without a START BUTTON TO LEARN
Recognized Transmitter (Keyless and then press the START
Access Vehicles Only) button.
If there are no currently recognized The DIC displays will again
transmitters available, follow this show REMOTE LEARN
procedure to program up to eight PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
transmitters. This feature is not 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
available in Canada. This procedure 4. Place the new transmitter into
times. After the third time, all the transmitter pocket, which is
will take approximately 30 minutes previously known transmitters
to complete. The vehicle must be off inside the center console
will no longer work with the storage area.
and all of the transmitters to be vehicle. Remaining transmitters
programmed must be with you. can be relearned during the next 5. Press the START button. When
1. Insert the vehicle key of the steps. the transmitter is learned the
transmitter into the key lock DIC will show that it is ready to
The DIC display should program the next transmitter.
cylinder on the outside of the now show READY FOR
driver door and turn the key to REMOTE # 1. 6. Remove the transmitter from the
the unlock position five times transmitter pocket and press K.
within 10 seconds.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters Battery Replacement 3. Remove the battery by pushing
are programmed, press and hold on the battery and sliding it
Replace the battery if the DIC
the for 10 seconds to exit toward the key blade.
indicates that battery replacement is
programming mode. 4. Insert the new battery, positive
necessary. See Key and Lock
Starting the Vehicle with a Low Messages on page 5‑32. side facing up. Push the battery
Transmitter Battery down until it is held in place.
The battery is not rechargeable. To
Replace with a CR2032 or
If the transmitter battery is weak, the replace the battery:
equivalent battery.
DIC may display NO REMOTE 1. Press the button on the
DETECTED when you try to start 5. Snap the battery cover back on
transmitter to extend the key
the vehicle. The REPLACE to the transmitter.
blade.
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message may also be displayed at Remote Vehicle Start
this time. The vehicle may have this feature
To start the vehicle: that allows the engine to be started
from outside the vehicle.
1. Open the center console and
place the transmitter in the / (Remote Vehicle Start):
transmitter pocket with the This button will be on the RKE
buttons facing the front of the transmitter if the vehicle has remote
vehicle. start.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or The climate control system will use
N (Neutral), press the brake the previous settings during a
pedal and press the START remote start. The rear window
button. See Starting the Engine defogger may come on during a
2. Remove the battery cover by remote start based on cold ambient
on page 9‑19.
prying it with a finger.
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
conditions. The rear defog indicator 3. Immediately after completing For example, if the engine has been
light does not come on during a Step 2, press and hold / for at running for five minutes, and
remote start. least two seconds or until the 10 minutes are added, the engine
If the vehicle has heated seats, they turn signal lamps flash. The turn will run for a total of 15 minutes.
may come on during a remote start. signal lamps flashing confirms A maximum of two remote starts,
See Heated Front Seats on the request to remote start the or a single start with an extension,
page 3‑8. vehicle has been received. is allowed between ignition cycles.
Laws in some local communities When the engine starts, the parking The vehicle's ignition must be
may restrict the use of remote lamps will turn on and remain on as turned on and then back off before
starters. For example, some laws long as the engine is running. The the remote start procedure can be
require a person using remote start doors will be locked and the climate used again.
to have the vehicle in view. Check control system may come on.
local regulations for any Canceling a Remote Start
The engine will continue to run for
requirements. 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a To cancel a remote start, do one of
Other conditions can affect the 10-minute time extension. Remote the following:
performance of the transmitter. See start can be extended only once. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Start the vehicle before driving. vehicle and press and hold /
System on page 2‑3. until the parking lamps turn off.
Extending Engine Run Time
Starting the Vehicle . Turn on the hazard warning
For a 10-minute extension, repeat flashers.
To start the engine using the remote Steps 1–3 while the engine is still
start feature: running. The remote start can be . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the extended once.
vehicle. When the remote start is extended,
2. Press and release Q. the second 10 minutes will start
immediately.
Conditions in Which Remote Start Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

Will Not Work
The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if:
{ WARNING injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
. The key is in the ignition (key Unlocked doors can be vehicle whenever leaving it.
access) or if the key is in the dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter
vehicle (keyless access). . Passengers, especially through an unlocked door
. The hood is not closed. children, can easily open the when you slow down or stop
doors and fall out of a moving the vehicle. Locking the doors
. The hazard warning flashers vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from
are on. locked, the handle will not happening.
. The malfunction indicator lamp open it. The chance of being
is on. thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash is increased if the To lock or unlock the doors from the
. The engine coolant temperature doors are not locked. So, all outside:
is too high. passengers should wear . Press Q or K on the Remote
. The oil pressure is low. safety belts properly and the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
doors should be locked See Remote Keyless Entry
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a
whenever the vehicle is (RKE) System Operation on
single remote start with an
driven. page 2‑3.
extension, have already
been used. . Young children who get into . Use the key in the driver door.
unlocked vehicles may be
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). To lock or unlock the doors from the
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat inside:
and can suffer permanent . Push the door lock knob on the
(Continued) top of the door to lock the
door only.

. Pull the door handle once to
unlock the door. Pulling the
Door Ajar Reminder
handle again unlatches the door. A chime will sound and the
appropriate door message will
. Press Q or K on the center display on the Driver Information
stack or the front door panels. Center (DIC) if one of the doors is
See Power Door Locks on not fully closed. This happens when
page 2‑11. the ignition is on and the shift lever
is moved out of P (Park) or
Power Door Locks N (Neutral). See Door Ajar
Messages on page 5‑30.
Front Door Panels

Automatic Door Locks
Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. The vehicle is programmed to lock
all doors automatically when the
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the following are met:
doors. . All doors are closed.
Locking or unlocking the doors will
also lock or unlock the trunk. See
. The ignition is on.
Trunk on page 2‑13. . The vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
Center Stack This feature cannot be disabled.
All doors will unlock when the
vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
The power door unlock function can Safety Locks Press v { to activate the rear door
be programmed through prompts safety locks. The indicator light in
displayed on the Driver Information the switch will illuminate.
Center (DIC). See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑36. Press v { again to deactivate the
safety locks and window lockout.
Lockout Protection If a rear door handle is pulled when
If the power door lock switch is the safety lock is deactivated, that
pressed when the key is in the door will remain locked and the
ignition and any door is open, all indicator light may flash. Release
doors will lock and then the driver the handle, then press the safety
door will unlock. Be sure to remove lock twice to deactivate the safety
the key from the ignition when locks.
locking the vehicle.
If the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The rear door safety locks prevent
transmitter is used to lock the doors passengers from opening the rear
while the key is in the ignition, a doors from inside the vehicle.
chime will sound three times. All Activating this feature will also
doors will then lock. activate the rear window lockout.
See Power Windows on page 2‑19.
Doors WARNING (Continued)

Trunk . Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
{ WARNING brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate
vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with Index.
any objects that pass through the . If the vehicle is equipped with
seal between the body and the a power liftgate, disable the
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine power liftgate function.
exhaust contains carbon Unlock the trunk first by pressing K
For more information about on the center stack, front door
monoxide (CO) which cannot be carbon monoxide, see Engine
seen or smelled. It can cause panel, or RKE transmitter. Then,
Exhaust on page 9‑26. press the touch pad on the trunk
unconsciousness and even death.
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
If the vehicle must be driven with Trunk Release (CHMSL).
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
The trunk can only be opened while
. Close all of the windows. the vehicle is in P (Park) or when
. Fully open the air outlets on the ignition is off.
or under the instrument
panel. Press V on the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
(Continued) System Operation on page 2‑3.
Emergency Trunk Release The emergency trunk release

Handle handle is only intended to aid a
person trapped in a latched trunk,
enabling them to open the trunk
from the inside.
There is a glow-in-the-dark
emergency trunk release handle on
the trunk lid. This handle will glow
following exposure to light. Pull the
Close the trunk by pulling on the release handle to open the trunk
handle. from the inside.
Notice: Do not use the

emergency trunk release handle
as a tie-down or anchor point
when securing items in the trunk
as it could damage the handle.
Vehicle Security Disarming the System Immobilizer

This vehicle has theft-deterrent To disarm the system, do one of the See Radio Frequency Statement on
features; however, they do not make following: page 13‑21 for information
the vehicle impossible to steal. . Press K on the RKE transmitter. regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
Vehicle Alarm System
. Approach the vehicle with the rules and Industry Canada
RKE transmitter (keyless Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm access).
system. Immobilizer Operation
. Start the engine.
Arming the System The alarm automatically disarms. (Key Access)
To arm the system, press Q on the How to Detect a Tamper This vehicle has a passive
RKE transmitter. theft-deterrent system.
Condition
The alarm automatically arms after The system does not have to be
about 30 seconds. The security If K is pressed and the horn manually armed or disarmed.
light, on the instrument cluster, sounds, an attempted break-in
The vehicle is automatically
flashes. occurred while the system was
immobilized when the key is
armed.
removed from the ignition.
Press V on the RKE transmitter to If the alarm has been activated, a
open the trunk without setting off the The system is automatically
message will appear on the DIC.
alarm. The system rearms when the disarmed when the vehicle is
See Security Messages on
trunk is closed. started with the correct key. The key
page 5‑33.
uses a transponder that matches an
immobilizer control unit in the
vehicle and automatically disarms
the system. Only the correct key
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may
not start if the key is damaged.
dealer who can service the

theft-deterrent system and have a
new key made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
The security light in the instrument The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on if there is a Immobilizer Operation cluster comes on when there is a
problem with arming or disarming problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system. (Keyless Access) the theft-deterrent system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the This vehicle has a passive The system has one or more
security light comes on briefly when theft-deterrent system. transmitters matched to an
the ignition is turned on. The system does not have to be immobilizer control unit in your
If the engine does not start and the manually armed or disarmed. vehicle. Only a correctly matched
security light stays on, there is a transmitter will start the vehicle.
The vehicle is automatically
problem with the system. Turn the If the transmitter is ever damaged,
immobilized when the transmitter
ignition off and try again. you may not be able to start your
leaves the vehicle.
vehicle.
If the engine still does not start, and The immobilization system is
the key appears to be undamaged When trying to start the vehicle, the
disarmed when the ignition button is
or the light continues to stay on, try security light comes on briefly when
pushed in and a valid transmitter is
another ignition key. the ignition is turned on.
found in the vehicle.
If the engine still does not start with If the engine does not start and the
the other key, the vehicle needs security light stays on, there is a
service. If the vehicle does start, the problem with the system. Turn the
first key may be damaged. See your vehicle off and try again.
If the RKE transmitter appears to be Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors

undamaged, try another transmitter.
Or, you may try placing the
transmitter in the transmitter pocket Convex Mirrors
in the center console. See “Starting
the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter { WARNING
Battery” under Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation on A convex mirror can make things,
page 2‑3. like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
If the engine does not start with the
cut too sharply into the right lane,
other transmitter or when the
transmitter is in the pocket in the you could hit a vehicle on the
center console, your vehicle needs right. Check the inside mirror or
service. See your dealer who can glance over your shoulder before
service the theft-deterrent system changing lanes.
To adjust the mirrors:
and have a new transmitter
programmed to the vehicle. The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Turn the selector switch to L
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is (Left) or R (Right) to choose the
Do not leave the transmitter or
curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger mirror.
device that disarms or deactivates
the theft-deterrent system in the the driver seat. 2. Move the control to adjust the
vehicle. mirror.
3. Turn the selector switch to 9 to
deselect the mirror.
Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

For vehicles with heated mirrors: Rearview Mirror
1 (Rear Window Defogger): Manual Rearview Mirror To adjust the inside rearview mirror,
Press to heat the mirrors. To adjust the inside rearview mirror, hold the rearview mirror in the
hold the rearview mirror in the center and move it to view the area
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
center and move it to view the area behind the vehicle.
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑3. behind the vehicle. For vehicles with an automatic
For vehicles with a manual rearview dimming rearview mirror, the mirror
Reverse Tilt Mirrors mirror, push the tab forward for will automatically reduce the glare
daytime use and pull it rearward for from the headlamps from behind.
If equipped with the memory nighttime use to avoid glare from The dimming feature comes on
package, the outside mirrors have a the headlamps from behind. when the vehicle is started.
reverse tilt feature. This feature tilts
the outside mirrors to a preselected Vehicles with OnStar® have three Vehicles with OnStar have three
position when the vehicle is in control buttons at the bottom of control buttons at the bottom of
R (Reverse). This allows the driver the mirror. See a dealer for more the mirror. See a dealer for more
to view the curb for parallel parking. information about OnStar and how information about OnStar and how
to subscribe to it. See OnStar to subscribe to it. See OnStar
The passenger and/or driver mirror Overview on page 14‑1. Overview on page 14‑1.
returns to its original position
when the vehicle is shifted out of Cleaning the Mirror
R (Reverse), or the ignition is turned Do not spray glass cleaner directly
off or to OFF/LOCK. on the mirror. Use a soft towel
This feature can be turned on or dampened with water.
off through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑36.
Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
{ WARNING pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped.
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. { WARNING
Press the switch down to open the
Children could be seriously window. Pull the front of the switch
injured or killed if caught in the up to close it.
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with The power windows only operate
with the ignition in ACC/
children. When there are children
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
in the rear seat, use the window
or when Retained Accessory
lockout button to prevent Power (RAP) is active. See
operation of the windows. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
Keys on page 2‑2. on page 9‑23.
Express Window Operation
Windows with an express-down
feature allow the window to be
lowered without holding the switch.
If equipped, the driver window may Safety Function Override Window Lockout
also have an express-up feature.
This is for vehicles with the
Pull a window switch up or press
express-up feature. If the
it down all the way, release it, and
battery on the vehicle has been
the window goes up or down
recharged or disconnected, or
automatically. Stop the window by
is not working, the windows will
pressing or pulling the switch in the
need to be reprogrammed for the
same direction a second time, or by
express-up feature to work. Before
briefly operating the switch to the
reprogramming, replace or recharge
first detent in either direction.
the vehicle's battery.
Safety Function To program the driver window:
This is for vehicles with the 1. Close all doors, with the ignition
express-up feature. If any object is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/
in the path of the window when the RUN, or with RAP active.
express-up feature is active, the This feature prevents the rear
window will stop and auto-reverse 2. Press and hold the power passenger windows from operating,
to a preset position. Weather window switch until the window except from the driver position.
conditions may cause the window to is fully open. Activating this feature will also
auto-reverse. The window switch activate the safety locks for the rear
3. Pull the power window switch up
may be held up to the second doors. See Safety Locks on
until the window is fully closed.
position to close the window. The page 2‑12.
window will return to normal 4. Continue holding the switch up
for approximately two seconds Press v { to activate the window
operation once the obstruction or lockout. The indicator light in the
condition is removed. after the window is completely
closed. switch will illuminate.
The window is now reprogrammed. Press v { again to deactivate the
window lockout and safety locks.
Sun Visors Roof

Sunroof
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
switches used to operate it are on
the headliner above the rearview
mirror. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to
operate the sunroof. See Ignition
Pull the sun visor down to block Positions (Key Access) on
glare. Detach the sun visor from the page 9‑15 or Ignition Positions
center mount to pivot to the side (Keyless Access) on page 9‑17 and Open/Close: Press and hold the
window, or to extend along the rod, Retained Accessory Power (RAP) front or rear of the switch (1) to open
if available. on page 9‑23. or close the sunroof. The sunshade
automatically opens with the
The vehicle may have a lighted sunroof, but must be closed
mirror; lift the cover. manually.
Express Open/Close: Press and
release the front or rear of the
switch (1) to express-open or
express-close the sunroof.
Vent/Close: Press and hold the
rear of the switch (2) to vent the
sunroof. Press and hold the front of
the switch to close.
The sunroof cannot be opened or Periodically open the sunroof and

closed if the vehicle has an remove any obstacles or loose
electrical failure. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
Anti-Pinch Feature cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
If an object is in the path of the remove grease from the sunroof.
sunroof when it is closing, the
anti-pinch feature detects the object
and stops the sunroof from closing
at the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof then returns to the full-open
position.
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also
plug the water drainage system.
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Safety Belt Use During Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Restraints Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Adding Equipment to the
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-32
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-19 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-33
Head Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Replacing Airbag System
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Front Seats Child Restraints
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Airbag System Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Infants and Young
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-23 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 When Should an Airbag Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-38
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-40
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 What Makes an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 for Children (LATCH
Rear Seats
How Does an Airbag System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Replacing LATCH System
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
What Will You See after an Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Securing Child Restraints
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Passenger Sensing (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
How to Wear Safety Belts System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Securing Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-52
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
Pull and push on the head restraint
after the button is released to make
height as the top of the occupant's sure that it is locked in place.
{ WARNING head. This position reduces the The front seat outboard head
chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraints are not designed to be
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, Front Seat removed.
there is a greater chance that The vehicle's front seats have Rear Seat
occupants will suffer a neck/ adjustable head restraints in the
spinal injury in a crash. Do not The vehicle's rear seats have
outboard seating positions. adjustable head restraints in the
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and outboard seating positions.
adjusted properly.
To raise or lower the head restraint,

press the button located on the side
of the head restraint and pull up or
push the head restraint down and
release the button.
The height of the head restraint can Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint 1. Pull the handle at the front of
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is Seat Adjustment the seat.
locked in place. 2. Slide the seat to the desired
To lower the head restraint, press { WARNING position and release the handle.
the button, located on the top of the 3. Try to move the seat back and
You can lose control of the
seatback, and push the head forth to be sure it is locked in
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver place.
restraint down. Try to move the
seat while the vehicle is moving.
head restraint after the button is
Adjust the driver seat only when Seat Height Adjuster
released to make sure that it is
locked in place. the vehicle is not moving.
If you are installing a child restraint

in the rear seat, see "Securing a
Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System" under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑41.
Press and hold the top or bottom of

the switch to raise or lower the seat.
Release the switch when the
desired height is reached.
Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks
{ WARNING
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the lumbar support,
if available: The lap belt could go up over
. Move the seat forward or
your abdomen. The belt forces
rearward by sliding the control . Press and hold the front or rear
would be there, not at your pelvic
forward or rearward. of the control to increase or
decrease lumbar support. bones. This could cause serious
. Raise or lower the front part of internal injuries.
the seat cushion by moving the . Press and hold the top or bottom
front of the control up or down. of the control to raise or lower For proper protection when the
the height of the lumbar support. vehicle is in motion, have the
. Raise or lower the entire seat by seatback upright. Then sit well
moving the entire control up back in the seat and wear the
or down. safety belt properly.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑4.

Power Reclining Seatbacks
Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline a manual seatback:

the vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
{ WARNING release the lever to lock the To adjust a power seatback,
if available:
seatback in place.
If either seatback is not locked, it . Tilt the top of the control
could move forward in a sudden rearward to recline.
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there. To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward
Always push and pull on the position: to raise.
seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without
locked. applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
Memory Seats The vehicle will also automatically Recalling Button Memory
save driver seat and outside mirror Positions
positions to the current driver To recall the Button Memory
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) positions, press and hold “1” or “2.”
transmitter when the ignition is The driver seat and outside mirrors
placed in OFF. These automatically move to the positions stored to
stored positions are referred to as those buttons when pressed.
RKE Memory positions. See Releasing “1” or “2” before the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) stored positions are reached stops
System Operation on page 2‑3. the recall.
Storing Button Memory Positions If something has blocked the driver
To save positions into Button seat while recalling a memory
Memory: position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction; then press
1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback and hold the power driver seat
If available, the “1” and “2” buttons
recliner, and both outside mirrors control for two seconds. Try
on the outboard side of the driver
to the desired driving positions. recalling the memory position again
seat are used to manually save and
recall the positions of the driver seat 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) by pressing the appropriate memory
and outside mirrors. These manually and “1” at the same time until a button. If the memory position is still
stored positions are referred to as beep sounds. not recalling, see your dealer for
Button Memory positions. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a service.
second driver using “2.”
Recalling RKE Memory Positions

. If the driver door is already Easy Exit Driver Seat
The RKE Memory feature can recall open, press K on the RKE This feature moves the seat
the driver seat and outside mirrors transmitter to activate the recall. rearward allowing the driver more
to previously stored RKE Memory The driver seat and outside mirrors room to exit the vehicle.
positions when entering the vehicle. will move to the previously saved To activate, place the ignition in
Every time the ignition is placed in RKE Memory positions. OFF and open the driver door. If the
OFF, the positions of the driver This feature is turned on or off using driver door is already open, placing
seat and outside mirrors are the vehicle personalization menu. the ignition in OFF will activate the
automatically stored to the RKE See Vehicle Personalization on recall.
transmitter that was used to start page 5‑36. This feature is turned on or off using
the vehicle. These positions are the vehicle personalization menu.
To stop recall movement, press one
called RKE Memory positions and See Vehicle Personalization on
of the memory, power mirror,
may be different than the previously page 5‑36.
or power seat controls.
mentioned Button Memory positions
saved to the “1” or “2” buttons. If something has blocked the driver To stop recall movement, press one
seat while recalling a memory of the memory or power seat
To recall RKE Memory positions: controls.
position, the recall may stop.
. On vehicles with RKE, press K Remove the obstruction; then press If something has blocked the driver
on the RKE transmitter and open and hold the appropriate manual seat while recalling the exit position,
the driver door. control for the memory item that is the recall may stop. Remove the
not recalling for two seconds. Try obstruction; then press and hold the
. On vehicles with keyless access, recalling the memory position again
press the lock/unlock button on power seat control rearward for
by opening the driver door and two seconds. Try recalling the exit
the outside driver door handle
and open the door. The RKE pressing the RKE transmitter K position again. If the exit position is
transmitter must be present for button. If the memory position is still still not recalling, see your dealer for
the recall to activate. not recalling, see your dealer for service.
service.
Heated Front Seats Press the button once for the

highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat will
{ WARNING change to the next lower setting,
If you cannot feel temperature and then to the off setting. The
lights indicate three for the highest
change or pain to the skin, the
setting and one for the lowest.
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people The passenger seat may take
with such a condition should use longer to heat up.
care when using the seat heater, Remote Start Heated Seats
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on When it is cold outside, the
the seat that insulates against Uplevel Climate Control System heated seats can be turned on
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Shown, Base Similar automatically during a remote
vehicle start. The heated seats will
cover, or similar item. This may If available, the buttons are on the
be canceled when the ignition is
cause the seat heater to climate control panel. To operate,
turned on. Press the button to use
overheat. An overheated seat the engine must be running.
the heated seats after the vehicle is
heater may cause a burn or may
Press M or L to heat the driver or started.
damage the seat.
passenger seat cushion and The heated seat indicator lights on
seatback. Indicator lights on the the button do not turn on during a
button show the current setting. remote start.
The temperature performance of an Rear Seats 2. Lift the rear seat armrest and
unoccupied seat may be reduced. place it in the folded position,
This is normal. Folding the Seatback if necessary. See Rear Seat
The heated seats will not turn on Armrest on page 3‑11.
Either side of the seatback can be
during a remote start unless the folded down for more cargo space.
heated seat feature is enabled in Fold a seatback only when the
the vehicle personalization menu. vehicle is not moving.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑8 and Vehicle Notice: Folding a rear seat with
Personalization on page 5‑36. the safety belts still fastened may
cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to
their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
To fold the seatback down:
1. Lower the rear seat head
restraints completely. See Head 3. Make sure the outboard safety
Restraints on page 3‑2. belt is in the belt guide.
Raising the Seatback To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push it
{ WARNING rearward to lock it in place.
Make sure the safety belt is in
If either seatback is not locked, it the belt guide and is not twisted
could move forward in a sudden or caught in the seatback.
stop or crash. That could cause
A tab near the seatback lever
injury to the person sitting there.
retracts when the seatback is
Always push and pull on the
locked in place.
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked. The center rear safety belt may
lock when you raise the
4. Pull on the lever on the top of seatback. If this happens, let the
the seatback to unlock it. belt go back all the way and
A tab near the seatback lever
{ WARNING start again.
raises when the seatback is A safety belt that is improperly 2. Push and pull the top of the
unlocked. routed, not properly attached, seatback to be sure it is locked
into position.
5. Fold the seatback down. or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the
Repeat the steps for the other person wearing the belt could be other seatback, if necessary.
seatback, if desired.
seriously injured. After raising the When the seat is not in use, it
rear seatback, always check to be should be kept in the upright, locked
sure that the safety belts are position.
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
Rear Seat Armrest Safety Belts WARNING (Continued)

This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride
properly. It also describes some in a cargo area, inside or outside
things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
{ WARNING are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
Do not let anyone ride where a passengers to ride in any area of
safety belt cannot be worn the vehicle that is not equipped
properly. In a crash, if you or your with seats and safety belts.
passenger(s) are not wearing Always wear a safety belt, and
safety belts, injuries can be much check that all passenger(s) are
worse than if you are wearing restrained properly too.
The rear seat has an armrest in the safety belts. You can be seriously
center of the seatback. Lower the
injured or killed by hitting things
armrest to access the two This vehicle has indicators as a
inside the vehicle harder or by
cupholders and the storage area. reminder to buckle the safety belts.
being ejected from the vehicle. In
To fold, lift the armrest up and push addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on
it rearward until it is flush with the page 5‑13.
buckled up can strike other
seatback. passengers in the vehicle.
(Continued)
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in
safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law
sense. requires wearing safety belts.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts
Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of
safety belt? adult size.
A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know
wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And
Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller
during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be
can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older
When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3‑34 or Infants
as fast as the vehicle does. If the and Young Children on page 3‑36.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety
going until something stops you. protection.
belts?
It could be the windshield, the It is very important for all occupants
instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that
systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often
When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of
and the vehicle slow down together. in crashes than those who are
them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts.
There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still
you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the
when worn properly, your strongest most protection.
bones take the forces from the
There are important things to know

. Wear the lap part of the belt low
about wearing a safety belt properly. and snug on the hips, just WARNING (Continued)
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong . Never wear the shoulder belt
pelvic bones and you would be under both arms or behind
less likely to slide under the lap your back.
belt. If you slid under it, the belt . Never route the lap or
would apply force on your shoulder belt over an
abdomen. This could cause armrest.
serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle
able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt.
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
The following instructions explain
. Sit up straight and always keep there is a sudden stop or crash.
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
your feet on the floor in front properly.
of you. { WARNING 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
. Always use the correct buckle adjustable, so you can sit up
You can be seriously injured,
for your seating position. straight. To see how, see “Seats”
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly. in the Index.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
(Continued)
If the shoulder portion of a Pull up on the latch plate to

passenger belt is pulled out all make sure it is secure.
the way, the child restraint Position the release button on
locking feature may be engaged. the buckle so that the safety belt
If this happens, let the belt go could be quickly unbuckled if
back all the way and start again. necessary.
If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull important safety information.
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you 3. Push the latch plate into the
more slowly. buckle until it clicks.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
right front passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
4. To make the lap part tight, pull To unlatch the belt, push the button the safety belt in a crash. See How
up on the shoulder belt. on the buckle. The belt should to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
return to its stowed position. page 3‑12.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort

This vehicle has safety belt Guides
pretensioners for front outboard This vehicle may have rear shoulder
occupants. Although the safety belt belt comfort guides. If not, they are
pretensioners cannot be seen, they available through your dealer. The
are part of the safety belt assembly. guides may provide added safety
They can help tighten the safety belt comfort for older children who
belts during the early stages of a have outgrown booster seats and
moderate to severe frontal and near for some adults. When installed and
frontal crash if the threshold properly adjusted, the comfort guide
conditions for pretensioner positions the belt away from the
activation are met. neck and head.
Press the release button and move Pretensioners work only once. If the
the height adjuster to the desired pretensioners activate in a crash,
position. The adjuster can be moved the pretensioners and probably
up by pushing the slide/trim up. other parts of the vehicle's safety
After the adjuster is set to the belt system will need to be replaced.
desired position, try to move it down See Replacing Safety Belt System
without pushing the release button Parts after a Crash on page 3‑20.
to make sure it has locked into
position.
There is one guide for each outside

passenger position in the rear seat.
Here is how to install a comfort
guide to the safety belt:
2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not
and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The
belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the
belt and the guide on top.
1. Remove the guide from its

storage pocket on the side of
the seat.
Safety Belt Use During

{ WARNING Pregnancy
A safety belt that is not properly Safety belts work for everyone,
worn may not provide the including pregnant women. Like all
protection needed in a crash. The occupants, they are more likely to
person wearing the belt could be be seriously injured if they do not
seriously injured. The shoulder wear safety belts.
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
4. Buckle, position, and release
the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
A pregnant woman should wear a

lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is Never use it for securing child seats. Make sure the safety belt reminder
to protect the mother. When a safety To wear it, attach it to the regular light is working. See Safety Belt
belt is worn properly, it is more likely safety belt. See the instruction sheet Reminders on page 5‑13.
that the fetus will not be hurt in a that comes with the extender. Keep safety belts clean and dry.
crash. For pregnant women, as for See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑19.
anyone, the key to making safety Safety System Check
belts effective is wearing them
properly. Now and then, check that the safety Safety Belt Care
belt reminder light, safety belts, Keep belts clean and dry.
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
Safety Belt Extender anchorages are all working properly.
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten Look for any other loose or { WARNING
around you, you should use it. damaged safety belt system parts
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
But if a safety belt is not long that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer It may severely weaken them. In
enough, your dealer will order you a crash, they might not be able to
an extender. When you go in to to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a provide adequate protection.
order it, take the heaviest coat you Clean safety belts only with mild
will wear, so the extender will be crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or soap and lukewarm water.
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone frayed, get a new one right away.
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults.
Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System

safety belts may not be necessary.
System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following
Crash were used during any crash may airbags:
have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver.
{ WARNING See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the front
A crash can damage the safety replaced. outboard passenger.
belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be . A knee airbag for the driver.
A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt . A knee airbag for the front
may not properly protect the system was not being used at the outboard passenger.
person using it, resulting in time of the crash.
serious injury or even death in a
. A seat-mounted side impact
Have the safety belt pretensioners airbag for the driver.
crash. To help make sure the
checked if the vehicle has been in a
safety belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle airbag for the front outboard
inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag passenger.
replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑14. . Seat-mounted side impact
possible. airbags for the second row
outboard passengers.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the front Airbags are designed to supplement
outboard passenger and the the protection provided by safety WARNING (Continued)
passenger seated directly belts. Even though today's airbags
behind the front outboard are also designed to help reduce Wearing your safety belt during a
passenger. the risk of injury from the force of an crash helps reduce the chance of
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate hitting things inside the vehicle or
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label very quickly to do their job. being ejected from it. Airbags are
near the deployment opening. “supplemental restraints” to the
Here are the most important things safety belts. Everyone in the
For frontal airbags, the word to know about the airbag system:
vehicle should wear a safety belt
AIRBAG is on the center of the properly, whether or not there is
steering wheel for the driver and on { WARNING an airbag for that person.
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger. You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
is on the lower part of the wearing your safety belt, even
instrument panel. with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
For seat-mounted side impact belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the airbags are not designed to inflate
side of the seatback closest to in every crash. In some crashes
the door.
safety belts are the only restraint.
For roof-rail airbags, the word See When Should an Airbag
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. Inflate? on page 3‑24.
(Continued)
{ WARNING { WARNING
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
against, or very close to any or killed. Airbags plus
There is an airbag readiness light
airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection
on the instrument cluster, which
seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but
shows the airbag symbol. The
sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants. system checks the airbag electrical
airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle's safety belt system for malfunctions. The light
on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is tells you if there is an electrical
forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young problem. See Airbag Readiness
you in position before and during children and infants need the Light on page 5‑14 for more
a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint information.
belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always
should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the
while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older
the vehicle. Children on page 3‑34 or Infants
Occupants should not lean on or and Young Children on
sleep against the door or side page 3‑36.
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger
steering column. The front outboard Side Similar
passenger knee airbag is below the
The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box. The seat-mounted side impact
center of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and front
outboard passenger are in the side
The front outboard passenger
of the seatbacks closest to the door.
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
When Should an Airbag

{ WARNING Inflate?
If something is between an Frontal airbags are designed to
occupant and an airbag, the inflate in moderate to severe frontal
airbag might not inflate properly or near frontal crashes to help
or it might force the object into reduce the potential for severe
that person causing severe injury injuries, mainly to the driver's or
or even death. The path of an front outboard passenger's head
inflating airbag must be kept and chest. However, they are only
clear. Do not put anything designed to inflate if the impact
between an occupant and an exceeds a predetermined
Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, airbag, and do not attach or put deployment threshold. Deployment
Passenger Side Similar anything on the steering wheel thresholds are used to predict how
hub or on or near any other severe a crash is likely to be in time
On vehicles with second row airbag covering. for the airbags to inflate and help
seat-mounted side impact airbags, restrain the occupants.
they are in the sides of the rear Do not use seat accessories that
seatback closest to the door. block the inflation path of a Whether the frontal airbags will or
seat-mounted side impact airbag. should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
Never secure anything to the roof It depends on what is hit, the
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags direction of the impact, and how
by routing a rope or tie‐down quickly the vehicle slows down.
through any door or window
Frontal airbags may inflate at
opening. If you do, the path of an different crash speeds depending on
inflating roof-rail airbag will be whether the vehicle hits an object
blocked. straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or inflate at a level less than full roof‐rail airbags will inflate when
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow deployment. For more severe frontal either side of the vehicle is struck or
or wide. impacts, full deployment occurs. if the sensing system predicts that
Thresholds can also vary with The vehicle has seat-mounted side the vehicle is about to roll over on
specific vehicle design. impact airbags and roof-rail airbags. its side, or in a severe frontal
See Airbag System on page 3‑20. impact.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in Seat-mounted side impact and In any particular crash, no one can
rear impacts, or in many side roof-rail airbags are intended to say whether an airbag should have
impacts. inflate in moderate to severe side inflated simply because of the
crashes depending on the location vehicle damage or repair costs.
In addition, the vehicle has of the impact. In addition, these
dual-stage frontal airbags. roof‐rail airbags are intended to What Makes an Airbag
Dual-stage airbags adjust the inflate during a rollover or in a
restraint according to crash severity. severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted
Inflate?
Frontal knee airbags are designed side impact and roof-rail airbags will In a deployment event, the sensing
to inflate in moderate to severe inflate if the crash severity is above system sends an electrical signal
frontal or near frontal impacts that the system's designed threshold triggering a release of gas from the
exceed a predetermined level. The threshold level can vary inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
deployment threshold. with specific vehicle design. airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
The vehicle has electronic frontal Roof‐rail airbags are not intended
and related hardware are all part of
sensors, which help the sensing to inflate in rear impacts.
the airbag module.
system distinguish between a A seat-mounted side impact airbag
moderate frontal impact and a more is intended to inflate on the side For airbag location, see Where Are
severe frontal impact. For moderate of the vehicle that is struck. Both the Airbags? on page 3‑23.
frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags
How Does an Airbag What Will You See after

Restrain? an Airbag Inflates?
{ WARNING
In moderate to severe frontal or After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there
near frontal collisions, even belted seat-mounted side impact airbags may be dust in the air. This dust
occupants can contact the steering inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems
wheel or the instrument panel. In quickly that some people may not for people with a history of
moderate to severe side collisions, even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing trouble.
even belted occupants can contact Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the
the inside of the vehicle. partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as
they inflate. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have
Airbags supplement the protection
the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an
impact more evenly over the airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air
occupant's body. Airbags? on page 3‑23. by opening a window or a door.
The parts of the airbag that come If you experience breathing
But airbags would not help in problems following an airbag
many types of collisions, primarily into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may deployment, you should seek
because the occupant's motion medical attention.
is not toward those airbags. See be some smoke and dust coming
When Should an Airbag Inflate? on from the vents in the deflated
page 3‑24. airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may
prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn
Airbags should never be regarded the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard
as anything more than a supplement the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the
to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle. fuel system after the airbags inflate.
You can lock the doors, and turn off In many crashes severe enough to
. Let only qualified technicians
the interior lamps and hazard inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag systems.
warning flashers by using the broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that
controls for those features. Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work
also occur from the front outboard properly. See your dealer for
service.
{ WARNING passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate
A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag
Passenger Sensing
the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some new System
damaged important functions in parts for the airbag system. The vehicle has a passenger
the vehicle, such as the fuel If you do not get them, the sensing system for the front
system, brake and steering airbag system will not be there outboard passenger position. The
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to help protect you in another passenger airbag status indicator
appears to be drivable after a crash. A new system will include will light on the center stack when
moderate crash, there may be airbag modules and possibly the vehicle is started.
concealed damage that could other parts. The service manual
make it difficult to safely operate for the vehicle covers the need
the vehicle. to replace other parts.
Use caution if you should attempt
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
to restart the engine after a crash and diagnostic module which
has occurred. records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
The words ON and OFF will be
page 13‑19 and Event Data
visible during the system check.
Recorders on page 13‑20.
If you use remote start, if equipped,
to start the vehicle from a distance
you may not see the system check.
When the system check is We recommend that children be

complete, either the word ON or the secured in a rear seat, including: WARNING (Continued)
word OFF will be visible. See an infant or a child riding in a
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator rear-facing child restraint; a child passenger frontal airbag inflates
on page 5‑14. riding in a forward-facing child seat; and the passenger seat is in a
an older child riding in a booster forward position.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard seat; and children, who are large Even if the passenger sensing
passenger frontal airbag and knee enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the front
airbag under certain conditions. No Never put a rear-facing child seat in outboard passenger airbag(s), no
other airbag is affected by the the front. This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can
passenger sensing system. the rear-facing child is so great, guarantee that an airbag will not
The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates. inflate under some unusual
works with sensors that are part of circumstance, even though the
the front outboard passenger seat. { WARNING airbag(s) are off.
The sensors are designed to detect Secure rear-facing child restraints
the presence of a properly seated A child in a rear-facing child
in a rear seat, even if the
occupant and determine if the front restraint can be seriously injured
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
outboard passenger frontal airbag or killed if the passenger frontal
forward-facing child restraint in
and knee airbag should be allowed airbag inflates. This is because
the front outboard passenger
to inflate or not. the back of the rear-facing child
seat, always move the seat as far
restraint would be very close to
According to accident statistics, back as it will go. It is better to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
children are safer when properly secure the child restraint in a
secured in a rear seat in the correct forward-facing child restraint can
rear seat.
child restraint for their weight be seriously injured or killed if the
and size. (Continued)
The passenger sensing system is The passenger sensing system is

designed to turn off the front designed to turn on the front { WARNING
outboard passenger frontal airbag outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag if: and knee airbag anytime the system If the airbag readiness light ever
senses that a person of adult size is comes on and stays on, it means
. The front outboard passenger
sitting properly in the front outboard that something may be wrong
seat is unoccupied. with the airbag system. To help
passenger seat. When the
. The system determines that an passenger sensing system has avoid injury to yourself or others,
infant is present in a child allowed the airbags to be enabled, have the vehicle serviced right
restraint. the on indicator will light and stay lit away. See Airbag Readiness
. A front outboard passenger as a reminder that the airbags are Light on page 5‑14 for more
takes his/her weight off of the active. information, including important
seat for a period of time. For some children, including safety information.
. Or, if there is a critical problem children in child restraints and for
with the airbag system or the very small adults, the passenger If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
passenger sensing system. sensing system may or may not turn Child Restraint
off the front outboard passenger
When the passenger sensing frontal airbag and knee airbag, If a child restraint has been installed
system has turned off the front depending upon the person's and the on indicator is lit:
outboard passenger frontal airbag seating posture and body build. 1. Turn the vehicle off.
and knee airbag, the off indicator Everyone in the vehicle who
will light and stay lit as a reminder has outgrown child restraints 2. Remove the child restraint from
that the airbags are off. See should wear a safety belt the vehicle.
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator properly — whether or not there 3. Remove any additional items
on page 5‑14. is an airbag for that person. from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint The passenger sensing system may properly in the seat. Use the
following the directions or may not turn off the airbags for a following steps to allow the system
provided by the child restraint child in a child restraint depending to detect that person and enable the
manufacturer and refer to upon the child's seating posture and front outboard passenger frontal
Securing Child Restraints (Front body build. It is better to secure the airbag and knee airbag:
Passenger Seat) on page 3‑52 child restraint in a rear seat. 1. Turn the vehicle off.
or Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) on page 3‑50. If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material
Adult-Size Occupant from the seat, such as blankets,
5. If, after reinstalling the child cushions, seat covers, seat
restraint and restarting the heaters, seat massagers,
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, laptops, or other electronic
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly devices.
recline the vehicle seatback and
adjust the seat cushion, 3. Place the seatback in the fully
if adjustable, to make sure that upright position.
the vehicle seatback is not 4. Have the person sit upright in
pushing the child restraint into the seat, centered on the seat
the seat cushion. cushion, with legs comfortably
Also make sure the child extended.
restraint is not trapped under the 5. Restart the vehicle and have the
vehicle head restraint. If this person remain in this position for
happens, adjust the head two to three minutes after the on
If a person of adult-size is sitting in
restraint. See Head Restraints indicator is lit.
the front outboard passenger seat,
on page 3‑2.
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
6. Restart the vehicle. because that person is not sitting
Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the The on indicator may be lit if an
System Operation performance of the passenger object, such as a briefcase,
sensing system. Here is how: handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device is put on
passenger in position on the seat . The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger an unoccupied seat. If this is not
during vehicle maneuvers and desired remove the object from
braking, which helps the passenger frontal airbag when liquid is
soaked into the seat. If this the seat.
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See happens, the off indicator will be
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” lit, and the airbag readiness light { WARNING
in the Index for additional on the instrument panel will also
be lit. Stowing of articles under the
information about the importance of
passenger seat or between the
proper restraint use. . Liquid pooled on the seat that passenger seat cushion and
A thick layer of additional material, has not soaked in may make it seatback may interfere with the
such as a blanket or cushion, more likely that the passenger proper operation of the passenger
or aftermarket equipment such as sensing system will turn on the
sensing system.
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat passenger frontal airbag while a
massagers can affect how well the child restraint or child occupant
passenger sensing system is on the seat. If the passenger Servicing the
operates. We recommend that you frontal airbag is turned on, the
on indicator will be lit. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when If the passenger seat gets wet, dry Airbags affect how the vehicle
approved by GM for your specific the seat immediately. If the airbag should be serviced. There are parts
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to readiness light is lit, do not install a of the airbag system in several
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on child restraint or allow anyone to places around the vehicle. Your
page 3‑32 for more information occupy the seat. See Airbag dealer and the service manual have
about modifications that can affect Readiness Light on page 5‑14 for information about servicing the
how the system operates. important safety information. vehicle and the airbag system.
To purchase a service manual, see operation of the airbag system can of the seat fabric, could also
Service Publications Ordering also be affected by changing or interfere with the operation of the
Information on page 13‑17. moving any parts of the front seats, passenger sensing system. This
safety belts, the airbag sensing and could either prevent proper
{ WARNING diagnostic module, steering wheel,
instrument panel, roof-rail airbag
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
For up to 10 seconds after the modules, ceiling headliner or pillar sensing system from properly
vehicle is turned off and the garnish trim, front sensors, side turning off the passenger airbag(s).
battery is disconnected, an airbag impact sensors, or airbag wiring. See Passenger Sensing System on
can still inflate during improper Your dealer and the service manual page 3‑27.
service. You can be injured if you have information about the location If your vehicle needs to be modified
are close to an airbag when it of the airbag sensors, sensing and because you have a disability and
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. diagnostic module, and airbag you have questions about whether
They are probably part of the wiring. the modifications will affect the
airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle has a vehicle's airbag system, or if you
proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system for the have questions about whether the
make sure the person performing front outboard passenger position, airbag system will be affected if the
work for you is qualified to do so. which includes sensors that are part vehicle is modified for any other
of the passenger seat. The reason, call Customer Assistance.
passenger sensing system may not See Customer Assistance Offices
Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle trim is replaced with non-GM Customer Assistance Offices
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with (Mexico) on page 13‑5.
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system, GM covers, upholstery, or trim
height, front end, or side sheet designed for a different vehicle. Any
metal, may keep the airbag system object, such as an aftermarket seat
from working properly. The heater or a comfort‐enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash on when you are driving, the airbag
regularly scheduled maintenance or system may not work properly. Have
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ WARNING the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the airbag page 5‑14 for more information.
page 5‑14. systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may Vehicles with eAssist have a high
Notice: If an airbag covering is voltage battery and a standard
damaged, opened, or broken, the not work properly and may not
12‐volt battery. If an airbag inflates
airbag may not work properly. Do protect you and your
or the vehicle has been in a crash,
not open or break the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
the vehicle's sensing system may
coverings. If there are any in serious injury or even death. To shut down the high voltage system.
opened or broken airbag covers, help make sure the airbag When this occurs, the high voltage
have the airbag covering and/or systems are working properly battery is disconnected and the
airbag module replaced. For the after a crash, have them vehicle is not charging the 12‐volt
location of the airbags, see inspected and any necessary battery or the electrical system. The
Where Are the Airbags? on replacements made as soon as vehicle may start but it shuts down
page 3‑23. See your dealer for possible. once the 12‐volt battery is depleted.
service. When the 12‐volt battery is
If an airbag inflates, you will need to depleted, the vehicle will not start
replace airbag system parts. See and the on‐board jump start feature
your dealer for service. is disabled. The airbag readiness
light and/or the 12‐volt battery
warning light are displayed. Before
the vehicle can be operated again, it
must be serviced at your dealer.

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the
Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash.
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown abdomen, which could cause
page 3‑13. If the shoulder belt
booster seats should wear the severe or even fatal internal
still does not rest on the
vehicle safety belts. injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
. Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑13.
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when WARNING (Continued)
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint belt. The belt force would then be
system secured in a rear seating applied right on the abdomen.
position. That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
In a crash, children who are not go over the shoulder and across
buckled up can strike other people the chest.
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never allow a child to wear the
Never allow more than one child
safety belt with the shoulder belt
to wear the same safety belt. The
behind their back. A child can be
safety belt cannot properly spread
seriously injured by not wearing
the impact forces. In a crash, they
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
can be crushed together and
crash, the child would not be
seriously injured. A safety belt
restrained by the shoulder belt.
must be used by only one person
The child could move too far
at a time.
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
Infants and Young Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer

WARNING (Continued)
protection for adults and older
Children children, but not for young children
Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's arms. An infant should be
protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag secured in an appropriate
all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every restraint.
distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride
size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the
need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate
restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints.
state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained
every Canadian province says properly can strike other people,
children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never hold an infant or a child
Children can be seriously injured while riding in a vehicle. Due to
or strangled if a shoulder belt is crash forces, an infant or a child
wrapped around their neck and will become so heavy it is not
the safety belt continues to possible to hold it during a crash.
tighten. Never leave children For example, in a crash at only
unattended in a vehicle and never 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
allow children to play with the infant will suddenly become a
safety belts. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
(Continued)
sure it is designed to be used in

{ WARNING a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
Children who are up against, that it meets federal motor
or very close to, any airbag when vehicle safety standards.
it inflates can be seriously injured
The restraint manufacturer
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
instructions that come with the
child restraint in the right front
restraint state the weight and
seat. Secure a rear-facing child height limitations for a particular
restraint in a rear seat. It is also child restraint. In addition, there
better to secure a forward-facing are many kinds of restraints
child restraint in a rear seat. If you available for children with
must secure a forward-facing Q: What are the different types of special needs.
child restraint in the right front add-on child restraints?
seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it
A: Add-on child restraints, which { WARNING
are purchased by the vehicle
will go. To reduce the risk of neck and
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular head injury during a crash, infants
restraint should take into need complete support. In a
consideration not only the child's crash, if an infant is in a
weight, height, and age but also rear-facing child restraint, the
whether or not the restraint will crash forces can be distributed
be compatible with the motor across the strongest part of an
vehicle in which it will be used. infant's body, the back and
For most basic types of child shoulders. Infants should always
restraints, there are many be secured in rear-facing child
different models available. When restraints.
purchasing a child restraint, be
Child Restraint Systems

{ WARNING
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides
crash, young children should restraint for the child's body with the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a

Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
{ WARNING When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not
using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement
LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer.
Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured
A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a
designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure
vehicle's safety belt system. people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is
in the vehicle. Child restraint in it.
systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States
seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians
the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect
Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly
(LATCH System) on page 3‑41. use and install child restraints.
In the U.S., refer to the National Where to Put the

Highway Traffic Safety
Restraint
{ WARNING
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child
inspection station. For CPST children and infants are safer when restraint can be seriously
availability in Canada, check with properly restrained in a child injured or killed if the right
Transport Canada or the Provincial restraint system or infant restraint front passenger airbag inflates.
Ministry of Transportation office. system secured in a rear seating This is because the back of the
position. rear-facing child restraint would
Securing the Child Within the be very close to the inflating
Child Restraint We recommend that children and
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraints be secured in a rear
child restraint can be seriously
seat, including: an infant or a child
{ WARNING riding in a rear-facing child restraint; injured or killed if the right front
a child riding in a forward-facing passenger airbag inflates and the
A child can be seriously injured or passenger seat is in a forward
killed in a crash if the child is not child seat; an older child riding in a
booster seat; and children, who are position.
properly secured in the child
large enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions Never put a rear-facing child seat in system has turned off the right
that came with that child restraint. the front. This is because the risk to front passenger frontal airbag, no
the rear-facing child is so great if the system is fail-safe. No one can
airbag deploys. guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Child restraints and booster seats Lower Anchors and
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
Tethers for Children
Secure rear-facing child restraints better than others. Always make (LATCH System)
in a rear seat, even if the sure the child restraint is properly
airbag is off. If you secure a The LATCH system secures a child
secured. restraint during driving or in a crash.
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child
child restraint and the size of the restraint are used to attach the
the front passenger seat as far
child restraint, you may not be able child restraint to the anchors in the
back as it will go. It is better to
to access adjacent safety belt vehicle. This system is designed to
secure the child restraint in a make installation of a child restraint
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
rear seat. additional passengers or child easier.
See Passenger Sensing System restraints. Adjacent seating Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
on page 3‑27 for additional positions should not be used if the child restraint is properly installed
information. child restraint prevents access to or using the anchors, or use the
interferes with the routing of the vehicle's safety belts to secure the
safety belt. restraint, following the instructions
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the Wherever a child restraint is that came with that restraint, and
instructions that came with the installed, be sure to secure the child also the instructions in this manual.
child restraint to make sure it is restraint properly. When installing a child restraint with
compatible with this vehicle. a top tether, you must also use
Keep in mind that an unsecured
either the lower anchors or the
child restraint can move around in a
safety belts to properly secure the
collision or sudden stop and injure
child restraint. A child restraint must
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
never be installed using only the top
properly secure any child restraint in
tether and anchor.
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In order to use the LATCH system Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor
in the vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. The child restraint
manufacturer will provide you with
instructions on how to use the child
restraint and its attachments. The
following explains how to attach a
child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the
built into the vehicle. There are top of the child restraint to the
two lower anchors for each vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
LATCH seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with To assist in locating the lower
or without the top tether being anchors, each rear anchor position
attached. Others require the top has a label, near the crease
tether always to be attached. In between the seatback and the seat
Canada, the law requires that cushion.
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
Rear Seat
restraint.
I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether
positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is on the cover.
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when { WARNING
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child
system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor.
position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child
Restraint on page 3‑40 for restraint to a single anchor could
additional information. cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others
Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the
System risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
The top tether anchors are under
the covers, behind the rear seat, on { WARNING child restraint per anchor.
the filler panel. Be sure to use an If a LATCH-type child restraint is
anchor on the same side of the not attached to anchors, the child
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
restraint will not be able to protect { WARNING
the child correctly. In a crash, the
placed. Children can be seriously injured
child could be seriously injured or
Do not secure a child restraint in a or strangled if a shoulder belt is
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
position without a top tether anchor wrapped around their neck and
restraint properly using the
if a national or local law requires the safety belt continues to
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
that the top tether be attached, or if tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts to secure the restraint,
the instructions that come with the belts behind the child restraint so
following the instructions that
child restraint say that the top tether children cannot reach them. Pull
came with the child restraint and
must be attached. the shoulder belt all the way out
the instructions in this manual.
(Continued)
If you need to secure more than one Refer to the following illustration to
WARNING (Continued) child restraint in the rear seat, see learn which anchors to use.
Where to Put the Restraint on
of the retractor to set the lock, page 3‑40.
if the vehicle has one, after the
child restraint has been installed. You cannot secure three child
restraints using the LATCH anchors
in the rear seat at the same time,
Notice: Do not let the LATCH but you can install two of them.
attachments rub against the If you want to do this, install one
vehicle’s safety belts. This may LATCH child restraint in the right
damage these parts. If necessary, rear seating position, and install the
move buckled safety belts to other one either in the left rear
avoid rubbing the LATCH seating position or in the center
attachments. seating position. If you need to
Do not fold the empty rear seat install child restraints in both the
with a safety belt buckled. This center and left rear seating There are five lower LATCH anchors
could damage the safety belt or positions, the one in the center in the rear seat.
the seat. Unbuckle and return the seating position will need to be
secured using the vehicle safety
. Use anchors 1 and 2 when
safety belt to its stowed position, installing a child restraint using
before folding the seat. belts instead of the LATCH anchors.
LATCH in the right rear seating
position.
. Use anchors 3 and 4 when
installing a child restraint using
LATCH in the center rear seating
position.

. Use anchors 4 and 5 when does not have lower 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
installing a child restraint using attachments or the desired attachments on the child
LATCH in left rear seating seating position does not have restraint to the lower
position. lower anchors, secure the child anchors.
Installing child restraints using restraint with the top tether and 2. If the child restraint manufacturer
LATCH in the center and left rear the safety belts. Refer to the recommends that the top tether
seating positions at the same time is child restraint manufacturer be attached, attach and tighten
prohibited. instructions and the instructions the top tether to the top tether
in this manual. anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
Make sure to attach the child
restraint at the proper anchor 1.1. Find the lower anchors for child restraint instructions and
location. the desired seating the following steps:
position. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier. 1.2. Put the child restraint on Open the cover to expose
When using lower anchors, do not the seat. the anchor.
use the vehicle's safety belts. If the head restraint
Instead use the vehicle's anchors interferes with the proper
and child restraint attachments to installation of the child
secure the restraints. Some restraint, the head restraint
restraints also use another vehicle may be removed. See
anchor to secure a top tether. “Head Restraint Removal
1. Attach and tighten the lower and Reinstallation” at the
attachments to the lower end of this section.
anchors. If the child restraint
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten

the top tether according to
the child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
If the position you are using If the position you are using
does not have a headrest has an adjustable headrest
or head restraint and you or head restraint and you
are using a dual tether, are using a single tether,
route the tether over the route the tether under the
seatback. headrest or head restraint
If the position you are using and in between the
does not have a headrest headrest or head restraint
or head restraint and you posts.
are using a single tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
3. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
If the position you are using
Head Restraint Removal and
has an adjustable headrest
or head restraint and you Reinstallation
are using a dual tether The rear outboard head restraints 2. Press both buttons on the head
route the tether around the can be removed if they interfere with restraint posts at the same time,
headrest or head restraint. the proper installation of the child and pull up on the head
restraint. restraint.
To remove the head restraint: 3. Store the head restraint in the
1. Partially fold the seatback trunk of the vehicle.
forward. See Rear Seats on 4. When the child restraint is
page 3‑9 for additional removed, reinstall the head
information. restraint before the seating
position is used.
To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Try to move the head restraint to

{ WARNING make sure that it is locked in
place.
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
Replacing LATCH System
occupants will suffer a neck/ Parts After a Crash
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for { WARNING
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly. A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
1. Insert the head restraint posts death in a crash. To help make
into the holes in the top of the sure the LATCH system is
seatback. The notches on the working properly after a crash,
posts must face the driver side see your dealer to have the
of the vehicle.
system inspected and any
2. Push the head restraint down. necessary replacements made as
If necessary, press the height soon as possible.
adjustment release button to
further lower the head restraint. If the vehicle has the LATCH system
See Head Restraints on and it was being used during a
page 3‑2. crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be Do not secure a child seat in a If more than one child restraint
necessary even if the LATCH position without a top tether anchor needs to be installed in the rear
system was not being used at the if a national or local law requires seat, be sure to read Where to Put
time of the crash. that the top tether be anchored, or if the Restraint on page 3‑40.
the instructions that come with the 1. Put the child restraint on
Securing Child Restraints child restraint say that the top strap the seat.
must be anchored.
(Rear Seat) If the head restraint interferes
In Canada, the law requires that with the proper installation of the
When securing a child restraint in a
forward-facing child restraints have child restraint, the head restraint
rear seating position, study the
a top tether, and that the tether be may be removed. See “Head
instructions that came with the child
attached. Restraint Removal and
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle. If the child restraint does not have Reinstallation” under Lower
the LATCH system, you will be Anchors and Tethers for
If the child restraint has the LATCH
using the safety belt to secure the Children (LATCH System) on
system, see Lower Anchors and
child restraint in this position. Be page 3‑41.
Tethers for Children (LATCH
sure to follow the instructions that 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
System) on page 3‑41 for how and
came with the child restraint. Secure the lap and shoulder portions of
where to install the child restraint
the child in the child restraint when the vehicle's safety belt through
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
and as the instructions say. or around the restraint. The child
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether, restraint instructions will show
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for you how.
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑41 for top tether anchor
locations.
3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. If the latch out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the
plate will not go fully into the lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to
buckle, check if the correct set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt,
buckle is being used. not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back
Position the release button on into the retractor. When installing
the buckle so that the safety belt a forward-facing child restraint, it
could be quickly unbuckled if may be helpful to use your knee
necessary. to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors

tether, follow the child restraint and Tethers for Children (LATCH { WARNING
manufacturer's instructions System) on page 3‑41.
regarding the use of the top A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
tether. See Lower Anchors and Securing Child Restraints injured or killed if the right front
System) on page 3‑41.
(Front Passenger Seat) passenger airbag inflates. This
This vehicle has airbags. A rear is because the back of the
7. Before placing a child in the rear-facing child restraint would
seat is a safer place to secure a
child restraint, make sure it is
forward-facing child restraint. See be very close to the inflating
securely held in place. To check,
Where to Put the Restraint on airbag. A child in a forward-facing
grasp the child restraint at the
page 3‑40. child restraint can be seriously
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the right front
and forth. When the child passenger sensing system which passenger airbag inflates and the
restraint is properly installed, is designed to turn off the front passenger seat is in a forward
there should be no more than outboard passenger frontal airbag position.
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. and knee airbag under certain Even if the passenger sensing
conditions. See Passenger Sensing system has turned off the right
To remove the child restraint,
System on page 3‑27 and front passenger frontal airbag, no
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator system is fail-safe. No one can
let it return to the stowed position.
on page 5‑14 for more information,
If the top tether is attached to a top guarantee that an airbag will not
including important safety
tether anchor, disconnect it. If the deploy under some unusual
information.
head restraint was removed, circumstance, even though it is
reinstall it before the seating A label on the sun visor says, turned off.
position is used. See “Head “Never put a rear-facing child seat in
(Continued)
Restraint Removal and the front.” This is because the risk
to the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
Do not secure a child seat in a the vehicle. See Passenger

WARNING (Continued) position without a top tether anchor Airbag Status Indicator on
if a national or local law requires page 5‑14.
Secure rear-facing child that the top tether be anchored, or if
restraints in a rear seat, even if 2. Put the child restraint on
the instructions that come with the the seat.
the airbag is off. If you secure a child restraint say that the top strap
forward-facing child restraint in must be anchored. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the right front seat, always move the lap and shoulder portions of
the front passenger seat as far In Canada, the law requires that the vehicle's safety belt through
forward-facing child restraints have or around the restraint. The child
back as it will go. It is better to
a top tether, and that the tether be restraint instructions will show
secure the child restraint in a
attached. you how.
rear seat.
You will be using the lap-shoulder
See Passenger Sensing System belt to secure the child restraint in
on page 3‑27 for additional this position. Follow the instructions
information. that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
If the child restraint has the LATCH will go before securing the
system, see Lower Anchors and forward-facing child restraint.
System) on page 3‑41 for how and When the passenger sensing
where to install the child restraint system has turned off the front
using LATCH. If a child restraint is outboard passenger frontal
secured using a safety belt and it airbag and knee airbag, the off
uses a top tether, see Lower indicator on the passenger
Anchors and Tethers for Children airbag status indicator should
light and stay lit when you start 4. Push the latch plate into the
(LATCH System) on page 3‑41 for buckle until it clicks.
top tether anchor locations.
Position the release button on 7. Before placing a child in the

the buckle so that the safety belt child restraint, make sure it is
could be quickly unbuckled if securely held in place. To check,
necessary. grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
6. To tighten the belt, push down status indicator will come on and
on the child restraint, pull the stay on when the vehicle is started.
shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed
tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
and feed the shoulder belt back On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way into the retractor. When installing Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
out of the retractor to set the a forward-facing child restraint, it System on page 3‑27.
lock. When the retractor lock is may be helpful to use your knee
set, the belt can be tightened but to push down on the child To remove the child restraint,
not pulled out of the retractor. restraint as you tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-3
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Uplevel
The vehicle may have a storage
area behind the radio display. Push
the button to the right and release;
the door automatically opens.
Keep the storage area closed when
Pull the door down to access. not in use.
Push the door down to close.
Glove Box
Pull the handle up to open.
4-2 Storage
Cupholders To reinstall, place the two forward Sunglasses Storage

tabs into the slots and push down
Center Console on the rear of the cupholder.
Rear Seat
Push on the cover and release to

open the compartment.
With the armrest in the rearward
position, push down on the cover
handle and slide the cover forward Lower the armrest to access the
to access the cupholders. cupholders. There is also storage in
the armrest; lift the lid to access.
The vehicle may have removable
cupholders.
To remove the cupholders:
1. Pull and hold the tab at the rear
of the cupholders.
2. Lift up and rearward.
Storage 4-3
Center Console Storage The armrest can be adjusted to a Additional Storage

rearward, middle, and forward
position. Pull or push the front of the Features
armrest to adjust to the desired
position. Cargo Tie-Downs
There is an auxiliary jack in the There are cargo tie‐downs in the
console. If equipped, there is also a trunk. The cargo tie‐downs can be
USB port in the console. See used to secure small loads or the
Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑16. convenience net. See Convenience
The vehicle may have removable Net on page 4‑3.
cupholders with storage under them.
See Cupholders on page 4‑2. Convenience Net
For vehicles with a convenience net,
it is in the trunk and used to store
Pull up the latch and lift to open. small loads. The net should not be
The center console has storage with used to store heavy loads. Attach
a power outlet under the armrest. the loops on each side of the net to
See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. the cargo tie-downs in the trunk.
If equipped, there is a removable See Cargo Tie-Downs on page 4‑3.
divider to configure storage.
4-4 Storage
2 NOTES
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Controls Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-15
Malfunction
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Information Displays

Brake System Warning Center Stack Display . . . . . . . . 5-25
Controls Driver Information
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Electric Parking Brake Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Vehicle Messages
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Service Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Battery Voltage and Charging
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-29
Lane Departure Warning Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-30
Indicators Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-20 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Engine Cooling System
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-21 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Traction Control System Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-31
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-21 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-32
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Engine Coolant Temperature Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-32
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-32
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-23 Object Detection System
Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . 5-12 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-23 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Engine Coolant Temperature Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Ride Control System
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-13 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-24 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-14
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-33 Controls 4. Push the lever up to lock the
Starting the Vehicle steering wheel in place.
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Steering Wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-35 Adjustment
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 Steering Wheel Controls
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-35
Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-36
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 5-41
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down. For vehicles with audio steering
2. Move the steering wheel up wheel controls, some audio controls
or down. can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
b / g (Push to Talk): For Use _ or ^ to select the next or Windshield Wiper/Washer

vehicles with an OnStar, Bluetooth, previous favorite radio station, CD
or navigation system, press to track, DVD track/chapter, or MP3
interact with those systems. track.
See Bluetooth (Overview) on
Press SRC to change between
page 7‑22 or Bluetooth (Voice
radio and CD or DVD.
Recognition) on page 7‑27 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on Press and hold SRC to interact with
page 7‑23 and OnStar Overview on the navigation system, if equipped.
page 14‑1. The windshield wiper lever is
+ x − (Volume): Press + to on the right side of the steering
$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to increase the volume; press − to column. With the ignition in ACC/
silence the vehicle speakers only. decrease the volume. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
Press again to turn the sound on. the windshield wiper lever to select
For vehicles with OnStar or Horn the wiper speed.
Bluetooth systems, press to reject
an incoming call, or to end a Press a on the steering wheel pad 2: Use for fast wipes.
current call. to sound the horn. 1: Use for slow wipes.
_ SRC ^ (Thumbwheel Control):
Use this control to select a radio
band or audio source.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the When the windshield wiper lever is
wipers. A circuit breaker stops them released, additional wipes may
until the motor cools. occur depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
Wipe Parking activated.
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ If the washer fluid is low, a message
OFF while the wipers are on 1, 2, may display on the Driver
3 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): or 3 , they will immediately stop. Information Center (DIC). See
Move the lever to 3 , then turn the If the windshield wiper lever is then Washer Fluid Messages on
band up for more frequent wipes or page 5‑35. For information on filling
moved to 9 before the driver door
down for less frequent wipes. the windshield washer fluid
is opened, or within 10 minutes, the reservoir, see Washer Fluid on
9 (Off): Use to turn the windshield wipers will restart and move to the page 10‑22.
wipers off. base of the windshield.
3 (Mist): Briefly move the wiper
lever down for a single wipe or hold
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/
OFF during a windshield wash, the
{ WARNING
down for several wipes. wipers will stop when they reach the In freezing weather, do not use
base of the windshield. the washer until the windshield is
Clear ice and snow from the
windshield and wiper blades before warmed. Otherwise the washer
Windshield Washer
using them. If the wiper blades are fluid can form ice on the
frozen to the windshield, carefully Pull the windshield wiper lever windshield, blocking your vision.
loosen or thaw them. Damaged toward you to spray windshield
wiper blades should be replaced. washer fluid and activate the wipers.
See Wiper Blade Replacement on The washer and wipers will continue
page 10‑27. until the lever is released or the
maximum wash time is reached.
Compass Compass Messages on page 5‑30 3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to

for more information on the adjust the highlighted number.
There is a compass display in the messages that may be displayed for
Driver Information Center (DIC). The 4. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to
the compass. select the next number.
compass receives its heading and
other information from the Global Clock 5. To save the time and return to
Positioning System (GPS) antenna, the Time Settings menu, press
StabiliTrak, and vehicle speed The infotainment system controls the BACK / button at any time
information. are used to access the time and
or press the TUNE/MENU knob
date settings through the menu
Avoid covering the GPS antenna for after adjusting the minutes.
system. The clock menu can only
long periods of time with objects
be used with the radio on while in Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
that may interfere with the antenna's
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
ability to receive a satellite signal. 1. Press the CONFIG button and
See Overview on page 7‑2 for
See Backglass Antenna on select Time Settings.
information about how to use the
page 7‑14 and Multi-Band Antenna 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
menu system. For vehicles with
on page 7‑14 for the location of the
a navigation system, see the 3. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to
vehicle's antennas. The compass
navigation manual. select the 12 hour or 24 hour
system is designed to operate for a
certain number of miles or degrees Setting the Clock (Radio display format.
of turn before needing a signal with CD)
from the GPS satellites. When the
compass display shows CAL, drive To set the time:
the vehicle for a short distance in an 1. Press the CONFIG button and
open area where it can receive a select Time Settings.
GPS signal. The compass system
2. Select Set Time.
will automatically determine when
the GPS signal is restored and
provide a heading again. See
Setting the Clock (Radios with Power Outlets When adding electrical equipment,
Touchscreen) be sure to follow the installation
The accessory power outlets can be instructions included with the
To set the time: used to plug in electrical equipment, equipment. See Add-On Electrical
1. Press the CONFIG button to such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Equipment on page 9‑58.
enter the menu options. Turn the There are two accessory power Notice: Hanging heavy
TUNE/MENU knob to scroll outlets: one on the center stack equipment from the power outlet
through the available setup below the climate control system, can cause damage not covered
features. Press the TUNE/MENU and one under the armrest inside by the vehicle warranty. The
knob or press the Time screen the center console storage. power outlets are designed for
button to display other options accessory power plugs only, such
The outlet is powered when the
within that feature. as cell phone charge cords.
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
2. Press + or − to increase or ACCESSORY, or until the driver
decrease the Hours and Minutes Power Outlet 120 Volt
door is opened within 10 minutes of
displayed on the clock. turning off the vehicle. See Retained Alternating Current
12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HR Accessory Power (RAP) on The vehicle may have a power
screen button for standard time; page 9‑23. outlet that can be used to plug in
press the 24 HR screen button for Open the protective cover to use the electrical equipment that uses a
military time. accessory power outlet. maximum limit of 150 watts.
Day + or Day −: Press the Day + Certain electrical accessories
or Day − display buttons to increase may not be compatible with the
or decrease the day. accessory power outlets and could
Display: Press Display to turn the overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
display of the time on the screen on If there is a problem, see your
or off. dealer.
The indicator light does not come on The power outlet is not designed for
if the ignition is in LOCK/OFF, no the following, and may not work
equipment is plugged into the outlet, properly if they are plugged in:
or if the equipment is plugged, but . Equipment with high initial
not fully seated in the outlet. peak wattage, such as
If equipment is connected using compressor-driven refrigerators
more than 150 watts or a system and electric power tools.
fault is detected, the equipment . Other equipment requiring an
may operate briefly then turn off. extremely stable power supply,
A protection circuit shuts off the such as
power supply and the indicator light microcomputer-controlled
turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug electric blankets and touch
The power outlet is on the rear of the item and plug it back in or turn sensor lamps.
the center console. the Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) off and then back on. See See High Voltage Devices and
An indicator light on the outlet turns Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Wiring on page 10‑37.
on to show it is in use. The light on page 9‑23. The power restarts
comes on when the ignition is in when equipment using 150 watts or
ON/RUN and equipment requiring less is plugged into the outlet and a
less than 150 watts is plugged into system fault is not detected.
the outlet, and no system fault is
detected.
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges
on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem,
Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what
Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice.
signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly
before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous.
to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a
replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Instrument Cluster
English Uplevel Shown, Metric and Base Level Similar

English eAssist Shown, Metric eAssist Similar

Speedometer The trip odometer is accessed and A slight bump may be felt when the
reset through the Driver Information transmission is determining the
The speedometer shows the Center (DIC). See Driver most fuel efficient operating range.
vehicle's speed in either kilometers Information Center (DIC) on
per hour (km/h) or miles per page 5‑25. Fuel Gauge
hour (mph).
Tachometer
Odometer
The tachometer displays the engine
The odometer shows how far the speed in revolutions per
vehicle has been driven, in either minute (rpm).
kilometers or miles.
For eAssist vehicles, when the
This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant ignition is in ON/RUN, the
odometer. The digital odometer will tachometer indicates the vehicle
read 999,999 if it is turned back. status. When pointing to AUTO
If the vehicle needs a new odometer STOP, the engine is off but the
installed, it must be set to the vehicle is on and can move. The
mileage total of the old odometer. engine could auto start at any time.
If that is not possible, then it must When the indicator points to OFF,
When the ignition is on, the fuel
be set at zero and a label must be the vehicle is off.
gauge shows how much fuel is left
put on the driver door to show the When the engine is on, the in the fuel tank. When the indicator
old mileage reading when the new tachometer will indicate the engine’s nears empty, a message in the
odometer was installed. revolutions per minute (rpm). The Driver Information Center (DIC)
tachometer may vary by several displays. See Fuel System
Trip Odometer hundred rpm’s, during auto stop Messages on page 5‑32. The
The trip odometer can show how far mode, when the engine is shutting vehicle still has a little fuel left, but
the vehicle has been driven since off and restarting. the vehicle should be fueled soon.
the trip odometer was last reset.
An arrow on the fuel gauge Driver Efficiency Gauge Engine Coolant

indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
Temperature Gauge
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. These are
normal and do not indicate a
problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the gas
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
fuel tank was half full, but it For eAssist vehicles, this gauge
actually took a little more or less assists in driving efficiently and will This gauge shows the engine
than half the fuel tank's capacity vary based on driver input. coolant temperature.
to fill it. To maximize efficiency, keep the If the indicator needle moves to the
. The indicator moves a little while gauge pointed in the solid green hot side of the gauge, the engine is
turning a corner or speeding up. zone in the center of the gauge. too hot.
. The gauge goes back to empty The gauge moves to the left when If the vehicle has been operated
when the ignition is turned off. braking and to the right when under normal driving conditions, pull
accelerating. When either is done off the road, stop the vehicle, and
aggressively, the vehicle is being turn off the engine as soon as
driven less efficiently and the gauge possible.
will move further from the center.
Safety Belt Reminders If the driver safety belt is buckled, This cycle continues several times if
neither the chime nor the light the passenger remains or becomes
Driver Safety Belt Reminder comes on. unbuckled while the vehicle is
Light moving.
Passenger Safety Belt
There is a driver safety belt Reminder Light If the passenger safety belt is
reminder light on the instrument buckled, neither the chime nor the
cluster. There is a passenger safety belt light comes on.
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See The front passenger safety belt
Passenger Sensing System on warning light and chime may turn on
page 3‑27. if an object is put on the seat such
as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
bag, laptop, or other electronic
device. To turn off the warning light
and/or chime, remove the object
When the vehicle is started, this from the seat or buckle the
light flashes and a chime may come safety belt.
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled. When the vehicle is started, this
This cycle may continue several light flashes and a chime may come
times if the driver remains or on to remind passengers to fasten
becomes unbuckled while the their safety belt. Then the light stays
vehicle is moving. on solid until the belt is buckled.
Airbag Readiness Light

{ WARNING
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays
system. The system check includes on after the vehicle is started or
the airbag sensor(s), passenger comes on while driving, it means
sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag system might not be
the airbag modules, the wiring, and working properly. The airbags in When the vehicle is started, the
the crash sensing and diagnostic the vehicle might not inflate in a passenger airbag status indicator
module. For more information on the crash, or they could even inflate will light ON and OFF for several
airbag system, see Airbag System without a crash. To help avoid seconds as a system check.
on page 3‑20. injury, have the vehicle serviced If you are using remote start,
right away. if equipped, to start the vehicle from
a distance, you may not see the
system check. Then, after several
Passenger Airbag Status more seconds, the status indicator
Indicator will light either ON or OFF to let
you know the status of the front
The vehicle has a passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag
sensing system. See Passenger and knee airbag.
The airbag readiness light comes on
Sensing System on page 3‑27. The
for several seconds when the If the word ON is lit on the
center stack has a passenger airbag
vehicle is started. If the light does passenger airbag status indicator,
status indicator.
not come on then, have it fixed it means that the front outboard
immediately. passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag are allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF is lit on the airbag Charging System Light Malfunction
status indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
Indicator Lamp
turned off the front outboard A computer system called OBD II
passenger frontal airbag and knee (On-Board Diagnostics-Second
airbag. Generation) monitors the operation
If, after several seconds, both status of the vehicle to ensure emissions
indicator lights remain on, or if there are at acceptable levels, helping to
are no lights at all, there may be a maintain a clean environment. The
This light comes on briefly when the malfunction indicator lamp comes
problem with the lights or the ignition key is turned to START, but
passenger sensing system. See on when the vehicle is placed in
the engine is not running, as a ON/RUN for key access or Service
your dealer for service. check to show it is working. Only Mode for keyless access, as a
If it does not, have the vehicle check to show it is working. If it
{ WARNING serviced by your dealer. does not, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer. See Ignition
If the airbag readiness light ever The light should go out once the
Positions (Key Access) on
comes on and stays on, it means engine starts. If it stays on,
page 9‑15 or Ignition Positions
that something may be wrong or comes on while driving, there
(Keyless Access) on page 9‑17 for
with the airbag system. To help could be a problem with the
more information.
avoid injury to yourself or others, charging system. This light could
have the vehicle serviced right indicate that there are problems with
away. See Airbag Readiness a generator drive belt, or that there
Light on page 5‑14 for more is an electrical problem. Have it
information, including important checked right away. If the vehicle
safety information. must be driven a short distance with
the light on, turn off accessories,
such as the radio and air
conditioner.
smoothly. This could lead to could damage the emission control

costly repairs that might not be system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
covered by the vehicle warranty. and service might be required.
Notice: Modifications made to the To prevent more serious damage to
engine, transmission, exhaust, the vehicle:
intake, or fuel system of the . Reduce vehicle speed.
If the malfunction indicator lamp vehicle or the replacement of the
comes on while the engine is original tires with other than . Avoid hard accelerations.
running, this indicates that the OBD those of the same Tire . Avoid steep uphill grades.
II system has detected a problem Performance Criteria (TPC) can
and diagnosis and service might be affect the vehicle's emission If the light continues to flash, find a
required. controls and can cause this light safe place to stop and park the
to come on. Modifications to vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
Malfunctions often are indicated by least 10 seconds, and restart the
the system before any problem is these systems could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the engine. If the light is still flashing,
apparent. Being aware of the light follow the previous steps and see
can prevent more serious damage vehicle warranty. This could also
result in a failure to pass a your dealer for service as soon as
to the vehicle. This system also possible.
assists the dealer technician in required Emission Inspection/
correctly diagnosing any Maintenance test. See Light On Steady: An emission
malfunction. Accessories and Modifications on control system malfunction has
page 10‑3. been detected on the vehicle.
Notice: If the vehicle is Diagnosis and service might be
continually driven with this light This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways: required.
on, the emission controls might
not work as well, the vehicle fuel Light Flashing: A misfire condition
economy might not be as good, has been detected. A misfire
and the engine might not run as increases vehicle emissions and
The following may correct an If one or more of these conditions

emission control system occurs, change the fuel brand used.
malfunction: It may require at least one full tank
. Check that the fuel cap is fully of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
installed. See Filling the Tank on See Recommended Fuel on
page 9‑50. The diagnostic page 9‑47.
system can determine if the fuel If none of the above have made the The DLC is under the instrument
cap has been left off or light turn off, your dealer can check panel to the next to the steering
improperly installed. A loose or the vehicle. The dealer has the wheel. See your dealer if assistance
missing fuel cap allows fuel to proper test equipment and is needed.
evaporate into the atmosphere. diagnostic tools to fix any
A few driving trips with the cap The vehicle may not pass
mechanical or electrical problems inspection if:
properly installed should turn the that might have developed.
light off. . The malfunction indicator lamp is
. Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and on while the vehicle is running.
used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs The vehicle is in ON/RUN for
the engine not to run as key access, or Service Only
Depending on where you live, your Mode for keyless access and the
efficiently as designed and may vehicle may be required to
cause stalling after start-up, malfunction indicator lamp does
participate in an emission control not come on. See your dealer for
stalling when the vehicle is system inspection and maintenance
changed into gear, misfiring, assistance in verifying proper
program. For the inspection, the operation of the malfunction
hesitation on acceleration, emission system test equipment will
or stumbling on acceleration. indicator lamp.
likely connect to the vehicle's Data
These conditions might go away Link Connector (DLC).
once the engine is warmed up.

. The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines
Brake System Warning If the light comes on and stays on,
there is a base brake problem.
that critical emission control Light
systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
{ WARNING
vehicle would be considered not circuit is not working, the remaining The brake system might not be
ready for inspection. This can circuit can still work to stop the working properly if the brake
happen if the 12-volt battery has vehicle. For normal braking system warning light is on.
recently been replaced or run performance, both circuits need to Driving with the brake system
down. The diagnostic system is be working. warning light on can lead to a
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during If the warning light comes on, there crash. If the light is still on after
normal driving. This can take is a brake problem. Have the brake the vehicle has been pulled off
several days of routine driving. system inspected right away. the road and carefully stopped,
If this has been done and the have the vehicle towed for
vehicle still does not pass the service.
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
can prepare the vehicle for
inspection.
Metric English
This light comes on briefly when the

vehicle is turned on. If it does not
come on then, have it fixed so it will
be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
Electric Parking Brake Service Electric Parking Antilock Brake System

Light Brake Light (ABS) Warning Light
Metric English
The service electric parking brake For vehicles with the Antilock Brake
This light comes on when the
light should come on briefly when System (ABS), this light comes on
parking brake is applied. If the light
the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it does briefly when the engine is started.
continues flashing after the parking
not come on, have it fixed so it will If it does not, have the vehicle
brake is released, or while driving,
be ready to warn if there is a serviced by your dealer. If the
there is a problem with the electric
problem. system is working normally, the
parking brake system or another
system. A message may also If this light stays on, there is a indicator light then goes off.
display in the Driver Information problem with a system on the If the ABS light stays on, turn the
Center (DIC). See Brake System vehicle that is causing the parking ignition off. If the light comes on
Messages on page 5‑29. brake system to work at a reduced while driving, stop as soon as it is
level. The vehicle can still be driven, safely possible and turn the ignition
If the light does not come on,
but should be taken to a dealer as off. Then start the engine again to
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
soon as possible. See Parking reset the system. If the ABS light
Brake on page 9‑30. stays on, or comes on again while
For vehicles with the uplevel or driving, the vehicle needs service.
eAssist cluster, this telltale displays If the regular brake system warning
in the DIC screen. light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning This light also comes on green Traction Off Light
light is also on, the vehicle does not when the system is switched on and
have antilock brakes and there is a ready to operate.
problem with the regular brakes. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
See Brake System Warning Light on on page 9‑44.
page 5‑18.
For vehicles with a Driver Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Information Center (DIC), see Brake
System Messages on page 5‑29 for This light comes on briefly while
all brake-related DIC messages. starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
Lane Departure Warning dealer.
(LDW) Light This light comes on when the
Traction Control System (TCS) has
For vehicles with the FCA system, been turned off by pressing and
this light comes on in the Driver releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
Information Center (DIC) when a button.
vehicle is detected ahead.
This light also comes on and the
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) system turns off if there is a problem
System on page 9‑38. with the TCS.
For vehicles with the LDW system,
this light briefly comes on amber If the light comes on and stays on
while starting the vehicle. If it does for an extended period of time while
not, have the vehicle serviced by the system is turned on, the vehicle
your dealer. If the system is working needs service.
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
See Traction Control System (TCS) See Traction Control System (TCS) If the light is on and not flashing, the
on page 9‑33 and StabiliTrak® on page 9‑33 and StabiliTrak® TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
System on page 9‑34. System on page 9‑34 for more system have been disabled. Check
information. the DIC messages to determine
StabiliTrak® OFF Light which feature(s) is no longer
Traction Control System functioning and whether it is
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light because of the driver turning off the
feature(s), or because the system is
not working properly and the vehicle
requires service.
If the TCS is disabled, wheel spin is
not limited. If the StabiliTrak system
This light comes on briefly while is disabled, the system does not aid
starting the engine. If it does not, in maintaining directional control of
have the vehicle serviced by your the vehicle.
The TCS/StabiliTrak light comes on
dealer. briefly when the engine is started. If the indicator/warning light is on
This light comes on when the and flashing, the TCS or the
If the light does not come on, have
StabiliTrak system is turned off. StabiliTrak system is actively
the vehicle serviced by the dealer.
If the Traction Control System (TCS) working. Check the DIC messages
If the system is working normally,
is off, wheel spin is not limited. for details to determine which
the indicator light turns off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the system does system is working. If a message
not assist in controlling the vehicle. If the light is on while certain DIC appears in the DIC, the system may
Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak messages display, this indicates be limiting wheel spin and aiding in
system and the warning light that the TCS and StabiliTrak maintaining directional control of the
turns off. systems are not working or are vehicle.
disabled.
For vehicles with an uplevel or If it does not, have the vehicle Tire Pressure Light
eAssist cluster, this light comes serviced by the dealer. If the system
on in the Driver information is working normally, the indicator
Center (DIC). light goes off.
See StabiliTrak® System on Notice: Driving with the engine
page 9‑34 and Traction Control coolant temperature warning light
System (TCS) on page 9‑33. on could cause the vehicle to
See Ride Control System Messages overheat. See Engine Overheating
on page 5‑33 for more information on page 10‑20. The vehicle's For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
on the messages associated with engine could be damaged, and it Monitor System (TPMS), this light
this light. might not be covered by the comes on briefly when the engine is
vehicle warranty. Never drive with started. It provides information
the engine coolant temperature about tire pressures and the TPMS.
Engine Coolant warning light on.
Temperature Warning The engine coolant temperature
For vehicles with an uplevel or
eAssist cluster, this telltale displays
Light warning light comes on when the in the Driver Information
engine has overheated. Center (DIC) screen.
If this happens, pull over and turn When the Light Is On Steady
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating on This indicates that one or more of
page 10‑20. the tires are significantly
underinflated.
For eAssist vehicles, this light

comes on briefly while starting the
vehicle.
A DIC tire pressure message may operating range and the oil Low Fuel Warning Light
also display. See Tire Messages on pressure is still low, have the
page 5‑34. Stop as soon as vehicle serviced. Always follow
possible, and inflate the tires to the the maintenance schedule for
pressure value shown on the Tire changing engine oil.
and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10‑52.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady This light, below the fuel gauge,
If the light flashes for about a minute comes on briefly when the engine is
and then stays on, there may be a started.
problem with the TPMS. If the The oil pressure light should come If it does not come on, have the
problem is not corrected, the light on briefly as the engine is started. vehicle serviced by your dealer.
will come on at every ignition cycle. If it does not come on have the If the system is working normally,
See Tire Pressure Monitor vehicle serviced by your dealer. the indicator light then goes off.
Operation on page 10‑55.
If the light comes on and stays on, it This light also comes on when the
means that oil is not flowing through fuel tank is low on fuel. When fuel is
Engine Oil Pressure Light added the light should go off. If it
the engine properly. The vehicle
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil could be low on oil and might have does not, have your vehicle
maintenance can damage the some other system problem. See serviced.
engine. Driving with the engine your dealer. For vehicles with an uplevel or
oil low can also damage the eAssist cluster, this telltale displays
engine. The repairs would not be For vehicles with the uplevel or
eAssist cluster, this telltale displays in the Driver Information Center
covered by the vehicle warranty. (DIC) screen.
Check the oil level as soon as in the Driver Information Center
possible. Add oil if required, but (DIC) screen.
if the oil level is within the
Security Light High-Beam On Light Lamps On Reminder
The immobilizer light should come This light comes on when the This light comes on when the
on briefly as the engine is started. high-beam headlamps are in use. exterior lamps are in use. See
If it does not come on, have the See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6‑1.
vehicle serviced by your dealer. Changer on page 6‑2.
If the system is working normally, Cruise Control Light
the indicator light turns off.
Front Fog Lamp Light
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
(Key Access) on page 2‑15 or
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless
Access) on page 2‑16. This light is white whenever the
For vehicles with an uplevel or The fog lamp light comes on when cruise control is on and turns green
eAssist cluster, this light displays in the fog lamps are in use. when the cruise control is active.
the Driver Information Center (DIC) The light goes out when the cruise
screen. The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog control is turned off. See Cruise
Lamps on page 6‑4. Control on page 9‑36.
For vehicles with the uplevel or Information Displays Driver Information

eAssist cluster, this telltale will be
shown in the Driver Information
Center (DIC)
Center (DIC) screen. Center Stack Display The DIC displays information about
Infotainment and vehicle the vehicle. It also displays warning
Door Ajar Light personalization information displays messages if a system problem is
in the center stack screen. See: detected. See Vehicle Messages on
page 5‑29. All messages appear in
. The navigation system manual
the DIC display in the center of the
and Infotainment on page 7‑1.
instrument cluster.
. Vehicle Personalization on
The vehicle may also have features
page 5‑36.
that can be customized through the
The center stack controls only need controls on the radio. See Vehicle
This light comes on in the Driver a light touch to operate and work Personalization on page 5‑36.
Information Center (DIC) when a best with bare hands. The controls
door is open or not securely latched. will work with most gloves although DIC Operation and Displays
they may take longer to respond. The DIC has different displays,
Before driving, check that all doors Use the finger pad rather than the
are properly closed. which can be accessed by using the
finger tip to minimize response time. DIC buttons on the turn signal lever
If the controls are not responding, to the left of the steering wheel. The
remove the gloves. DIC displays trip, fuel, vehicle
system information, and warning
messages if a system problem is
detected.
DIC Buttons trip/fuel displays. Some of the items Trip 1 and Trip 2
may not be available for your This display shows the current
particular vehicle. distance traveled, in either
. Digital Speedometer kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
. Trip 1 the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to
. Trip 2 zero by pressing SET/CLR while the
. Power Flow (eAssist Only) trip odometer display is showing.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
the menu item displayed.
. Fuel Range Power Flow (eAssist Only)
. Average Fuel Economy and This display shows the operating
2. w / x (Thumbwheel): Use to Instantaneous Fuel Economy mode of the eAssist system and the
scroll through the menus. high voltage battery charge level.
. Average Vehicle Speed The animation indicates the
3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/
Fuel menu and the Vehicle . Timer direction of energy flow.
Information menu. This button is . Navigation Fuel Range
also used to return to or exit the
last screen displayed on
. Boost Gauge This display shows the approximate
the DIC. Digital Speedometer distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
Trip/Fuel Menu Items The speedometer shows how fast estimate is based on an average of
Press MENU on the turn signal the vehicle is moving in either the vehicle's fuel economy over
lever until Trip/Fuel Menu is kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles recent driving history and the
per hour (mph). The speedometer amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
displayed. Use w / x to scroll cannot be reset. tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
through the menu items. The
following is the list of all possible
Average Fuel Economy and Average Vehicle Speed briefly while Timer is displayed. To
Instantaneous Fuel Economy This display shows the average reset the timer to zero, press and
This display shows the approximate speed of the vehicle in kilometers hold SET/CLR.
average liters per 100 kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per Navigation
(L/100 km) or miles per hour (mph). This average is
gallon (mpg). This number is calculated based on the various This display is used for the
calculated based on the number of vehicle speeds recorded since the Turn-by-Turn navigation,
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last reset of this value. The average if equipped.
last time this menu item was reset. speed can be reset by pressing Boost Gauge
The fuel economy can be reset by SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle
pressing SET/CLR while the Speed display is showing. This display, available on some
Average Fuel Economy display is vehicles, is a boost gauge. It shows
showing. Timer a visual display of the level of boost.
The instantaneous fuel economy This display can be used as a timer. Vehicle Information Menu
display shows the current fuel To start the timer, press SET/CLR Items
economy in liters per 100 kilometers while Timer is displayed. The
display will show the amount of time Press MENU on the turn signal
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon lever until Vehicle Information menu
(mpg). This number reflects only the that has passed since the timer was
fuel economy that the vehicle has last reset, not including time the is displayed. Use w / x to scroll
right now and changes frequently as ignition is off. Time will continue to through the menu items. The
driving conditions change. Unlike be counted as long as the ignition is following is the list of all possible
average economy, this display on, even if another display is being vehicle information displays. Some
cannot be reset. shown on the DIC. The timer will of the items may not be available for
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, your particular vehicle.
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after . Display Units
which the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR . Tire Pressure
. Jump Start (eAssist Only)

. Remaining Oil Life Jump Start (eAssist Only) Remember, the Oil Life display
. Battery This display allows for on-board must be reset after each oil change.
jump starting of the vehicle. See It will not reset itself. Also, be
Display Units careful not to reset the Oil Life
"Jump Starting (On-board with
Move w / x to switch between eAssist Only)" for more information. display accidentally at any time
other than when the oil has just
metric or US when the Unit display
Remaining Oil Life been changed. It cannot be reset
is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm
This display shows an estimate of accurately until the next oil change.
the setting. This will change the
the oil's remaining useful life. To reset the engine oil life system,
displays on the cluster and DIC to
If Remaining Oil Life 99% is press SET/CLR while the Oil Life
either metric or English (US)
displayed, that means 99% of the display is active. See Engine Oil
measurements.
current oil life remains. Life System on page 10‑13.
Tire Pressure
When the remaining oil life is low, Battery
The display will show a vehicle with the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This display, available on some
the approximate pressures of all message will appear on the display. vehicles, shows the current battery
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed See Engine Oil Messages on voltage. If the voltage is in the
in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds page 5‑31. The oil should changed normal range, the value will display.
per square inch (psi). See Tire as soon as possible. See Engine Oil For example, the display may read
Pressure Monitor System on on page 10‑11. In addition to the Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The
page 10‑54 and Tire Pressure engine oil life system monitoring the vehicle's charging system regulates
Monitor Operation on page 10‑55. oil life, additional maintenance is voltage based on the state of the
recommended. See Maintenance battery. The battery voltage can
Schedule on page 11‑2. fluctuate while viewing this
information on the DIC. This is
normal. See Charging System Light
on page 5‑15. If there is a problem
with the battery charging system,
the DIC will display a message.
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages

Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW
indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the
some action that may be needed to
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake
correct a condition. Multiple
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid on page 10‑23.
messages may display one after the
other. voltage is dropping beyond a RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
reasonable point. The battery saver
The messages that do not require system starts reducing features of This message is displayed if the
immediate action can be the vehicle that may be noticed. At Electric Parking Brake (EPB) is on
acknowledged and cleared by the point that features are disabled, while the vehicle is in motion.
pressing SET/CLR. The messages this message displays. Turn off Release it before you attempt to
that require immediate action cannot unnecessary accessories to allow drive. See Parking Brake on
be cleared until that action is the battery to recharge. page 9‑30.
performed. All messages should be
taken seriously and clearing the LOW BATTERY SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
messages does not correct the This message may be displayed
This message is displayed when the
problem. when there is a problem with the
battery voltage is low. See Battery
The following are some of the on page 10‑25. brake boost assist system. When
vehicle messages that may be this message is displayed, the brake
displayed depending on your SERVICE BATTERY boost assist motor might be heard
vehicle content. CHARGING SYSTEM operating and you might notice
This message is displayed when pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
there is a fault in the battery normal under these conditions. Take
charging system. Take the vehicle to the vehicle to your dealer for
your dealer for service. service.
SERVICE PARKING BRAKE Cruise Control Messages PASSENGER DOOR OPEN

This message is displayed when CRUISE SET TO XXX This message will display when the
there is a problem with the Electric front passenger door is open. Close
Parking Brake (EPB). See Parking This message displays when the the door completely.
Brake on page 9‑30. Take the cruise control is set and shows the
vehicle to your dealer. speed it was set to. See Cruise RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
Control on page 9‑36. This message will display when the
STEP ON BRAKE TO passenger side rear door is open.
RELEASE PARK BRAKE Door Ajar Messages Close the door completely.
This message is displayed if you
attempt to release the Electric
DRIVER DOOR OPEN TRUNK OPEN
Parking Brake (EPB) without the This message will display when the This message will display when the
brake pedal applied. See Parking driver door is open. Close the door trunk is open. Close the trunk
Brake on page 9‑30. completely. completely.
HOOD OPEN
Compass Messages Engine Cooling System
This message will display when the Messages
CAL hood is open. Close the hood
This message is displayed when the completely. A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
compass needs to be calibrated. LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN ENGINE TEMP
See Compass on page 5‑5. This message displays when the
This message will display when the
–– engine coolant becomes hotter than
driver side rear door is open. Close
the door completely. the normal operating temperature.
Dashes will be displayed if the To avoid added strain on a hot
compass needs service. See your engine, the air conditioning
dealer for service. compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature ENGINE OVERHEATED — ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE
returns to normal, the air STOP ENGINE ENGINE
conditioning compressor turns back
on. You can continue to drive the This message displays and a This message displays when the
vehicle. continuous chime sounds if the engine oil temperature is too hot.
engine cooling system reaches Stop and allow the vehicle to idle
If this message continues to appear, unsafe temperatures for operation. until it cools down.
have the system repaired by your Stop and turn off the vehicle as
dealer as soon as possible to avoid soon as it is safe to do so to avoid OIL PRESSURE LOW— STOP
damage to the engine. severe damage. This message ENGINE
COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD clears when the engine has cooled This message displays if low oil
to a safe operating temperature. pressure levels occur. Stop the
COOLANT
vehicle as soon as safely possible
This message will display if the Engine Oil Messages and do not operate it until the cause
coolant is low. See Engine Coolant of the low oil pressure has been
on page 10‑18. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON corrected. Check the oil as soon as
ENGINE OVERHEATED — This message displays when the possible and have the vehicle
engine oil needs to be changed. serviced by your dealer.
IDLE ENGINE
When the engine oil is changed, be
This message displays when the sure to reset the Oil Life System.
engine coolant temperature is too See Engine Oil Life System on
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to page 10‑13, Driver Information
idle until it cools down. Center (DIC) on page 5‑25, Engine
Oil on page 10‑11, and Maintenance
Schedule on page 11‑2.
Engine Power Messages TIGHTEN GAS CAP Lamp Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
This message displays when the fuel cap.
ON/OFF
vehicle's engine power is reduced. This message is displayed when the
Reduced engine power can affect Key and Lock Messages automatic light control has been
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. turned on or off. See Automatic
If this message is on, but there NO REMOTE DETECTED Headlamp System on page 6‑3.
is no reduction in performance, This message displays when the
proceed to your destination. The CHECK XXX TURN
transmitter battery is weak on SIGNAL LAMP
performance may be reduced the vehicles with keyless access. See
next time the vehicle is driven. The “Starting the Vehicle with a Low When one of the turn signals is out,
vehicle may be driven at a reduced Transmitter Battery” under Remote this message displays to show
speed while this message is on, but Keyless Entry (RKE) System which bulb needs to be replaced.
maximum acceleration and speed Operation on page 2‑3. See Bulb Replacement on
may be reduced. Anytime this page 10‑28 and Replacement Bulbs
message stays on, the vehicle REPLACE BATTERY IN on page 10‑36.
should be taken to your dealer for REMOTE KEY
service as soon as possible. TURN SIGNAL ON
This message displays when the
battery in the Remote Keyless This message is displayed if the
Fuel System Messages Entry (RKE) transmitter needs turn signal has been left on. Turn off
to be replaced. See “Battery the turn signal.
FUEL LEVEL LOW
Replacement” under Remote
This message displays when the Keyless Entry (RKE) System
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as Operation on page 2‑3.
soon as possible.
Object Detection System SERVICE PARK ASSIST for at least 15 seconds; then start
the engine again. If this message
Messages This message displays if there is a
still comes on, it means there is a
problem with the Ultrasonic Rear
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING problem. See your dealer for
Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do
UNAVAILABLE service. The vehicle is safe to drive;
not use this system to help you
however, you do not have the
This message may appear if LDW park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
does not activate due to a on page 9‑40 for more information.
your speed and drive accordingly.
temporary condition. See your dealer for service.
PARK ASSIST OFF Ride Control System Security Messages

This message displays when the Messages THEFT ATTEMPTED
park assist system has been turned This message displays if the vehicle
off or when there is a temporary SERVICE TRACTION
detects a tamper condition.
condition causing the system to be CONTROL
disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking
Assist on page 9‑40.
This message displays when there Service Vehicle Messages
is a problem with the Traction
SERVICE LANE DEPARTURE Control System (TCS). When this SERVICE AC SYSTEM
WARNING message is displayed, the system This message displays if there is a
will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your problem with the air conditioning
This message may appear to driving accordingly. See your dealer system. Take the vehicle to your
indicate that LDW is not working for service. dealer for service.
properly. If this message remains on
after continued driving, the system SERVICE STABILITRAK SERVICE POWER STEERING
needs service. Take your vehicle to This message displays if there is a
your dealer. This message displays if there is a
problem with the StabiliTrak system. problem with the power steering
If this message appears, try to reset system. Take the vehicle to your
the system. Stop; turn off the engine dealer for service.
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON JUMP START DISABLED SEE If a tire pressure message appears
OWNERS MANUAL on the DIC, stop as soon as you
This message displays if there is a
can. Inflate the tires by adding air
problem with the vehicle. Take the This message displays if there is a until the tire pressure is equal to the
vehicle to your dealer for service. problem with the on-board jump values shown on the Tire and
start system, or the 12 volt battery is Loading Information label. See Tires
Starting the Vehicle too low to perform an on-board jump on page 10‑44, Vehicle Load Limits
Messages start. Try using jumper cables and on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on
performing a normal jump start. See page 10‑52.
JUMP START ACTIVE WAIT TO “Jump Starting (On-board with
START eAssist Only).” Take the vehicle to You can receive more than one tire
your dealer for service if this pressure message at a time. To
This message displays while message continues to be displayed. read the other messages that may
performing an on-board jump start have been sent at the same time,
of the vehicle. See “Jump Starting press the SET/CLR button. The DIC
(On-board with eAssist Only).”
Tire Messages
also shows the tire pressure values.
JUMP START COMPLETE TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD See Driver Information Center (DIC)
AIR TO TIRE on page 5‑25.
ATTEMPT START
This message displays while On vehicles with the Tire Pressure SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
performing an on-board jump start Monitor System (TPMS), this SYSTEM
of the vehicle. See “Jump Starting message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the This message displays if there is a
(On-board with eAssist Only).” problem with the Tire Pressure
vehicle's tires is low.
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
The low tire pressure warning light Pressure Monitor Operation on
will also come on. See Tire page 10‑55.
Pressure Light on page 5‑22.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE TRANSMISSION HOT— IDLE Washer Fluid Messages

This message displays when the ENGINE
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
system is learning new tires. See This message displays and a chime
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
FLUID
sounds if the transmission fluid in
page 10‑55. the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the This message may display when the
transmission fluid temperature high washer fluid level is low. See
Transmission Messages can cause damage to the vehicle. Washer Fluid on page 10‑22.
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
SERVICE TRANSMISSION allow the transmission to cool. This Window Messages
This message displays if there is a message clears when the fluid
problem with the transmission. See temperature reaches a safe level. OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/
your dealer. PASSENGER WINDOW
Vehicle Reminder This message is displayed when the
SHIFT DENIED
Messages window needs to be reprogrammed.
This message displays when If the vehicle's battery has been
attempting to use the automatic ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE recharged or disconnected, you will
transmission manual mode to shift WITH CARE need to reprogram each front
to too low or too high of a gear. See window for the express-up feature to
This message displays when ice
Manual Mode on page 9‑28. work. See Power Windows on
conditions are possible.
page 2‑19.
SHIFT TO PARK
This message displays when the
transmission needs to be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when
attempting to remove the key from
the ignition or from the vehicle if the
vehicle is not in P (Park).
The following list of menu items will

. Auto Defog
Vehicle be available: . Auto Rear Defog
Personalization . Climate and Air Quality Auto Fan Speed
The audio system controls are used . Comfort and Convenience
to access the personalization This will allow you to select the
menus for customizing vehicle . Language automatic fan speed. It can be
features. adjusted to run lower or higher than
. Lighting
normal.
CONFIG (Configuration): Press to . Power Door Locks
access the Configuration Press TUNE/MENU when Auto Fan
Settings menu.
. Remote Locking, Unlocking, Speed is highlighted to open the
Starting menu. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob
TUNE/MENU: Turn to scroll to highlight High, Medium, or Low.
through the menus. Press to enter
. Return to Factory Settings
Press TUNE/MENU to confirm the
the menus and select the menu Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to selection and move back to the
items. highlight the menu. Press TUNE/ last menu.
MENU to select it. Each of the
BACK / : Press to exit or move menus is detailed in the following Remote Start Heated Seats
backward in a menu. information. When turned on, this feature will
Entering the Personalization turn the heated seats on when using
Climate and Air Quality
Menus remote start on cold days.
Select the Climate and Air Quality
1. Press CONFIG to access the Press TUNE/MENU when Remote
menu and the following may be
Configuration Settings menu. Start Heated Seats is highlighted.
displayed:
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
. Auto Fan Speed select On or Off. Press TUNE/
highlight Vehicle Settings.
. Remote Start Heated Seats MENU to confirm the selection and
3. Press TUNE/MENU to select the move back to the last menu.
Vehicle Settings menu.
Auto Defog Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume

Only vehicles with dual automatic Select the Comfort and This allows selection of the chime
climate control will have this option. Convenience menu and the volume level.
This will allow you to turn the auto following may be displayed: Press TUNE/MENU when Chime
defog on or off. Volume is highlighted. Turn the
. Easy Exit Driver Seat
Press TUNE/MENU when Auto TUNE/MENU knob to select Normal
. Chime Volume
Defog is highlighted to open the or High. Press TUNE/MENU to
menu. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob . Reverse Tilt Mirror confirm and go back to the
to highlight On or Off. Press TUNE/ last menu.
Easy Exit Driver Seat
MENU to confirm the selection and
move back to the last menu. When on, this feature will move the Reverse Tilt Mirror
driver seat rearward upon turning When on, both the driver and
Auto Rear Defog the ignition off and opening the passenger mirrors will tilt downward
This will allow you to turn the auto driver door. This may be done to when the vehicle is shifted to
rear defog on or off. This feature will make it easier to exit the vehicle. R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
automatically turn on the rear See “Easy Exit Driver Seat” under the ground near the rear wheels.
window defogger when it is cold Memory Seats on page 3‑6. They will return to their previous
outside. This feature can be turned on or off. driving position when the vehicle is
Press TUNE/MENU when Auto shifted out of R (Reverse), the
Press TUNE/MENU when Easy Exit ignition is turned to OFF, or the
Rear Defog is highlighted to open Driver Seat is highlighted. Turn the
the menu. Turn the TUNE/MENU vehicle is left in R (Reverse). See
TUNE/MENU knob to select On or Reverse Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑18.
knob to highlight On or Off. Press Off. Press TUNE/MENU to confirm
TUNE/MENU to confirm the and go back to the last menu. Press TUNE/MENU when Reverse
selection and move back to the Tilt Mirror is highlighted. Turn the
last menu. TUNE/MENU knob to select On or
Off. Press TUNE/MENU to confirm
and go back to the last menu.
Language Press TUNE/MENU when Vehicle Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
Locator Lights is highlighted. Turn When on, this feature will keep the
Select the Language menu and the
the TUNE/MENU knob to select On driver door from locking when the
following will be displayed:
or Off. Press TUNE/MENU to door is open. If Off is selected, the
. English confirm and go back to the Delayed Door Lock menu will be
. French last menu. available and the door will lock as
. Spanish Exit Lighting programmed through this menu.
Press TUNE/MENU when Language This allows selection of how long Press TUNE/MENU when Unlocked
is highlighted. Turn the TUNE/ the exterior lamps stay on when Door Anti Lock Out is highlighted.
MENU knob to select the desired leaving the vehicle and it is dark Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
language. Press TUNE/MENU to outside. select On or Off. Press TUNE/
confirm and go back to the MENU to confirm and go back to the
Press TUNE/MENU when Exit last menu.
last menu. Lighting is highlighted. Turn the
TUNE/MENU knob to select Off, Auto Door Unlock
Lighting
30 Seconds, 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. This allows selection of which of the
Select the Lighting menu and the Press TUNE/MENU to confirm and doors will automatically unlock when
following may be displayed: go back to the last menu. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
. Vehicle Locator Lights Power Door Locks Press TUNE/MENU when Auto
. Exit Lighting Select Power Door Locks and the Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the
following may be displayed: TUNE/MENU knob to select All
Vehicle Locator Lights
Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Press
This allows the vehicle locator lights
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out TUNE/MENU to confirm and go
to be turned on or off. The vehicle . Auto Door Unlock back to the last menu.
locator lights come on when
unlocking the vehicle with the RKE
. Delayed Door Lock
transmitter. . Auto Door Lock
Delayed Door Lock Remote Locking, Unlocking, Locking Feedback

When on, this feature will delay the Starting This allows selection of what type of
locking of the doors until Select Remote Locking, Unlocking, feedback is given when locking the
five seconds after the last door is Starting and the following may be vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
closed. Three chimes will signal displayed: Press TUNE/MENU when Locking
delayed locking is in use. Press Feedback is highlighted. Turn the
. Unlock Feedback (Lights)
either the power lock button or Q on TUNE/MENU knob to select Lights
the RKE transmitter twice to
. Locking Feedback and Horn, Lights Only, Horn Only,
override the delayed locking feature . Door Unlock Options or Off. Press TUNE/MENU to
and immediately lock all of the . confirm and go back to the
doors. Memory Remote Recall
last menu.
Press TUNE/MENU when Delayed
. Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder
Door Unlock Options
Door Lock is highlighted. Turn the . Relock Remote Door
TUNE/MENU knob to select On or This allows selection of which doors
. Passive Door Unlock will unlock when pressing K on the
Off. Press TUNE/MENU to confirm
. Passive Door Lock
and go back to the last menu. RKE transmitter.
Auto Door Lock Unlock Feedback (Lights) Press TUNE/MENU when Door
Unlock Options is highlighted. Turn
This allows selection of which of the When on, the exterior lamps will
the TUNE/MENU knob to select All
doors will automatically lock when flash when unlocking the vehicle
Doors or Driver Door Only. When
the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). with the RKE transmitter.
set to Driver Door Only, the driver
Press TUNE/MENU when Auto Press TUNE/MENU when Unlock door will unlock the first time K is
Door Lock is highlighted. Turn the Feedback (Lights) is highlighted. pressed and all doors will unlock
TUNE/MENU knob to select All Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
select On or Off. Press TUNE/ when K is pressed a second time.
Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Press
TUNE/MENU to confirm and go MENU to confirm and go back to the
back to the last menu. last menu.
When set to All Doors, all of the Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder Passive Door Unlock
doors will unlock at the first press This allows the Remote Left in This allows selection of which doors
of K. Press TUNE/MENU to confirm Vehicle Reminder feature to be are unlocked by pressing the button
and go back to the last menu. turned on or off. If on, the horn will on the outside door handle.
Memory Remote Recall chirp if a remote is left in the Press TUNE/MENU when Passive
vehicle. Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the
This allows the Memory Remote
Recall feature to be turned on or off. Press TUNE/MENU when Remote TUNE/MENU knob to select All
Left in Vehicle Reminder is Doors or Driver Door. Press TUNE/
When on, this feature will recall the highlighted. Turn the TUNE/MENU MENU to confirm and go back to the
current driver's last seat and outside knob to select On or Off. Press last menu.
mirror positions upon unlocking the TUNE/MENU to confirm and go
driver door with the RKE transmitter, back to the last menu. Passive Door Lock
and opening that door. The current This allows selection of turning
driver is identified when the RKE Relock Remote Door Passive Locking Off, On or On with
transmitter is used to unlock the When on, the doors will feedback.
driver door. If keyless access automatically lock after a period of
equipped, the recall will occur upon Press TUNE/MENU when Passive
time if the vehicle is not entered or Door Lock is highlighted. Turn the
opening the driver door. See exited.
“Recalling RKE Memory Positions” TUNE/MENU knob to select Off, On
under Memory Seats on page 3‑6. Press TUNE/MENU when Relock or On with Active Horn Chip. Press
Remote Door is highlighted. Turn TUNE/MENU to confirm and go
Press TUNE/MENU when Memory the TUNE/MENU knob to select On back to the last menu.
Remote Recall is highlighted. Turn or Off. Press TUNE/MENU to
the TUNE/MENU knob to select On confirm and go back to the
or Off. Press TUNE/MENU to last menu.
confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Return to Factory Settings Universal Remote This system provides a way to

replace up to three remote control
Select Return to Factory Settings for System transmitters used to activate
the option to return all vehicle
devices such as garage door
personalization to the default See Radio Frequency Statement on
openers, security systems, and
settings. Turn the TUNE/MENU page 13‑21 for information
home automation devices.
knob to select Yes or No. Press regarding Part 15 of the Federal
TUNE/MENU to confirm and go Communications Commission (FCC) Do not use the Universal Remote
back to the last menu. rules and Industry Canada system with any garage door opener
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. that does not have the stop and
reverse feature. This includes
Universal Remote System any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1,1982.
Programming
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
Universal Remote system. Because
of the steps involved, it may be
helpful to have another person
available to assist with programming
the Universal Remote system.
If the vehicle has this feature, you

will see these buttons with one
indicator light next to them in the
overhead console.
Keep the original hand-held Programming the Universal 2. At the same time, press and
transmitter for use in other vehicles Remote System hold both the hand-held
as well as for future Universal transmitter button and one of the
Remote system programming. It is For questions or help programming three Universal Remote system
also recommended that upon the the Universal Remote system, buttons to be used to operate
sale of the vehicle, the programmed call 1-800-355-3515 or go to the garage door. Do not release
Universal Remote system buttons www.homelink.com. the Universal Remote system
be erased for security purposes. Programming a garage door opener button or the hand-held
See “Erasing Universal Remote involves time-sensitive actions, so transmitter button until the
System Buttons” later in this read the entire procedure before indicator light changes from a
section. starting. Otherwise, the device will slowly to a rapidly flashing light.
When programming a garage door, time out and the procedure will have You now may release both
park outside of the garage. Park to be repeated. buttons.
directly in line with and facing the To program up to three devices: Some entry gates and garage
garage door opener motor-head or door openers may require
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
gate motor-head. Be sure that substitution of Step 2 with the
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm
people and objects are clear of the procedure noted in “Gate
(1 to 3 in) away from the
garage door or gate being Operator and Canadian
Universal Remote system
programmed. Programming” later in this
buttons while keeping the
It is recommended that a new section.
indicator light in view. The
battery be installed in the hand-held hand-held transmitter was
transmitter for quicker and more supplied by the manufacturer of
accurate transmission of the the garage door opener receiver
radio-frequency signal. (motor-head unit).
3. Press and hold for five seconds It may be helpful to have 5. Firmly press and release the
the newly trained Universal another person assist with “Learn” or “Smart” button. After
Remote system button (the the remaining Steps 4–6. pressing this button, you will
button selected in Step 2) while have 30 seconds to complete
observing the indicator light and Step 6.
garage door activation. 6. Immediately return to the
. If the indicator light stays on vehicle. Firmly press and hold
continuously or the garage for two seconds the Universal
door starts to move when Remote system button, selected
the Universal Remote in Step 2 to control the garage
system button is pressed door, and then release it. If the
and released, then the garage door does not move or
programming is complete. “Learn” or “Smart” Button the lamp on the garage door
There is no need to 4. After Steps 1–3 have been opener receiver (motor-head
continue programming completed, locate the “Learn” or unit) does not flash, press and
Steps 4–6. “Smart” button inside the garage hold the same button a second
. If the Universal Remote on the garage door opener time for two seconds, then
system indicator light blinks receiver (motor-head unit). The release it. Again, if the door
rapidly for two seconds, name and color of the button does not move or the garage
then turns to a constant may vary by manufacturer. door lamp does not flash, press
light and the garage door and hold the same button a third
does not move, continue time for two seconds, then
with programming release.
Steps 4–6.
The Universal Remote system If you live in Canada, or you are Universal Remote System
should now activate the having difficulty programming a gate
garage door. operator or garage door opener by
Operation
To program the remaining two using the “Programming the Using the Universal Remote
Universal Remote system buttons, Universal Remote System” System
begin with Step 1 of “Programming procedures, regardless of where
you live, replace Step 2 under Press and hold the appropriate
the Universal Remote System.” Universal Remote system button
“Programming the Universal Remote
Gate Operator and Canadian System” with the following: for at least half of a second. The
Programming indicator light will come on while the
Continue to press and hold the signal is being transmitted.
If you have questions or need help Universal Remote system button
programming the Universal Remote while you press and release every Erasing Universal Remote
system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go two seconds (cycle) the hand-held System Buttons
to www.homelink.com. transmitter button until the
frequency signal has been All programmed buttons should be
Canadian radio-frequency laws successfully accepted by the erased when the vehicle is sold or
require transmitter signals to time Universal Remote system. The the lease ends.
out or quit after several seconds of Universal Remote system indicator To erase all programmed buttons
transmission. This may not be long light will flash slowly at first and then on the Universal Remote system
enough for the Universal Remote rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under device:
system to pick up the signal during “Programming the Universal Remote
programming. Similarly, some U.S. 1. Press and hold down the two
System” to complete. outside buttons until the
gate operators are manufactured to
time out in the same manner. indicator light begins to flash.
This should take about
10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single
Button
To reprogram any of the three
Universal Remote system buttons:
1. Press and hold the desired
Universal Remote system
button. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System.”
If you have questions or need help
programming the Universal Remote
system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go
to www.homelink.com. You may
also call the customer assistance
phone number under Customer
Assistance Offices (U.S. and
Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer
Assistance Offices (Mexico) on
page 13‑5.
2 NOTES
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Lighting Features
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-7
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
The exterior lamp control is on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4
instrument panel on the left side of
Turn and Lane-Change
the steering wheel.
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Turn the control to the following
positions:
O (Off): Turns off the exterior
lamps. The knob returns to the
AUTO position after it is released.
Turn to O again to reactivate the
AUTO mode.
6-2 Lighting
In Canada, the headlamps will Exterior Lamps Off Flash-to-Pass

automatically reactivate when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
Reminder To flash the high beams, pull the
A warning chime sounds if the driver turn signal lever toward you, and
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically release.
turns the exterior lamps on and off, door is opened while the ignition is
depending on outside lighting. off and the exterior lamps are on.
Daytime Running
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Headlamp High/ Lamps (DRL)
parking lamps together with the
following: Low-Beam Changer Daytime running lamps (DRL) can
2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam make it easier for others to see the
. Sidemarker Lamps front of your vehicle during the day.
Changer): Push the turn signal
. Taillamps lever away from you and release, to Fully functional daytime running
. License Plate Lamps turn the high beams on. To return to lamps are required on all vehicles
low beams, push the lever again or first sold in Canada.
. Instrument Panel Lights
pull it toward you and release. The DRL system turns on the
2 (Headlamps): Turns on the low-beam headlamps at a reduced
headlamps together with the brightness. For vehicles with High
following: Intensity Discharge (HID)
. Sidemarker Lamps headlamps, there is a dedicated
DRL. The DRL will come on when
. Taillamps all of the following conditions
. License Plate Lamps are met:
. Instrument Panel Lights This indicator light turns on in the . The ignition is on.
instrument cluster when the .
. Parking Lamps high-beam headlamps are on. The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
Lighting 6-3
. The light sensor determines it is The automatic headlamp system
daytime. turns off when the exterior lamp
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). control is turned to O or the ignition
When the DRL are on, the taillamps, is off.
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel Lights On with Wipers
lights, and other lamps will not
be on. If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
The DRL turn off when the on, and the exterior lamp control is
headlamps are turned to O or the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
ignition is off. lamps, and other exterior lamps
This vehicle may have a DRL come on. The transition time for the
disabling function. When the DRL There is a light sensor on top of the lamps coming on varies based on
are on and a turn signal is activated, instrument panel. Do not cover the wiper speed. When the wipers are
the DRL on that side will be off until sensor, otherwise the headlamps not operating, these lamps turn
the turn signal goes off. will come on when they are not off. Move the exterior lamp control
needed. to P or ; to disable this feature.
Automatic Headlamp The system may also turn on the
System headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
When the exterior lamp control is
set to AUTO and it is dark enough When it is bright enough outside,
outside, the headlamps come on the headlamps will turn off or may
automatically. change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
6-4 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change The turn signal can be turned off
manually by moving the lever back
Signals to its original position.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Fuses on
page 10‑38.
Move the turn signal lever all the Fog Lamps

way up or down to signal a turn.
| (Hazard Warning Flashers): An arrow on the instrument cluster

Press this button to make the front flashes in the direction of the turn or
and rear turn signal lamps flash on lane change.
and off. Press again to turn the Raise or lower the lever until the
flashers off. arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
The hazard warning flashers turn on change. Hold it there until the lane
automatically if the airbags deploy. change is completed. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition
and the headlamps or parking lamps
must be on.
Lighting 6-5
If the fog lamps are turned on while Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps
the exterior lamp control is in the
AUTO position, the headlamps The courtesy lamps come on
come on automatically. Instrument Panel automatically when any door is
Illumination Control opened and the dome lamp is in the
# (Fog Lamps): Press to turn on door position.
or off. An indicator light on the
instrument cluster comes on when Dome Lamps
the fog lamps are on.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
The brightness of the instrument

panel lighting and steering wheel
controls can be adjusted.
D (Instrument Panel
Illumination): Move and hold the
thumbwheel up or down to brighten
or dim the lights. The interior lamps control in the
overhead console controls both the
front and rear interior lamps.
6-6 Lighting
To operate, press the buttons: Lighting Features

E (Off): Turns the lamps off.
1 (Door): Turns the lamps on Entry Lighting
when any door is opened. The headlamps, taillamps, license
+ (On): Keeps the lamps on all plate lamps, back-up lamps, dome
the time. lamps, and most of the interior
lights turn on briefly when the
Reading Lamps Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter K button is pressed,
There are front and rear reading
or when the door handle is pulled
lamps in the overhead console and
on a keyless access vehicle. See
the headliner. Front Reading Lamps Ignition Positions (Key Access) on
page 9‑15 or Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access) on page 9‑17.
After about 30 seconds the
exterior lamps turn off, then the
dome lamps and remaining interior
lights dim to off. Entry lighting
can be disabled manually by
changing the ignition out of the OFF
position, or by pressing the RKE
Rear Reading Lamps transmitter Q button.
# or $ (Reading Lamps): Press This feature can be changed. See
the button near each lamp to turn it Vehicle Personalization on
on or off. page 5‑36.
Lighting 6-7
Exit Lighting Battery Load A high electrical load occurs when

several of the following are on, such
The headlamps, taillamps, parking Management as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, back-up lamps, and license The vehicle has Electric Power lamps, rear window defogger,
plate lamps come on at night, or in Management (EPM), which climate control fan at high speed,
areas with limited lighting, when the estimates the battery's temperature heated seats, engine cooling fans,
key is removed from the ignition. and state of charge. It then adjusts trailer loads, and loads plugged into
The dome lamps also come on the voltage for best performance accessory power outlets.
when the key is removed from the and extended life of the battery.
ignition. The exterior lights and EPM works to prevent excessive
dome lamps remain on after the When the battery's state of charge discharge of the battery. It does this
door is closed for a set amount of is low, the voltage is raised slightly by balancing the generator's output
time, then automatically turn off. to quickly bring the charge back up. and the vehicle's electrical needs.
When the state of charge is high, It can increase engine idle speed to
For vehicles with keyless access, the voltage is lowered slightly to generate more power, whenever
the exterior lamps automatically turn prevent overcharging. If the vehicle needed. It can temporarily reduce
on when a door is opened after the has a voltage display on the Driver the power demands of some
ignition is turned off. The dome Information Center (DIC), you may accessories.
lamps come on after the ignition is see the voltage move up or down.
changed to the OFF position. See Normally, these actions occur in
This is normal. If there is a problem, steps or levels, without being
Ignition Positions (Key Access) on an alert will be displayed.
page 9‑15 or Ignition Positions noticeable. In rare cases at the
(Keyless Access) on page 9‑17. The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action,
idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the
The exterior lamps turn off high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might
immediately by turning the exterior This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended
lamps control off. (alternator) may not be spinning fast that the driver reduce the electrical
This feature can be changed. See enough at idle to produce all the loads as much as possible. See
Vehicle Personalization on power that is needed for very high Battery Voltage and Charging
page 5‑36. electrical loads. Messages on page 5‑29.
6-8 Lighting
2 NOTES
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Introduction To minimize taking your eyes off the

road while driving, do the following
System Infotainment
while the vehicle is parked:
. Become familiar with the
Determine which radio the operation and controls of the
Introduction vehicle has. For the radio without audio system.
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 connectivity, read the following
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2 pages to become familiar with
. Set up the tone, speaker
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 its features. For radios with adjustments, and preset radio
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 connectivity, see the infotainment stations.
manual. See Defensive Driving on page 9‑3.
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Notice: Contact your dealer
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 { WARNING before adding any equipment.
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Taking your eyes off the road for Adding audio or communication
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 extended periods could cause a equipment could interfere with
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 the operation of the engine, radio,
crash resulting in injury or death
Audio Players to you or others. Do not give or other systems, and could
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 extended attention to infotainment damage them. Follow federal
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 tasks while driving. rules covering mobile radio and
telephone equipment.
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-22 This system provides access to
Bluetooth (Infotainment many audio and non-audio listings.
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
7-2 Infotainment System
Notice: The chime signals related The vehicle has Retained Overview
to safety belts, parking brake, and Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
other functions of your vehicle the audio system can be played Infotainment System Overview
operate through the radio/ even after the ignition is turned off. Radio faceplate examples are
entertainment system. If that See Retained Accessory Power provided to help identify buttons and
equipment is replaced or (RAP) on page 9‑23. to help understand the functions of
additional equipment is added to the radio. Find the faceplate that
your vehicle, the chimes may not Theft-Deterrent Feature best matches the vehicle for a
work. Make sure that replacement description.
or additional equipment is The theft-deterrent feature works by
compatible with your vehicle learning a portion of the Vehicle
before installing it. See Identification Number (VIN) to the
Accessories and Modifications on infotainment system. The
page 10‑3. infotainment system does not
operate if it is stolen or moved to a
different vehicle.
4. Buttons 1 to 6
. Saves and selects favorite
stations.
5. RADIO/BAND
. Changes the band while
listening to the radio.
. Selects the radio when
listening to a different audio
source.
6. BACK /
. Menu: Moves one
level back.
. Character Input: Deletes
the last character.
Radio with CD 7. TUNE/MENU
. Radio: Manually selects
1. VOL/ O (Volume/Power) 3. CD/AUX radio stations.
. Selects the CD player or
. Turns the system on or off . CD: Selects tracks.
and adjusts the volume. external audio source.
. Selects a connected 8. Z (CD Eject)
2. FAV (Favorites)
external audio source. . Removes a disc from the
. Opens the favorites list. CD slot.
9. v / > (Phone/Mute) . Press and hold © to 14. TONE

quickly reverse through a . Press to access the Tone
. Opens the Phone menu. track. Release the button Settings menu to adjust
. Mutes the audio system. to return to playing speed. bass, midrange, and
See CD Player on treble. See Operation on
10. w j (Play/Pause) page 7‑14. page 7‑5.
. Press to start, pause, and . For AM or FM, press © to 15. INFO
resume playback. See CD
seek to the previous
Player on page 7‑14. . Radio: Shows available
strong station.
information about the
11. CD Slot
. Press ¨ to seek the next current station.
. Insert a CD. track. . CD: Shows available
12. © SEEK ¨ . Press and hold ¨ to fast
information about the
current track.
. Press © to seek to the forward through a track.
beginning of the current Configuration Setup Menu
. Release ¨ to return to
or previous track. If the playing speed. See CD Press the CONFIG button to display
track has been playing Player on page 7‑14. the Configuration menu. The
for less than five seconds, Configuration menu is used for
it seeks the previous . For AM or FM, press ¨ to changing the settings for the audio,
track. If longer than seek to the next strong phone, vehicle configuration, and
five seconds, the current station. time features.
track starts from the
13. CONFIG (Configuration)
beginning.
. Opens the
Configuration menu.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to scroll Turning the System On or Off Menu System
through the available setup features.
Once the desired feature displays, VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to Controls
press the TUNE/MENU knob or turn the system on and off. The TUNE/MENU knob and the
press the desired feature on the Automatic Switch-Off BACK / button are used to
screen, to display more options navigate the menu system.
within that feature. If the infotainment system has
been turned on after the ignition is TUNE/MENU: Press to:
Languages turned off, the system will turn off . Select or activate the highlighted
To change the display language, automatically after 10 minutes. menu option.
see Vehicle Personalization on Volume Control
page 5‑36.
. Confirm a set value.
The vehicle supports English, VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to . Turn a system setting on or off.
French, and Spanish. The default adjust the volume. Turn to:
language is English. v / > (Phone): For vehicles with . Enter the menu system.
OnStar, press and hold v / > to
Operation . Highlight a menu option.
mute the infotainment system. Press
and hold v / > again, or turn the
. Select a value.
Controls
The infotainment system is VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. BACK /: Press to:
operated by using the pushbuttons, ®
For vehicles without OnStar , . Exit a menu.
multifunction knobs, menus shown press v / > to mute the .
on the display, and steering wheel Return from a submenu screen
controls, if equipped. infotainment system. Press v / > to the previous menu screen.
again, or turn the VOL/ O knob to . Delete the last character in a
cancel mute. sequence.
Selecting a Menu Option Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off

The base radio displays one line of
text at a time.
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to

highlight the setting. highlight the function.
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to 2. Press TUNE/MENU to activate 2. Press TUNE/MENU to turn the
move the highlighted bar. the setting. function on or off.
2. Press TUNE/MENU to select the Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence
highlighted option.
Submenus
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to

change the current value of the highlight the character.
An arrow on the right-hand edge of setting. 2. Press TUNE/MENU to select the
the menu indicates that it has a 2. Press TUNE/MENU to confirm character.
submenu with other options. the setting.
Press the BACK / button to delete Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Adjusting the Fader and Balance
the last character in the sequence and Bass
or press and hold to delete the
entire character sequence.
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
player source. 1. Press the TONE button.
1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select Fader or Balance.
To quickly reset an audio setting
value to 0: 2. Select Treble, Midrange, 3. Select the value.
or Bass.
1. Press the TONE button.
3. Select the value. Press the BACK / button to go
2. Select the audio setting. back to the Tone Settings menu.
3. Press and hold TUNE/MENU Press the BACK / button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer)
until the value changes to 0.
For vehicles that have an equalizer:
Press the BACK / button to go
1. Press the TONE button.
back to the Tone Settings menu.
2. Select EQ.
3. Select the setting.
Press the BACK / button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
System Settings 5. Press BACK / button to Auto Volume

Speed Compensated Volume go back to the System The auto volume feature
Configuration menu. automatically adjusts the radio
Configuring the Number of volume to compensate for road and
Favorite Pages wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
or slows down, so that the volume
level is consistent.
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the auto volume
The Speed Compensated Volume feature can be turned off.
feature automatically adjusts the
radio volume to compensate for
road and wind noise as the vehicle To configure the number of available
speeds up or slows down, so that favorite pages:
the volume level is consistent.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the auto volume 2. Select Radio Settings.
feature can be turned off. 3. Select Radio Favorites. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
1. Press the CONFIG button. 4. Select the number of available 2. Select Radio Settings.
2. Select Radio Settings. favorite pages. 3. Select Auto Volume.
3. Select Speed compensated 5. Press the BACK / button 4. Select the setting.
volume. to go back to the System
5. Press the BACK / button
Configuration menu.
4. Select the setting. to go back to the System
Configuration menu.
Maximum Startup Volume Regionalization Radio

The maximum volume played when RDS stations will broadcast different
the radio is first turned on can programs on different frequencies. AM-FM Radio
be set. To set the Regional (REG) feature
on or off: Control Buttons
1. Press the CONFIG button. The buttons used to control the
radio are:
2. Select Regional (REG).
RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the
3. Select On or Off. radio on and choose between AM,
4. Press BACK / to go back to the FM, or SiriusXM if equipped.
1. Press the CONFIG button. previous menu. TUNE/MENU: Press and turn to
navigate the available menus. Turn
2. Select Radio Settings.
to manually change stations.
3. Select Maximum Startup
INFO: Press to display additional
Volume.
information that may be available for
4. Select the setting. the current song.
5. Press the BACK / button © SEEK ¨ : Press to search for
to go back to the System stations.
Configuration menu. FAV: Press to open the
favorites list.
1 to 6: Press to select preset
stations.
RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Band Favorites List

The radio may have RDS. The RDS Press the RADIO/BAND button to 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob.
feature is available for use only on choose AM, FM, or SiriusXM if 2. Select Favorites List.
FM stations that broadcast RDS equipped. The last station that was
information. This feature only works playing starts playing again. 3. Select the station.
when the information from the radio Station Lists
station is available. In rare cases, Selecting a Station
a radio station could broadcast 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob.
Seek Tuning
incorrect information that causes the 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All
radio features to work improperly. If the radio station is not known:
receivable stations in the current
If this happens, contact the radio Briefly press © or ¨ to automatically reception area are displayed. If a
station. search for the next available station. station list has not been created,
While the radio is tuned to an If a station is not found, the radio an automatic station search
FM-RDS station, the station name switches to a more sensitive search is done.
or call letters display. level. If a station still is not found, 3. Select the station.
the frequency that was last active
Radio Menus begins to play. Category Lists
Radio menus are available for AM, If the radio station is known: Most stations that broadcast an
FM, or SiriusXM if equipped. RDS program type code specify the
Press and hold © or ¨ until the type of programming transmitted.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to open
the main radio menu for that station on the display is reached, Some stations change the program
frequency. then release the button. type code depending on the
content. The system stores the RDS
Manual Tuning
stations sorted by program type in
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to the FM category list.
select the frequency on the display.
To search for a programming type To cancel the station search, press Satellite Radio
determined by station: TUNE/MENU.
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob.
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
Storing a Station as a Favorite Service
2. Select FM category list. A list of Stations from all bands can be
all programming types available Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
stored in any order in the favorite radio tuner and a SiriusXM satellite
displays. pages. radio subscription can receive
3. Select the programming type. Up to six stations can be stored in SiriusXM programming.
A list of stations that transmit each favorite page and the number
programming of the selected SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
of available favorite pages can based in the 48 contiguous United
type displays. be set. States and 10 Canadian provinces.
4. Select the station. Storing Stations SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
The category lists are updated variety of programming and
To store the station to a position in commercial-free music, coast to
when the station lists are the list, press the corresponding
updated. coast, and in digital-quality sound.
button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. A service fee is required to receive
Updating Station & Category Lists Retrieving Stations the SiriusXM service. For more
If stations stored in the station list information, see www.siriusxm.com
Press the FAV button to open a or 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
can no longer be received: favorite page or to switch to another www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. favorite page. Briefly press one of (Canada).
the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the
2. Select Update AM or FM Station When SiriusXM is active, the
station.
List, if the stations stored in channel name and number,
the station list are no longer category name, song title, and
received. A station search will be artist display on the screen.
completed and the first station in
the updated list will play.
SiriusXM Categories Turning SiriusXM Channel Channel Unauth: This channel is

Graphic On or Off blocked or cannot be received with
SiriusXM stations are organized in
your SiriusXM subscription package.
categories. 1. Press the CONFIG button on the
faceplate. Channel Unavailable: This
To customize which SiriusXM
previously assigned channel is no
categories are used and displayed 2. Select Radio Settings. longer assigned. Tune to another
in the system, see “Adding or
3. Select XM Channel Graphic to station.
Removing SiriusXM Categories”
turn on or off. No Artist Info: The system is
following.
SiriusXM Messages working properly. No artist
Adding or Removing SiriusXM information is available at this time
Categories XL (Explicit Language on this channel.
Channels): These channels, or any
1. Press the CONFIG button on the others, can be blocked by request, No Title Info: The system is
faceplate. by calling 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) or working properly. No song title
2. Select Radio Settings. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). information is available at this time
on this channel.
3. Select Add/Remove XM XM Updating: The encryption code
Categories. in the receiver is being updated. No No CAT Info: The system is
action is required. This process working properly. No category
4. From the Add/Remove XM information is available at this time
Categories screen, select or should take no longer than
30 seconds. on this channel.
deselect any category to be
used in XM mode. A checkmark Loading XM: The audio system is No Information: The system is
will indicate that the category is acquiring and processing audio and working properly. No text or
selected. text data. No action is needed. This informational messages are
message should disappear shortly. available at this time on this
channel.
Channel Off Air: This channel is
not currently in service. Tune in to
another channel.
No Subscription Please Renew: Check Antenna: If this message especially around tall buildings or
The SiriusXM subscription needs to does not clear within a short period hills, causing the sound to fade in
be reactivated. Contact SiriusXM of time, the receiver could have a and out.
at www.siriusxm.com or fault. Consult with your dealer.
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and AM
XM Not Available: If this message
www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079 does not clear within a short period The range for most AM stations is
(Canada). of time, the receiver could have a greater than for FM, especially at
No XM Signal: The system is fault. Consult with your dealer. night. The longer range can cause
working properly. The vehicle may station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can also occur
be in a location where the SiriusXM Radio Reception when things like storms and power
signal is being blocked. When the
vehicle is moved into an open area, Frequency interference and static lines interfere with radio reception.
the signal should return. can occur during normal radio When this happens, try reducing the
reception if items such as phone treble on the radio.
CAT Not Found: The system is chargers, vehicle convenience
working properly. There are no accessories, and external electronic SiriusXM Satellite Radio
channels available for the selected devices are plugged into the Service
category. accessory power outlet. If there is SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, interference or static, unplug the provides digital radio reception. Tall
this message alternates with the item from the accessory power buildings or hills can interfere with
SiriusXM Radio eight-digit radio ID outlet. satellite radio signals, causing the
label. This label is needed to FM sound to fade in and out. In
activate the service. addition, traveling or standing under
FM signals only reach about 16 to heavy foliage, bridges, garages,
Unknown: If this message is
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the or tunnels may cause loss of the
received when tuned to channel 0,
radio has a built-in electronic circuit SiriusXM signal for a period of time.
there could be a receiver fault.
that automatically works to reduce
Consult with your dealer.
interference, some static can occur,
Cell Phone Usage Notice: Using a razor blade or Audio Players

sharp object to clear the inside
Cell phone usage, such as making
rear window can damage the rear
or receiving phone calls, charging,
window antenna and/or the rear CD Player
or just having the phone on may
window defogger. Repairs would The player can be used for CDs
cause static interference in the
not be covered by the vehicle and MP3s.
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
warranty. Do not clear the inside
if this happens. With the ignition on, insert a CD into
rear window with sharp objects.
the slot, label side up. The player
Backglass Antenna Notice: Do not apply aftermarket pulls it in and begins playing.
glass tinting with metallic film.
The AM-FM antenna is integrated The metallic film in some tinting The vehicle must be in P (Park) for
with the rear window defogger in the materials will interfere with or video to display.
rear window. Do not scratch the distort the incoming radio The system is capable of playing:
inside surface or damage the lines reception. Any damage caused to
in the glass. If the inside surface is
. Most audio CDs
the backglass antenna due to
damaged, it could interfere with metallic tinting materials will not . CD-R
radio reception. For proper radio be covered by the vehicle . CD-RW
reception, the antenna connector warranty.
needs to be properly attached to the . MP3 or unprotected WMA
post on the glass. Multi-Band Antenna formats
If attaching a cell phone antenna to When playing any compatible
The roof antenna is for OnStar®,
the glass, attach it between the grid recordable disc, the sound quality
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio, and GPS
lines. can be reduced due to disc quality,
(Global Positioning System). Keep
the method of recording, the quality
clear of obstructions for clear
of the music or video that has been
reception. If the vehicle has a
recorded, or the way the disc has
sunroof, and it is open, reception
been handled.
can also be affected.
To avoid damage to the CD player: Press Z to eject a disc from the

. Press and hold ¨ to fast forward
. Do not use scratched or CD player. through a track.
damaged discs. . Release ¨ to return to playing
Playing an Audio CD
. Do not apply labels to discs. The speed.
CD/AUX: Press to use the CD
labels could get caught in the TUNE/MENU: Turn to the right or
player.
player. left to select the next or previous
. Insert only one disc at a time.
w j (Play/Pause): Use to start, track. Press this knob to select the
pause, or resume play. menu. If a track is selected from the
. Keep the loading slot free of
foreign materials, liquids, and
© SEEK ¨: list, the system plays the track and
returns to the CD screen.
debris. . Press © to seek to the beginning
If a description label is needed, try of the current or previous track. Error Messages
labeling the top of the disc using a If the track has been playing for If Disc Read Error displays and/or
marking pen. less than five seconds, it seeks the disc comes out, it could be for
the previous track. If longer than one of the following reasons:
Loading and Ejecting Discs five seconds, the current track
starts from the beginning.
. The disc has an invalid or
To load a disc:
unknown format.
1. Turn the ignition on. . Press and hold © to quickly . The disc is not from a correct
2. Insert a disc into the slot. The reverse through a track. Release
region.
player pulls it in the rest of the the button to return to playing
speed. . The disc is very hot. Try the disc
way. If the disc is damaged or
again when the temperature
improperly loaded, there is an . For AM or FM, press © to seek returns to normal.
error and the disc ejects. to the previous strong station. . The road is very rough. Try the
The disc automatically plays once
loaded.
. Press ¨ to seek the next track. disc again when the road is
smoother.

. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, This jack is not an audio output. Do
or upside down. not plug headphones into the
. The air is very humid. Try the auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary
disc again later. devices should be set up while the
vehicle is in P (Park).
. There was a problem while
burning the disc. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the
. The label is caught in the CD auxiliary input jack. When a
player. device is connected, the system
If the CD is not playing correctly, for automatically begins playing audio
any other reason, try a known from the device over the vehicle
good CD. speakers.
1. 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack
If any error continues, contact your If an auxiliary device has already
dealer. been connected, but a different 2. USB Port
source is currently active, press The auxiliary input jack and USB
Auxiliary Devices the CD/AUX button on the radio port are in the center console.
faceplate, then press SOURCE
This vehicle has an auxiliary input repeatedly to cycle through all of the Keep the storage area closed when
jack in the center console. Possible available audio source screens, until not in use.
auxiliary audio sources include: the AUX source screen is selected.
. Laptop computer Portable devices are controlled by
. MP3 player using the menu system described in
Overview on page 7‑2.
. Tape player
USB Port Searching for a Track Shuffle

The following devices may be Tracks can be searched for by: Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set
connected and controlled by the . Playlists Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or
infotainment system. Off, then press the BACK / button
. Artists to return to the main screen.
. iPods®
. Albums On: Plays tracks in the current
. PlaysForSure Devices (PFD)
.
. Song Titles folder in random order.
USB Drives
. Podcasts Off: Plays tracks in the current
. Zunes™ folder in sequential order.
. Genres
Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives,
. Audiobooks Repeat
and Zunes are compatible with the
infotainment system. . Composers Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set
Repeat to On or Off, then press the
Connecting and Controlling To search for tracks:
BACK / button to return to the main
an iPod® 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. screen.
Not all iPods can be controlled by 2. Select Search. On: Repeats the current track.
the infotainment system.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Off: Playback starts from the
Connecting an iPod Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, beginning of the current track after
Connect the iPod to the USB port in Audiobooks, or Composers. the last track finishes.
the center console. 4. Select the track.
Connecting and Controlling a 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Connecting and Controlling a
PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Song Titles, Podcasts, USB Drive
or Zune™ or Genres.
The infotainment system can only
Connecting a PFD or Zune 4. Select the track. play back .mp3 and .wma files from
Shuffle Functionality a USB drive.
Connect the PFD or Zune to the
USB port in the center console. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set Only the first 10,000 songs are
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On recognized on the device.
Searching for a Track
or Off. When a device is not supported, the
Tracks can be searched for by: message “No supported data found.
On: Plays current tracks in random
. Playlists order. You can safely disconnect the
device” appears.
. Artists Off: Plays current tracks in
sequential order. Connecting a USB Drive
. Albums
Repeat Functionality Connect the USB drive to the USB
. Song Titles
port in the center console.
. Podcasts Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set
Repeat to On or Off. Searching for a Track
. Genres
Repeat On: Repeats the current It is normal for the search feature
To search for tracks: track. to take some time to display the
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. information after reading the device
Repeat Off: Playback starts from due to the amount of information
2. Select Search. the beginning of the current track stored.
after the last track finishes.
Files that do not have any meta
data stored in the ID3 tag display as
Unknown.
Tracks can be searched for by: Off: Plays current tracks in A Bluetooth phone with MP3
. Playlists* sequential order. capability cannot be paired to the
vehicle as a phone and an MP3
. Artists Repeat Functionality player at the same time.
. Albums Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set Pairing Information:
Repeat to On or Off.
. Song Titles . Up to five devices can be paired
Repeat On: Repeats the current to the system.
. Genres track.
. Folder View
. The pairing process is disabled
Repeat Off: Playback starts from when the vehicle is moving.
*This only displays if a playlist is the beginning of the current track
found on the device. after the last track finishes. . The infotainment system
® automatically links with the first
To search for tracks: Connecting a Bluetooth available paired device in the
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. Device order the device was paired.
2. Select Search. Before a Bluetooth device can be . Only one paired device can be
connected to the infotainment connected to the infotainment
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, system, it must first be paired to the system at a time.
Song Titles, Genres, system. Not all Bluetooth devices
or Folder View. . Pairing should only need to be
can be paired to the infotainment
completed once, unless changes
4. Select the track. system. Before pairing the Bluetooth
to the pairing information have
device, become familiar with its user
Shuffle Functionality been made or the device is
guide for Bluetooth functions. The
deleted.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set system only connects to Bluetooth
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On devices that support A2DP
or Off. (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) version 1.2.
On: Plays current tracks in random
order.
Bluetooth Setup Menu To select the Bluetooth Music Setup 4. Some devices may require a
The Bluetooth Setup menu can be menu when a Bluetooth device is Personal Identification Number
accessed with or without a device connected and active: (PIN) in order to complete the
attached to the USB port. 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. pairing process. Locate the
device named “GMusicConnect”
To select the Bluetooth Setup menu 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. in the list on the Bluetooth
when a device is attached to the device and follow the
USB port and active: Pairing a Device
instructions on the device to
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob 1. Select Connect To New Device enter the four-digit PIN provided
while in the iPod, Zune, PFD, from the Bluetooth Music by the infotainment system.
or USB device main menu. Setup menu.
Connecting to a Device
2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. 2. The system asks a series of
Yes/No questions to determine Once a device is paired to the
To select the Bluetooth Music Setup what type of device is being infotainment system, it can be
menu when a device is not attached paired. connected to the infotainment
to the USB port, or when a device is system.
attached to the USB port but not 3. After the system determines
what type of Bluetooth device is To connect a paired device when no
active: other device is connected to the
being paired, the Bluetooth
1. Press the CD/AUX button until device will need to be put into infotainment system:
AUX is the active source. discovery mode. 1. Select the Select Device option
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. from the Bluetooth Music
Setup menu.
3. Select Bluetooth Music Setup.
2. Select the new device.
To connect a paired device when Changing the Default PIN This Feature is Unavailable While
another device is connected to the To change the default PIN: Vehicle is Moving: This message
infotainment system: displays when an action is not
1. Select Change Default PIN allowed while the vehicle is moving.
1. Select the Select Device option from the Bluetooth Music
from the Bluetooth Music Setup menu. Controlling a Bluetooth Device
Setup menu.
2. Select one of the pre-defined Bluetooth devices that support
2. Select the new device. PINs, or select Other to create AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote
3. The active device is a PIN. Control Profile) version 1.0 may be
disconnected from the system able to be controlled by the
To create a PIN: infotainment system.
and the new device is
connected. 1. Select the length of the PIN.
Press and release © or ¨ to skip
Removing a Device 2. Enter the character sequence. tracks.
1. Select Remove Device from the Messages Other Information
Bluetooth Music Setup menu. The following messages may The Bluetooth® word mark and
2. Select the device. appear on the infotainment screen. logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
3. The device is removed from the Poor Bluetooth Signal Quality: SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
system. This message displays when the by General Motors is under license.
Bluetooth signal strength is low. Other trademarks and trade names
Before connecting to the removed are those of their respective owners.
device again, it will need to paired
to the infotainment system.

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
Phone The system may not work with
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in phone with a Hands-Free Profile
Bluetooth (Overview) this section. to make and receive phone calls.
For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice The infotainment system and voice
Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use recognition are used to control
interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the the system. The system can be
allowing: address book or contact list. used while in ON/RUN or ACC/
See “Voice Pass-Thru” in this ACCESSORY. The range of the
. Placement and receipt of calls in Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
a hands-free mode. section.
(30 ft). Not all phones support all
. Sharing of the cell phone’s
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone functions and not all phones work
address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section. with the Bluetooth system. See
the vehicle. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
To minimize driver distraction,
{ WARNING information about compatible
before driving, and with the vehicle phones.
When using a cell phone, it can
parked: be distracting to look too long or Bluetooth Controls
. Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the Use the buttons on the infotainment
features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system and the steering wheel to
Organize the phone book and (navigation) system. Taking your operate the Bluetooth system.
contact lists clearly and delete eyes off the road too long or too
duplicate or rarely used entries. often could cause a crash Steering Wheel Controls
If possible, program speed dial resulting in injury or death. Focus b / g (Push to Talk): Press to
or other shortcuts. your attention on driving. answer incoming calls, confirm
. Review the controls and system information, and start voice
operation of the infotainment recognition.
system.
$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to Audio System Bluetooth (Infotainment

end a call, reject a call, or cancel an When using the Bluetooth system, Controls)
operation. sound comes through the vehicle's
To navigate the menu system using
Infotainment System Controls front audio system speakers and
the infotainment controls, see
overrides the audio system. Use
To navigate the menu system using Overview on page 7‑2.
the VOL/ O knob during a call to
the infotainment controls, see
change the volume level. The Pairing
Overview on page 7‑2.
adjusted volume level remains in A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
v / > (Phone/Mute): Press to memory for later calls. The system must be paired to the Bluetooth
enter the Phone main menu. maintains a minimum volume level. system and then connected to the
Voice Recognition Other Information vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
The voice recognition system uses The Bluetooth® word mark and guide for Bluetooth functions before
commands to control the system logos are owned by the Bluetooth® pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
and dial phone numbers. SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks phone is not connected, calls will be
Noise: The system may not by General Motors is under license. made using OnStar Hands-Free
recognize voice commands if there Other trademarks and trade names Calling, if available. See OnStar
is too much background noise. are those of their respective owners. Overview on page 14‑1.
When to Speak: A tone sounds to See Radio Frequency Statement on Pairing Information
indicate that the system is ready for page 13‑21 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
a voice command. Wait for the tone
Communications Commission (FCC) capability cannot be paired to
and then speak.
rules and Industry Canada the vehicle as a phone and an
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. MP3 player at the same time.
calm and natural voice. . Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.

. The pairing process is disabled 3. Select Bluetooth. with “<Phone name> has been
when the vehicle is moving. successfully paired” after the
4. Select Pair Device (Phone).
. Pairing only needs to be A four-digit Personal pairing process is complete.
completed once, unless the Identification Number (PIN) 7. Repeat Steps 1−6 to pair
pairing information on the cell appears on the display. The PIN additional phones.
phone changes or the cell phone is used in Step 6.
is deleted from the system. Listing All Paired and Connected
5. Start the pairing process on the Phones
. Only one paired cell phone can cell phone to be paired to the
be connected to the Bluetooth 1. Press the CONFIG button.
vehicle. See the cell phone
system at a time. manufacturer's user guide for 2. Select Phone Settings or
. If multiple paired cell phones are information on this process. Bluetooth Settings.
within range of the system, the 6. Locate the device named “Your 3. Select Bluetooth.
system connects to the first Vehicle” in the list on the cell
available paired cell phone in the 4. Select Device List.
phone. Follow the instructions
order that they were first paired on the cell phone to enter the Deleting a Paired Phone
to the system. To connect to a PIN provided in Step 4. After the
different paired phone, see 1. Press the CONFIG button.
PIN is successfully entered, the
“Connecting to a Different system prompts you to provide a 2. Select Phone Settings or
Phone” later in this section. name for the paired cell phone. Bluetooth Settings.
Pairing a Phone This name will be used to 3. Select Bluetooth.
indicate which phones are
1. Press the CONFIG button. paired and connected to the 4. Select Device List.
2. Select Phone Settings or vehicle. The system responds 5. Select the phone to delete and
Bluetooth Settings. follow the on screen prompts.
Connecting to a Different Phone user guide or contact your wireless to scroll through the entire list
To connect to a different phone, the provider to find out if this feature is of names/numbers in the
new phone must be in the vehicle supported by your phone. phone book.
and available to be connected to the When a cell phone supports the 4. Select the name or number you
Bluetooth system before the phone book feature, the Phone want to call.
process is started. Book and Call Lists menus are To make a call using the Call
1. Press the CONFIG button. automatically available. Lists menu:
2. Select Phone Settings or The Phone Book menu allows you
to access the phone book stored in 1. Press v / > once or twice
Bluetooth Settings. (depending on the radio).
the cell phone to make a call.
3. Select Bluetooth. 2. Select Call Lists.
The Call Lists menu allows you to
4. Select Device List. access the phone numbers from the 3. Select the Incoming Calls,
5. Select the new phone to connect Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Outgoing Calls, or Missed
to and follow the on screen Missed Calls menus on your cell Calls list.
prompts. phone to make a call.
4. Select the name or number you
If delete is selected, the To make a call using the Phone want to call.
highlighted phone will be Book menu:
deleted.
Making a Call
1. Press v / > once or twice
To make a call:
Making a Call Using the (depending on the radio).
Phone Book 2. Select Phone Book. 1. Press v / > once or twice
(depending on the radio).
For cell phones that support the 3. Search through the list by
phone book feature, the Bluetooth selecting the letter group the 2. Enter the character sequence.
system can use the contacts stored phone book entry begins with, 3. Select Call to start dialing the
on your cell phone to make calls. or press the TUNE/MENU button number.
See your cell phone manufacturer's
Accepting or Declining a Call Declining a Call 3. Enter the character sequence

Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to then select Call.
When an incoming call is received,
the infotainment system mutes and “Decline” and press the TUNE/ 4. After the call has been placed,
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. MENU knob to decline the call. turn or press the TUNE/MENU
knob and choose Merge Calls.
Accepting a Call Switching Between Calls (Call
Waiting Calls Only) 5. To add more callers to the
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to conference call, repeat
“Answer” and press the TUNE/ To switch between calls:
Steps 1−4. The number of
MENU knob to accept the call. 1. Turn or press the TUNE/ callers that can be added is
Declining a Call MENU knob. limited by your wireless service
2. Select Switch Call from carrier.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
“Decline” and press the TUNE/ the menu. Ending a Call
MENU knob to decline the call. Conference Calling Turn or press the TUNE/MENU
Call Waiting If equipped, conference calling and knob and select Hang Up.
If equipped, call waiting must be three-way calling must be supported Muting a Call
supported on the Bluetooth phone on the Bluetooth phone and enabled
and enabled by the wireless service by the wireless service carrier To Mute a Call
carrier to work. to work. Turn or press the TUNE/MENU
To start a conference while in a knob and select Mute Call.
Accepting a Call
current call: To Cancel Mute
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
“Answer” and press the TUNE/ 1. Turn or press the TUNE/ Turn or press the TUNE/MENU
MENU knob to accept the call. MENU knob. knob and select Mute Call.
2. Select Enter Number.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Pairing

. Only one paired cell phone can
(DTMF) Tones be connected to the Bluetooth
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone system at a time.
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can must be paired to the Bluetooth
send numbers during a call. This is system and then connected to the
. If multiple paired cell phones are
used when calling a menu-driven vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the
phone system. your cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first
guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the
1. Turn or press the TUNE/MENU order that they were first paired
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
knob and select Enter Number. to the system. To connect to a
phone is not connected, calls will be
2. Enter the character sequence. made using OnStar Hands-Free different paired phone, see
Calling, if available. See OnStar “Connecting to a Different
Bluetooth (Voice Overview on page 14‑1. Phone” later in this section.
Recognition) Pairing Information Pairing a Phone
Using Voice Recognition . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press b / g. The system
capability cannot be paired to responds “Ready,” followed by
To use voice recognition, press the the vehicle as a phone and an a tone.
b / g button on the steering wheel. MP3 player at the same time.
Use the commands below for the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
various voice features. For . Up to five cell phones can be can be skipped.
additional information, say "Help" paired to the Bluetooth system. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
while you are in a voice . The pairing process is disabled with instructions and a four-digit
recognition menu. when the vehicle is moving. Personal Identification Number
(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
. Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
4. Start the pairing process on the Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
cell phone that you want to pair. Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
For help with this process, see The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
your cell phone manufacturer's paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
user guide. also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell
5. Locate the device named “Your system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on
Vehicle” in the list on the cell after that phone name. which cell phone you want to
phone. Follow the instructions connect to, you may have to use
on the cell phone to enter the 1. Press b / g. The system this command several times.
PIN provided in Step 3. After the responds “Ready,” followed by
PIN is successfully entered, the a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system
system prompts you to provide a 2. Say “Bluetooth.” responds “Ready,” followed by
name for the paired cell phone. a tone.
This name will be used to 3. Say “List.”
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
indicate which phones are Deleting a Paired Phone
paired and connected to the 3. Say “Change phone.”
vehicle. The system responds If the phone name you want to . If another cell phone is
with “<Phone name> has been delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be
successfully paired” after the Paired and Connected Phones.”
“<Phone name> is now
pairing process is complete. 1. Press b / g. The system connected.”
6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair responds “Ready,” followed by . If another cell phone is not
additional phones. a tone. found, the original phone
2. Say “Bluetooth.” remains connected.
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command 2. Say “Digit Store.”
Numbers 1. Press b / g. The system 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
The system can store up to responds “Ready,” followed by that you want to store. After
30 phone numbers as name tags in a tone. each digit is entered, the system
the Hands-Free Directory that is repeats back the digit it heard
2. Say “Store.” followed by a tone. After the last
shared between the Bluetooth and
OnStar systems. 3. Say the phone number or group digit has been entered, say
of numbers you want to store all “Store,” and then follow the
The following commands are used directions given by the system to
at once with no pauses, then
to delete and store phone numbers. save a name tag for this number.
follow the directions given by the
Store: This command will store a system to save a name tag for Using the “Delete” Command
phone number, or a group of this number.
numbers as a name tag. 1. Press b / g. The system
Using the “Digit Store” Command
Digit Store: This command allows responds “Ready,” followed by
a phone number to be stored as a If an unwanted number is a tone.
name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last 2. Say “Delete.”
at a time.
number. 3. Say the name tag you want to
Delete: This command is used to delete.
delete individual name tags. To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
Delete All Name Tags: This “Verify” at any time.
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands-Free Calling 1. Press b / g. The system
Directory and the Destinations responds “Ready,” followed by
Directory. a tone.
Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency
Command
Calls can be made using the 1. Press b / g. The system
This command deletes all stored following commands. responds “Ready,” followed by
name tags in the Hands-Free a tone.
Dial or Call: The call command
Calling Directory and the
can be used to call a phone number 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
Destinations Directory.
or a stored name tag
To delete all name tags: 3. Say “911” without pausing. Say
Digit Dial: This command allows a “Dial” or “Call.”
1. Press b / g. The system phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time. Once connected, the person called
responds “Ready,” followed by will be heard through the audio
a tone. Re-dial: This command is used to speakers.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.” dial the last number used on the cell
phone. Using the “Digit Dial” Command
Listing Stored Numbers The digit dial command allows a
Using the “Dial” or “Call”
The list command will list all stored Command phone number to be dialed by
numbers and name tags. entering the digits one at a time.
1. Press b / g. The system After each digit is entered, the
Using the “List” Command responds “Ready,” followed by system repeats back the digit it
1. Press b / g. The system a tone. heard followed by a tone.
responds “Ready,” followed by 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” If an unwanted number is
a tone. recognized by the system, say
3. Say the entire number without
2. Say “Directory.” “Clear” at any time to clear the last
pausing or say the name tag.
number.
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” Once connected, the person called
4. Say “List.” will be heard through the audio
speakers.
To hear all of the numbers Once connected, the person called . Press $ / i to disconnect the
recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio current call and switch to the call
“Verify” at any time. speakers. on hold.
1. Press b / g. The system Receiving a Call Three-Way Calling
responds “Ready,” followed by When an incoming call is received, If equipped, three-way calling must
a tone. the audio system mutes and a ring be supported on the cell phone and
2. Say “Digit Dial.” tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service
carrier.
3. Say each digit, one at a time, . Press b / g to answer the call.
that you want to dial. After each 1. While on a call, press b / g.
digit is entered, the system . Press $ / i to ignore a call.
repeats back the digit it heard 2. Say “Three-way call.”
followed by a tone. After the last Call Waiting
3. Use the dial or call command to
digit has been entered, If equipped, call waiting must be dial the number of the third party
say “Dial.” supported on the cell phone and to be called.
Once connected, the person called enabled by the wireless service
4. Once the call is connected,
will be heard through the audio carrier.
press b / g to connect all
speakers. . Press b / g to answer an callers together.
Using the “Re-dial” Command incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is Ending a Call
1. Press b / g. The system placed on hold.
responds “Ready,” followed by
Press $ / i to end a call.
a tone.
. Press b / g again to return to
the original call.
2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” The
system dials the last number . To ignore the incoming call, no
called from the connected cell action is required.
phone.
Muting a Call To Transfer Audio from the Voice Pass-Thru

Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call, all sounds from inside Voice pass-thru allows access to the
the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio in the voice recognition commands on the
person on the other end of the call vehicle: cell phone. See your cell phone
cannot hear them. manufacturer's user guide to see if
1. Press b / g. the cell phone supports this feature.
To mute a call, press b / g , and 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
then say “Mute Call.” To access contacts stored in the cell
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth phone:
To cancel mute, press b / g , and System from a Cell Phone
then say “Un-mute Call.” 1. Press b / g. The system
During a call with the audio on the responds “Ready,” followed by
Transferring a Call cell phone, press b / g. The audio a tone.
Audio can be transferred between transfers to the vehicle. If the audio 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
the Bluetooth system and the cell does not transfer to the vehicle, use can be skipped.
phone. the audio transfer feature on the
cell phone. See your cell phone 3. Say “Voice.” The system
The cell phone must be paired and manufacturer's user guide. responds “OK, accessing
connected with the Bluetooth <phone name>.”
system before a call can be
The cell phone's normal prompt
transferred. The connection process
messages will go through their cycle
can take up to two minutes after the
according to the phone's operating
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
instructions.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System

(DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of
The Bluetooth system can send the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This
name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the
use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing
menu-driven phone system. information. For information on how
Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the
stored for use. previous sections on “Deleting a
Paired Phone,” “Using the ‘Delete’
Sending a Number or Name Tag Command,” and “Using the ‘Delete
During a Call All Name Tags’ Command.”
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.
2 NOTES
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
Climate Control Systems this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
1. Fan Control 8. Rear Window Defogger

2. Air Conditioning Temperature Control: Turn the
3. Air Delivery Modes knob clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the driver or
4. Defrost passenger temperature setting.
5. Temperature Control Fan Control: Turn the knob
6. Heated Seats (If Equipped) clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the fan speed.
7. Recirculation
8-2 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Modes: Press Y, \, temperature falls below freezing, the For vehicles with heated outside
[ , or - to change the direction of air conditioner will not run and the rearview mirrors, they turn on with
the airflow. An indicator light comes indicator light turns off. the rear window defogger and help
on in the selected mode button. h (Recirculation): Press to turn to clear fog or frost from the surface
on recirculation. An indicator light of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors on
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the page 2‑18.
instrument panel outlets. comes on. Air is recirculated to
quickly cool the inside of the vehicle Notice: Using a razor blade or
\ (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the or prevent outside air and odors sharp object to clear the inside
instrument panel outlets and the from entering. rear window can damage the rear
floor outlets. window antenna and/or the rear
M or L (Heated Seats, If
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the Equipped): Press to turn the window defogger. Repairs would
floor outlets. heated seats on or off. See Heated not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
- (Defog): Air is directed to the Front Seats on page 3‑8.
rear window with sharp objects.
windshield and floor outlets to clear
Rear Window Defogger
the windows of fog or moisture. Sensors
0 (Defrost): Press to clear the
= (Rear Window Defogger): The solar sensor on top of the
Press to turn the rear window
windshield of fog or frost more instrument panel near the
defogger on or off.
quickly. Air is directed to the windshield monitors the solar heat.
windshield and side window outlets. The rear window defogger turns
off automatically after about The climate control system uses
For best results, clear all snow and the sensor information to adjust
10 minutes. If turned on again, it
ice from the windshield before the temperature, fan speed,
runs for about five minutes before
defrosting. recirculation, and air delivery mode
turning off. At higher speeds, the
# (Air Conditioning): Press to rear window defogger may stay on for best comfort.
turn the air conditioning on or off. continuously. If the sensor is covered, the
If the fan is turned off or the outside automatic climate control system
may not work properly.
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Influence on

eAssist Operation and Fuel
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Economy (If Equipped)
this system.
The climate control system is
dependent upon other vehicle
systems for heat and power input.
Certain climate control settings can
lead to higher fuel usage and/or
fewer auto stops.
The following are climate control
settings that use more fuel:
. Comfort air conditioning mode.
. Defrost mode.
. Extreme temperature settings,
such as 15°C (60°F) or 32°C
(90°F).
1. Driver and Passenger 6. Heated Seats (If Equipped)
Temperature Controls
. High fan speed settings.
7. Recirculation
2. Air Conditioning or Comfort/Eco To help reduce fuel usage:
8. Fan Control
Air Conditioning . Use the full automatic control as
9. Rear Window Defogger described under “Automatic
3. Air Delivery Modes
10. SYNC Operation.”
4. Defrost . Use eco air conditioning, instead
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) of the comfort air conditioning.

. Select a temperature setting that To place the system in Turn the knob clockwise or
is higher in hot weather and automatic mode: counterclockwise to increase or
lower in cold weather. decrease the driver or passenger
1. Press AUTO.
. Turn off the air conditioning temperature setting.
when it is not needed. 2. Set the temperature. Allow the
system time to stabilize. Then SYNC: Press to link all climate
. Only use defrost to clear the adjust the temperature as zone settings to the driver settings.
windows. needed for best comfort. The SYNC indicator light will turn
on. When the passenger settings
Automatic Operation To improve fuel efficiency and to are adjusted, the SYNC indicator
The system automatically controls cool the vehicle faster, recirculation light turns off.
the fan speed, air delivery, air may be automatically selected in
warm weather. Fan Control: Turn the knob
conditioning, and recirculation in clockwise or counterclockwise to
order to heat or cool the vehicle to The recirculation light will not increase or decrease the fan speed.
the desired temperature. come on. Press h to select Press AUTO to return to automatic
When the indicator light is on, the recirculation; press it again to select operation.
system is in full automatic operation. outside air.
If the air delivery mode or fan Air Delivery Modes: Press Y, \,
Manual Operation [ , or - to change the direction of
setting is manually adjusted, the
auto indicator turns off and displays Driver and Passenger the airflow. An indicator light comes
will show the selected settings. Temperature Control: The on in the selected mode button.
temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and
passenger.
Changing the mode cancels the # (Air Conditioning (For For eco a/c, press #. The indicator
automatic operation and the system Non-eAssist Vehicles)): Press to will turn green. This setting
goes into manual mode. Press turn the air conditioning on or off. balances fuel economy and air
AUTO to return to automatic If the fan is turned off or the outside conditioning comfort. In warm
operation. temperature falls below freezing, the weather conditions, auto stops may
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the air conditioner will not run and the occur more frequently and the
instrument panel outlets. indicator light turns off. vehicle interior may be warmer
as compared to the comfort air
\ (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the Press AUTO to return to automatic
conditioning. This setting allows
instrument panel outlets and the operation and the air conditioner
runs as needed. When the indicator higher humidity inside the vehicle
floor outlets. and window fogging before the
light is on, the air conditioner runs
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the automatically to cool the air inside engine restarts.
floor outlets. the vehicle or to dry the air needed Pressing the 0 button during an
- (Defog): Air is directed to the to defog the windshield faster. auto stop will restart the engine to
windshield and floor outlets to clear # (Comfort/Eco Air Conditioning prevent window fogging. To reach
the windows of fog or moisture. (For eAssist Vehicles)): Press to comfort levels quickly during an
0 (Defrost): Press to clear the cycle between the off, comfort, and auto stop, the engine will restart if
windshield of fog or frost more economy air conditioning modes. the air conditioner is off and AUTO
quickly. Air is directed to the The indicator will be lit in comfort or # is selected.
windshield and side window outlets. and economy modes and turns off
when there is no A/C function. If If temperature controls are adjusted
For best results, clear all snow and cooler by more than 1°C (1°F)
the fan is turned off or the outside
ice from the windshield before during an auto stop, the engine will
temperature falls below freezing, the
defrosting. restart to ensure that comfort is
air conditioner will not run and the
indicator light turns off. reached.
For comfort a/c, press # again. outside air supply and turn on the For vehicles with heated outside
The indicator will turn amber. air conditioner. The fan speed may rearview mirrors, they turn on with
slightly increase to help prevent the rear window defogger and help
Pressing this button cancels fogging. If the climate control to clear fog or frost from the surface
automatic air conditioning and turns system does not detect possible of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors on
off the air conditioner. Press AUTO window fogging, it returns to normal page 2‑18.
to return to automatic operation operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
and the air conditioner runs Notice: Using a razor blade or
on, see “Climate and Air Quality” sharp object to clear the inside
automatically as needed. When under Vehicle Personalization on
the indicator light is on, the air rear window can damage the rear
page 5‑36. window antenna and/or the rear
conditioner runs automatically to
cool the air inside the vehicle or to M or L (Heated Seats, If window defogger. Repairs would
dry the air needed to defog the Equipped): Press to turn the not be covered by the vehicle
windshield faster. heated seats on or off. See Heated warranty. Do not clear the inside
Front Seats on page 3‑8. rear window with sharp objects.
h (Recirculation): Press to turn
on recirculation. An indicator light Rear Window Defogger Remote Start Climate Control
comes on. Air is recirculated to Operation (If Equipped): For
= (Rear Window Defogger): vehicles with the remote start
quickly cool the inside of the vehicle Press to turn the rear window
or prevent outside air and odors feature, the climate control system
defogger on or off. may run when the vehicle is started
from entering.
The rear window defogger turns remotely. The system uses the
Auto Defog: The climate control off automatically after about driver’s previous settings to heat or
system may have a sensor to 10 minutes. If turned on again, it cool the inside of the vehicle. The
automatically detect high humidity runs for about five minutes before rear defog may come on during
inside the vehicle. When high turning off. At higher speeds, the remote start based on cold ambient
humidity is detected, the climate rear window defogger may stay on conditions. The rear defog indicator
control system may adjust to continuously. light does not come on during a
remote start. The front heated seats
will turn on if it is cold outside. The Air Vents Side Air Vents
heated seat indicator lights do not
come on during a remote start. Center Air Vents
Sensors
The solar sensor on top of the
instrument panel near the
windshield monitors the solar heat.
The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
If the sensor is covered, the Use the thumbwheels to change the
automatic climate control system direction of the airflow.
may not work properly.
Use the slider knobs on the air Move the vertical thumbwheels up
vents to change the direction of the or down to open or close off the
airflow. airflow.
Move the slider knobs outward or
inward to open or close off the
airflow.
Operation Tips Maintenance

. Keep all outlets open whenever
possible for best system Passenger Compartment
performance.
Air Filter
. Keep the paths under all seats
clear of objects to help circulate The filter removes dust, pollen, and
the air inside the vehicle more other airborne irritants from outside
effectively. air that is pulled into the vehicle.
. Use of non-GM approved hood The filter should be replaced as part
deflectors can adversely affect of routine scheduled maintenance;
the performance of the system. see Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑2. To find out what type of 2. Disconnect the glove box door
. Do not attach any devices to the filter to use, see Maintenance
air vent louvers. This restricts dampener string from the glove
Replacement Parts on page 11‑13. box door assembly. Please note:
airflow and may cause damage
to the air vents. 1. Open the glove box completely. a pen or pencil may be inserted
through the end of the dampener
string to prevent the string from
slipping inside the door
assembly.
3. Squeeze both sides of the glove
box door to open beyond the
stops.
Service During service, all refrigerants

should be reclaimed with proper
This vehicle may have the new equipment. Venting refrigerants
environmentally friendly refrigerant, directly to the atmosphere is harmful
R1234yf. This refrigerant has a to the environment and may also
significantly reduced global warming create unsafe conditions based on
impact on the environment, inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
compared to the traditional or other health-based concerns.
automotive refrigerant, R-134a. All
vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle.
4. Release the retainer clips (1) The refrigerant system should only
holding the service door. Open be serviced by trained and certified
the service door and remove the technicians. The air conditioning
old filter (2). evaporator should never be repaired
or replaced by one from a salvage
5. Install the new air filter. vehicle. It should only be replaced
6. Close the service door and by a new evaporator to ensure
retainer clips. proper and safe operation.
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the
glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
2 NOTES
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-19
9-22
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Operating Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Object Detection Systems
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Driving Information Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-40
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Rear Vision
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust Lane Departure
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Running the Vehicle While
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Fuel
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Racing or Other Competitive Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-27 Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-47
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 California Fuel
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Brakes Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-48
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7 Antilock Brake Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-49
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Filling a Portable Fuel
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-33 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-15 Ride Control Systems
Ignition Positions (Key Traction Control
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Ignition Positions (Keyless StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
9-2 Driving and Operating
Towing
. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52 distractions.
Driving Characteristics and Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing (Except and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
eAssist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Trailer Towing (eAssist) . . . . . . 9-57 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Conversions and Add-Ons governments have enacted laws driving.
Add-On Electrical
regarding driver distraction. Become
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58 . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.

. Allow enough following distance
Control of a Vehicle
{ WARNING between you and the driver in
front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating
Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to
. Focus on the task of driving.
long or too often could cause a control a vehicle while driving.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving. Drunk Driving Braking
Death and injury associated with
Braking action involves perception
Refer to the Infotainment section for drinking and driving is a global
time and reaction time. Deciding to
more information on using that tragedy.
push the brake pedal is perception
system, including pairing and using time. Actually doing it is
a cell phone. { WARNING reaction time.
Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is
Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. In
Defensive driving means “always perceptions, attentiveness, and that time, a vehicle moving at
expect the unexpected.” The first judgment can be affected by even 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
step in driving defensively is to wear a small amount of alcohol. You (66 ft), which could be a lot of
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on can have a serious — or even distance in an emergency.
page 3‑11. fatal — collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
. Assume that other road users drinking. include:
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between
other drivers) are going to be you and the vehicle in front
a driver who has been drinking.
careless and make mistakes. of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready. with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking.
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the If the steering wheel is turned until it
. Maintain a reasonable steady
vehicle is being driven, brake reaches the end of its travel and is speed through the curve.
normally but do not pump the held against that position for an . Wait until the vehicle is out of
brakes. Doing so could make the extended period of time, power the curve before accelerating
pedal harder to push down. If the steering assist may be reduced. gently into the straightaway.
engine stops, there will be some Normal use of the power steering
power brake assist but it will be Steering in Emergencies
assist should return when the
used when the brake is applied. system cools down. . There are some situations when
Once the power assist is used up, it steering around a problem may
can take longer to stop and the See specific vehicle steering be more effective than braking.
brake pedal will be harder to push. messages under Service Vehicle
Messages on page 5‑33. . Holding both sides of the
Steering steering wheel allows you to turn
See your dealer if there is a 180 degrees without removing
problem. a hand.
Electric Power Steering
The vehicle has electric power Curve Tips . The Antilock Brake System
steering. It does not have power . Take curves at a reasonable (ABS) allows steering while
steering fluid. Regular maintenance speed. braking.
is not required. . Reduce speed before entering a
If power steering assist is lost due curve.
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort. See your dealer if
there is a problem.
Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
straight down the roadway. these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the
Skidding way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it
correspond to the vehicle's three occurs.
control systems: . Slow down and adjust your
. Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather
rolling. conditions. Stopping distance
. Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle
too much speed or steering in a control can be affected when
curve causes tires to slip and traction is reduced by water,
The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other
off the edge of a road onto the material on the road. Learn to
shoulder while driving. Follow
. Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such
these tips: throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed
wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a
1. Ease off the accelerator and
Defensive drivers avoid most skids mirrored surface — and slow
then, if there is nothing in the
by taking reasonable care suited to down when you have any doubt.
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering,
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking,
skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed
2. Turn the steering wheel about
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
one-eighth of a turn, until the
sudden changes could cause
right front tire contacts the
the tires to slide.
pavement edge.
Remember: Antilock brakes help Driving on Wet Roads WARNING (Continued)

avoid only the braking skid.
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your Flowing or rushing water creates
Racing or Other ability to stop and accelerate. strong forces. Driving through
Competitive Driving Always drive slower in these types flowing water could cause the
Racing, track testing, or Competitive of driving conditions and avoid vehicle to be carried away. If this
driving may affect the vehicle driving through large puddles and happens, you and other vehicle
warranty. See the warranty book deep‐standing or flowing water. occupants could drown. Do not
before using the vehicle for racing ignore police warnings and be
or other competitive driving. { WARNING very cautious about trying to drive
Notice: If the vehicle is used for through flowing water.
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
racing, track testing, or other
They might not work as well in a
competitive driving, the engine Hydroplaning
quick stop and could cause
may use more oil than it would
with normal use. Low oil levels pulling to one side. You could Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can damage the engine. Check lose control of the vehicle. can build up under the vehicle's
the oil level often and at the After driving through a large tires so they actually ride on the
proper level. water. This can happen if the road is
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wet enough and you are going fast
For the 2.0L and 2.5L Ecotec wash, lightly apply the brake enough. When the vehicle is
engine: Add and keep the oil level pedal until the brakes work hydroplaning, it has little or no
at 1 L (1 quart) above the high mark normally. contact with the road.
when driving under these (Continued)
conditions. For information on how There is no hard and fast rule about
to check and add oil, see Engine Oil hydroplaning. The best advice is to
on page 10‑11. slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips

. Keep your eyes moving — scan
the road ahead and to the sides. WARNING (Continued)
Besides slowing down, other wet .
weather driving tips include: Check the rearview mirror and none going down a hill. You could
vehicle instruments often.
. Allow extra following distance. crash. Shift down to let the engine
assist the brakes on a steep
. Pass with caution. Hill and Mountain Roads downhill slope.
. Keep windshield wiping Driving on steep hills or through
equipment in good shape. mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
. Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled. driving in these conditions include: { WARNING
. Have good tires with proper
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
tread depth. See Tires on good shape. or with the ignition off is
page 10‑44. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, dangerous. The brakes will have
tires, cooling system, and to do all the work of slowing down
. Turn off cruise control.
transmission. and they could get so hot that
they would not work well. You
Highway Hypnosis . Shift to a lower gear when going
would then have poor braking or
down steep or long hills.
Always be alert and pay attention to even none going down a hill.
your surroundings while driving. Steering may also be affected
If you become tired or sleepy, find a { WARNING when ignition is off. You could
safe place to park the vehicle crash. Always have the engine
If you do not shift down, the
and rest. running and the vehicle in gear
brakes could get so hot that they
Other driving tips include: would not work well. You would when going downhill.
. Keep the vehicle well ventilated. then have poor braking or even
. Keep the interior (Continued)
temperature cool.

. Stay in your own lane. Do not Drive with caution, whatever the Turn off cruise control on slippery
swing wide or cut across the condition. Accelerate gently so surfaces.
center of the road. Drive at traction is not lost. Accelerating too
speeds that let you stay in your quickly causes the wheels to spin Blizzard Conditions
own lane. and makes the surface under the Being stuck in snow can be a
. Be alert on top of hills; tires slick, so there is even less serious situation. Stay with the
something could be in your lane traction. vehicle unless there is help nearby.
(stalled car, accident). Try not to break the fragile traction. If possible, use Roadside
If you accelerate too fast, the drive Assistance. See Roadside
. Pay attention to special road
wheels will spin and polish the Assistance Program (Mexico) on
signs (falling rocks area, winding
surface under the tires even more. page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance
roads, long grades, passing or
Program (U.S. and Canada) on
no-passing zones) and take The Antilock Brake System (ABS) page 13‑11. To get help and keep
appropriate action. improves vehicle stability during everyone in the vehicle safe:
hard stops on slippery roads, but
Winter Driving apply the brakes sooner than when
. Turn on the hazard warning
on dry pavement. See Antilock flashers.
Driving on Snow or Ice Brake System (ABS) on page 9‑29. . Tie a red cloth to an outside
Drive carefully when there is snow Allow greater following distance on mirror.
or ice between the tires and the any slippery road and watch for
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32°
slippery spots. Icy patches can { WARNING
occur on otherwise clear roads in
F) when freezing rain begins to fall, shaded areas. The surface of a Snow can trap engine exhaust
resulting in even less traction. Avoid curve or an overpass can remain icy under the vehicle. This may
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain when the surrounding roads are cause exhaust gases to get
until roads can be treated with salt clear. Avoid sudden steering inside. Engine exhaust contains
or sand. maneuvers and braking while carbon monoxide (CO) which
on ice. (Continued)
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
cannot be seen or smelled. It can to the highest setting. See wheels to free the vehicle when
cause unconsciousness and even “Climate Control Systems” in stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
death. the Index.
If stuck too severely for the traction
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about system to free the vehicle, turn the
carbon monoxide, see Engine traction system off and use the
. Clear away snow from around
Exhaust on page 9‑26. rocking method. See Traction
the base of your vehicle,
Control System (TCS) on
especially any that is blocking
page 9‑33.
the exhaust pipe. To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm
. Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does the vehicle and then shut the engine { WARNING
not collect there. off and close the window most of
the way to save heat. Repeat this If the vehicle's tires spin at high
. Open a window about 5 cm until help arrives but only when you speed, they can explode, and you
(2 in) on the side of the feel really uncomfortable from the or others could be injured. The
vehicle that is away from the cold. Moving about to keep warm vehicle can overheat, causing an
wind to bring in fresh air. also helps. engine compartment fire or other
. Fully open the air outlets on damage. Spin the wheels as little
If it takes some time for help to
or under the instrument as possible and avoid going
arrive, now and then when you run
panel. the engine, push the accelerator above 56 km/h (35 mph).
. Adjust the climate control pedal slightly so the engine runs
system to a setting that faster than the idle speed. This
circulates the air inside the keeps the battery charged to restart
vehicle and set the fan speed the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
(Continued) as possible to save fuel.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits

it Out { WARNING
It is very important to know how
Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can Do not load the vehicle any
right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the heavier than the Gross
front wheels. Turn off any traction Vehicle Weight Rating
vehicle capacity weight and
system. Shift back and forth (GVWR), or either the
between R (Reverse) and a low includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all maximum front or rear Gross
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent nonfactory-installed options. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
transmission wear, wait until the Two labels on the vehicle show This can cause systems to
wheels stop spinning before shifting how much weight it may break and change the way the
gears. Release the accelerator properly carry, the Tire and vehicle handles. This could
pedal while shifting, and press Loading Information label and cause loss of control and a
lightly on the accelerator pedal the Certification label. crash. Overloading can also
when the transmission is in gear. shorten the life of the vehicle.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑95.
Tire and Loading Information A vehicle-specific Tire and Rating (GAWR) for the front and
Label Loading Information label is rear axle. See “Certification
attached to the vehicle's center Label” later in this section.
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and
Steps for Determining Correct
Loading Information label shows
Load Limit
the number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum 1. Locate the statement
vehicle capacity weight (2) in “The combined weight of
kilograms and pounds. occupants and cargo should
The Tire and Loading never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
Information label also shows
placard.
the tire size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the 2. Determine the combined
Label Example recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (4). For more passengers that will be riding
1. Number of Occupant Seating
Positions information on tires and inflation in your vehicle.
see Tires on page 10‑44 and 3. Subtract the combined
2. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Tire Pressure on page 10‑52.
Weight weight of the driver and
There is also important loading passengers from XXX kg or
3. Size of the Original Equipment
Tires information on the Certification XXX lbs.
label. It tells you the Gross
4. Recommended Cold Tire Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
Inflation Pressure
and the Gross Axle Weight
4. The resulting figure equals 6. If your vehicle will be towing

the available amount of cargo a trailer, the load from your
and luggage load capacity. trailer will be transferred to
For example, if the “XXX” your vehicle. Consult this
amount equals 1400 lbs and manual to determine how this
there will be five 150 lb reduces the available cargo
passengers in your vehicle, and luggage load capacity of
the amount of available cargo your vehicle.
and luggage load capacity is See Trailer Towing (Except
650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) eAssist) on page 9‑56 or Trailer
= 650 lbs). Towing (eAssist) on page 9‑57
5. Determine the combined for important information on Example 1
weight of luggage and cargo towing a trailer, towing safety 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
being loaded on the vehicle. rules, and trailering tips. Example 1 = 453 kg
That weight may not safely (1,000 lbs).
exceed the available cargo
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
and luggage load capacity
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg
calculated in Step 4.
(300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
seating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Label Example
(750 lbs). (1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification
3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight = label is attached to the vehicle's
113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and tells the gross weight capacity of
Loading Information label for the vehicle, called the Gross
specific information about the Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
vehicle's capacity weight and
The GVWR includes the weight

of the vehicle, all occupants, WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
fuel, and cargo. Never exceed cause loss of control and a far forward as possible.
the GVWR for the vehicle, or the crash. Overloading can also Try to spread the weight
Gross Axle Weight Rating shorten the life of the vehicle. evenly.
(GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle.
. Never stack heavier
If you put things inside the things, like suitcases,
And, if there is a heavy load, it vehicle — like suitcases, tools, inside the vehicle so that
should be spread out. See packages, or anything some of them are above
“Steps for Determining Correct else — they will go as fast as the the tops of the seats.
Load Limit” earlier in this vehicle goes. If you have to stop
section.
. Do not leave an
or turn quickly, or if there is a
unsecured child restraint
crash, they will keep going.
{ WARNING in the vehicle.
Do not load the vehicle any { WARNING . Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
heavier than the Gross Things inside the vehicle can
Vehicle Weight Rating . Do not leave a seat folded
strike and injure people in a
(GVWR), or either the down unless needed.
sudden stop or turn, or in a
maximum front or rear Gross crash.
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
. Put things in the cargo
break and change the way the area of the vehicle. In the
vehicle handles. This could cargo area, put them as
(Continued) (Continued)
Starting and Following break‐in, engine speed

and load can be gradually
and turn it only with your hand.
If the key cannot be turned by
Operating increased. hand, see your dealer.
The key must be fully extended to
New Vehicle Break-In Ignition Positions (Key start the vehicle.
Notice: The vehicle does not Access) To shift out of P (Park), turn the
need an elaborate break-in. But it ignition to ON/RUN and apply the
will perform better in the long run brake pedal.
if you follow these guidelines:
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
. Do not drive at any one OFF): When the vehicle is stopped,
constant speed, fast or slow, turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
for the first 805 km (500 mi). OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
Do not make full-throttle Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
starts. Avoid downshifting to active. See Retained Accessory
brake or slow the vehicle. Power (RAP) on page 9‑23.
. Avoid making hard stops for This is the only position from which
the first 322 km (200 mi) or the key can be removed. This locks
so. During this time the new the ignition and automatic
brake linings are not yet transmission.
broken in. Hard stops with The ignition switch has four different
new linings can mean positions. Do not turn the engine off when the
premature wear and earlier Notice: Using a tool to force the vehicle is moving. This will cause a
replacement. Follow this key to turn in the ignition could loss of power assist in the brake
breaking-in guideline every cause damage to the switch or and steering systems, and disable
time you get new brake break the key. Use the correct the airbags.
linings. key, make sure it is all the way in,
If the vehicle must be shut off in an warning and indicator lights. This
emergency: { WARNING position can also be used for
1. Brake using a firm and steady service and diagnostics, and to
Turning off the vehicle while verify the proper operation of the
pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power
brakes repeatedly. This may malfunction indicator lamp as may
assist in the brake and steering be required for emission inspection
deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags.
increased brake pedal force. purposes. The transmission is also
While driving, only shut the unlocked in this position.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency.
This can be done while the The battery could be drained if the
vehicle is moving. After shifting key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
If the vehicle cannot be pulled or ON/RUN position with the engine
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
over, and must be shut off while off. The vehicle might not restart if
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
driving, turn the ignition to ACC/ the battery is allowed to drain for an
safe location.
ACCESSORY. extended period of time.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This 4 (START): This position starts the
to P (Park), and turn the ignition
position provides power to some of engine. When the engine starts,
to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with
the electrical accessories. It unlocks release the key. The ignition switch
an automatic transmission, the
the ignition. To move the key from will return to ON/RUN for normal
shift lever must be in P (Park) to
ACC/ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, driving.
turn the ignition switch to the
the shift lever must be in P (Park).
LOCK/OFF position. A warning tone sounds when the
3 (ON/RUN): The ignition switch driver door is opened when the
4. Set the parking brake. See
stays in this position when the ignition is still in ACC/ACCESSORY
Parking Brake on page 9‑30.
engine is running. This position and the key is in the ignition. If the
can be used to operate the ignition becomes difficult to turn,
electrical accessories, including the see Keys on page 2‑2.
ventilation fan and 12-volt power
outlets, as well as to display some
Key Lock Release The key lock release will not work if Ignition Positions
the battery is charged less than
9 volts, or uncharged. Try charging
(Keyless Access)
or jump starting the battery. See
Jump Starting (with or without
eAssist) on page 10‑92 or Jump
Starting (On-board with eAssist
Only) on page 10‑91.
If charging or jump starting the
battery does not work, there is a
manual key lock release. Locate the The vehicle has an electronic
hole below the ignition lock. Insert a keyless ignition with pushbutton
tool or key into the opening. Locate start.
the lever, and press it toward the Pressing the button cycles it through
Vehicles with an automatic driver while removing the key from three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY,
transmission are equipped with an the ignition. ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
electronic key lock release system. Engine/OFF.
This system is to prevent ignition The transmitter must be in the
key removal unless the shift lever is vehicle for the system to operate.
in P (Park). If the pushbutton start is not
working, the vehicle may be near a
strong radio antenna signal causing
interference to the keyless access
system. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation on
page 2‑3 for more information.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle Do not turn the engine off when the 4. Set the parking brake. See
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or vehicle is moving. This will cause a Parking Brake on page 9‑30.
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must loss of power assist in the brake
be applied. and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
{ WARNING
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
OFF (No Indicator Lights): When If the vehicle must be shut off in an Turning off the vehicle while
the vehicle is stopped, press the emergency: moving may cause loss of power
ENGINE START/STOP button once assist in the brake and steering
1. Brake using a firm and steady systems and disable the airbags.
to turn the engine off. pressure. Do not pump the
While driving, only shut the
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the brakes repeatedly. This may
vehicle off in an emergency.
ignition will turn off, and Retained deplete power assist, requiring
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain increased brake pedal force.
active. See Retained Accessory 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
Power (RAP) on page 9‑23 for more This can be done while the and must be shut off while driving,
information. vehicle is moving. After shifting press and hold the engine START/
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the STOP button for longer than
ignition will return to ACC/ brakes and steer the vehicle to a two seconds, or press twice in
ACCESSORY and display the safe location. five seconds.
message SHIFT TO PARK in the 3. Come to a complete stop, shift ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Driver Information Center (DIC). to P (Park), and turn the ignition Indicator Light): This mode
See Transmission Messages on to OFF. On vehicles with an allows you to use some electrical
page 5‑35 for more information. automatic transmission, the shift accessories when the engine is off.
When the vehicle is shifted into lever must be in P (Park) to turn With the ignition off, pressing the
P (Park), the ignition system will the ignition switch to the OFF button one time without the brake
switch to OFF. position. pedal applied will place the ignition
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/ the brake pedal not applied, Notice: If you add electrical parts
ACCESSORY to OFF after pressing and holding the button for or accessories, you could change
five minutes to prevent battery more than five seconds will place the way the engine operates. Any
run down. the vehicle in Service Only Mode. resulting damage would not be
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator The instruments and audio systems covered by the vehicle warranty.
Light): This mode is for driving and will operate as they do in ON/RUN, See Add-On Electrical Equipment
starting. With the ignition off, and but the vehicle will not be able to be on page 9‑58.
the brake pedal applied, pressing driven. The engine will not start in
Service Only Mode. Push the button Starting Procedure
the button once will place the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START. again to turn the vehicle off. 1. With your foot off the accelerator
Once engine cranking begins, pedal, turn the ignition key to
release the button. Engine cranking Starting the Engine START. When the engine starts,
will continue until the engine starts. let go of the ignition.
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
See Starting the Engine on N (Neutral). The engine will not start The idle speed will go down as
page 9‑19 for more information. The in any other position. To restart the your engine gets warm. Do not
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. engine when the vehicle is already race the engine immediately
moving, use N (Neutral) only. after starting it. Operate the
Service Only Mode engine and transmission gently
This power mode is available for Notice: Do not try to shift to to allow the oil to warm up and
service and diagnostics, and to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. lubricate all moving parts.
verify the proper operation of the If you do, you could damage the
malfunction indicator lamp as may transmission. Shift to P (Park)
be required for emission inspection only when the vehicle is stopped.
purposes. With the vehicle off, and
The vehicle has a Notice: Cranking the engine for from the engine. Do not race the
Computer-Controlled Cranking long periods of time, by returning engine immediately after starting
System. This feature assists in the key to the START position it. Operate the engine and
starting the engine and protects immediately after cranking has transmission gently until the oil
components. If the ignition key is ended, can overheat and damage warms up and lubricates all
turned to the START position, the cranking motor, and drain the moving parts.
and then released when the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
engine begins cranking, the between each try, to let the eAssist Automatic Engine
engine will continue cranking for cranking motor cool down. Start/Stop
a few seconds or until the 2. If the engine does not start after
vehicle starts. If the engine does five to 10 seconds, especially in { WARNING
not start and the key is held in very cold weather (below −18°C
START for many seconds, Exiting the vehicle without first
or 0°F), it could be flooded with
cranking will be stopped after shifting into P (Park) may cause
too much gasoline. Try pushing
15 seconds to prevent cranking the vehicle to move. You or others
the accelerator pedal all the way
motor damage. To prevent gear to the floor and holding it there may be injured. Because the
damage, this system also as you hold the key in START, vehicle has the automatic engine
prevents cranking if the engine or press the ENGINE START/ start/stop feature, the vehicle's
is already running. Engine STOP button, for up to a engine might seem to be shut off;
cranking can be stopped by maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at however, once the brake pedal is
turning the ignition switch to least 15 seconds between each released, the engine will start up
ACC/ACCESSORY or try, to allow the cranking motor again.
LOCK/OFF. to cool down. When the engine Shift to P (Park) and turn the
starts, let go of the key or button, ignition to LOCK/OFF, before
and the accelerator. If the
exiting the vehicle.
vehicle starts briefly but then
stops again, do the same thing.
This clears the extra gasoline
eAssist vehicles have an automatic The Engine Will Remain

. The malfunction indicator lamp is
engine start/stop feature. After the Running When: on; auto stop may be prevented.
engine is started and has reached . The engine, transmission,
. High humidity is detected.
operating temperature, the auto or high voltage battery is not
stop feature may cause the engine The Engine Will Restart When:
warmed up yet.
to turn off when the brakes are . The brake pedal is released.
applied and the vehicle comes to a . The outside temperature is less
complete stop. The vehicle may than −20°C (−4°F).
. The accelerator pedal is applied.
remain in auto stop for up to . The air conditioning or defrost
. Shifting out of D (Drive) to any
two minutes. When the brake is system need the compressor to other gear.
released or the accelerator pedal maintain vehicle comfort. See . The air conditioning or defrost
applied, the engine will restart. The Dual Automatic Climate Control system need the compressor to
engine will continue to run until the System on page 8‑3. The maintain vehicle comfort. See
next auto stop. warmer it is outside, the shorter Dual Automatic Climate Control
AUTO STOP on the tachometer the time before the engine is System on page 8‑3. The
signifies that the engine is in auto restarted to provide cabin warmer it is outside, the shorter
stop mode. See Tachometer on cooling. To maximize fuel the time before the engine is
page 5‑11. When the vehicle is economy, use the eco air restarted to provide cabin
turned off, the tachometer will move conditioning mode. cooling. To maximize fuel
to OFF. If the driver door is opened . The shift lever is in P (Park), economy, use the eco air
while in auto stop mode, a chime N (Neutral), R (Reverse), conditioning mode.
will sound. or M (Manual Mode). . The climate control system is
There are several conditions that . The high voltage battery pack turned from off to normal air
may prevent an auto stop or cause charge is low. conditioning or defrost. See Dual
an auto start. Automatic Climate Control
. The hood is not fully closed. System on page 8‑3.
. Brake pedal pressure is low.

. The engine is required to run for To Use the Engine Coolant
either heater or climate control Heater { WARNING
performance. See Dual
Automatic Climate Control 1. Turn off the engine. Plugging the cord into an
System on page 8‑3. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical cord. electrical shock. Also, the wrong
. The high voltage battery pack
charge is low and requires kind of extension cord could
recharging. overheat and cause a fire. You
could be seriously injured. Plug
. Auto stop time is greater than the cord into a properly grounded
two minutes. three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
. The hood is opened. If the cord will not reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension
Engine Heater cord rated for at least 15 amps.
The engine coolant heater,
if available, can help in cold weather 4. Before starting the engine, be
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) sure to unplug and store the
for easier starting and better fuel cord as it was before to keep it
economy during engine warm-up. away from moving engine parts.
Plug in the coolant heater at least The electrical cord is on the
passenger side of the engine The length of time the heater should
four hours before starting the remain plugged in depends on
vehicle. An internal thermostat in compartment, between the
fender and the air cleaner. several factors. Ask a dealer in the
the plug end of the cord will prevent area where you will be parking the
engine coolant heater operation at 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded vehicle for the best advice on this.
temperatures above −18°C (0°F). 110-volt AC outlet.
Retained Accessory 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)

WARNING (Continued)
by holding in the button on the
Power (RAP) shift lever and pushing the shift
These vehicle accessories can be lever all the way toward the front Do not leave the vehicle when the
used for up to 10 minutes after the of the vehicle. engine is running. If you have left
engine is turned off: the engine running, the vehicle
3. Turn the ignition key to can move suddenly. You or others
. Audio System LOCK/OFF. could be injured. To be sure the
. Power Windows 4. Remove the key and take it with vehicle will not move, even when
. you. If you can leave the vehicle you are on fairly level ground,
Sunroof (if equipped)
with the ignition key in your always set the parking brake and
These features continue to work up hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park).
to 10 minutes after the ignition is See Shifting Into Park on
turned to LOCK/OFF. Leaving the Vehicle with the
page 9‑23.
Engine Running
The power windows and sunroof will
work until any door is opened.
The radio continues to work until the
{ WARNING If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
driver door is opened. It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle is in P (Park) and the
All these features operate when the vehicle with the engine running. parking brake is firmly set before
key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ It could overheat and catch fire. you leave it. After you have moved
ACCESSORY. the shift lever into P (Park), hold the
It is dangerous to get out of the regular brake pedal down. Then,
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully see if you can move the shift lever
Shifting Into Park in P (Park) with the parking brake away from P (Park) without first
1. Hold the brake pedal down and firmly set. The vehicle can roll. pushing the button.
set the parking brake. See (Continued) If you can, it means that the shift
Parking Brake on page 9‑30. lever was not fully locked in
P (Park).
Torque Lock Shifting out of Park To shift out of P (Park):

Torque lock is when the weight This vehicle is equipped with an 1. Apply the brake pedal.
of the vehicle puts too much electronic shift lock release system. 2. Place the ignition in ON/RUN.
force on the parking pawl in the The shift lock release is
transmission. This happens when designed to: 3. Press the shift lever button.
parking on a hill and shifting the 4. Move the shift lever to the
transmission into P (Park) is not
. Prevent ignition key removal
desired position.
done properly, then it is difficult to unless the shift lever is in
shift out of P (Park). To prevent P (Park) with the shift lever If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
torque lock, set the parking brake button fully released. 1. Fully release the shift lever
and then shift into P (Park). To find . Prevent movement of the shift button.
out how, see “Shifting Into Park” lever out of P (Park), unless the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
listed previously. ignition is in ON/RUN and the press the shift lever button
If torque lock does occur, your brake pedal is applied. again.
vehicle may need to be pushed The shift lock release is always 3. Move the shift lever to the
uphill by another vehicle to relieve functional except in the case of an desired position.
the parking pawl pressure, so you uncharged or low voltage (less than
can shift out of P (Park). 9-volt) battery. If you are still having a problem
shifting, see your dealer.
If you are towing a trailer and If the vehicle has an uncharged
parking on a hill, see Driving battery or a battery with low voltage,
Characteristics and Towing Tips on try charging or jump starting the
page 9‑53. battery. See Jump Starting (with or
without eAssist) on page 10‑92 or
Jump Starting (On-board with
eAssist Only) on page 10‑91.
Shift Lock Manual Release Parking over Things

If jump starting the vehicle did not That Burn
work, the shift lock manual release
must be used. { WARNING
To access the shift lock manual
release: Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
1. Apply the parking brake. vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
3. Insert a tool into the opening as

far as it will go and move the
shift lever out of P (Park).
If P (Park) is selected again, the
shift lever will be locked again.
Have the cause of the problem
fixed by your dealer.
4. Install the shift lever trim on the
console.
2. Release the shift lever trim from
the center console at the rear,
then fold upward and turn it to
the left.
Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ WARNING . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑23
if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑26.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics
with poor ventilation (parking completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9‑53.
garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Automatic { WARNING
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out
of P (Park), ease pressure on the
Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the
shift lever and push the shift lever
all the way into P (Park) as you
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully maintain brake application. Then
in P (Park) with the parking brake move the shift lever into another
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. gear. See Shifting out of Park on
Do not leave the vehicle when the page 9‑24.
engine is running. If you have left R (Reverse): Use this gear to
the engine running, the vehicle back up.
can move suddenly. You or others
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
could be injured. To be sure the while the vehicle is moving
vehicle will not move, even when forward could damage the
you are on fairly level ground, transmission. The repairs would
always set the parking brake and not be covered by the vehicle
move the shift lever to P (Park). warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only
See Shifting Into Park on after the vehicle is stopped.
P (Park): This position locks the page 9‑23.
front wheels. It is the best position To rock the vehicle back and forth to
to use when you start the engine get out of snow, ice, or sand without
because the vehicle cannot move Make sure the shift lever is fully in damaging the transmission, see If
easily. P (Park) before starting the engine. the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9.
The vehicle has an automatic
N (Neutral): In this position, the
transmission shift lock control
engine does not connect with the
system. You must fully apply the
wheels. To restart the engine when
brake pedal then press the shift
the vehicle is already moving, use
lever button before you can shift
N (Neutral) only.
from P (Park) while the ignition key
D (Drive): This position is for Manual Mode

{ WARNING normal driving. It provides the best
fuel economy. If you need more Driver Shift Control (DSC)
Shifting into a drive gear while the power for passing, and you are:
engine is running at high speed is To use this feature:
. Accelerating slowly or
dangerous. Unless your foot is 1. Move the shift lever from
firmly on the brake pedal, the maintaining a constant speed, D (Drive) rearward to
vehicle could move very rapidly. push the accelerator pedal about M (Manual).
You could lose control and hit halfway down.
While driving in manual mode,
people or objects. Do not shift . Accelerating quickly or passing, the transmission will remain in
into a drive gear while the engine push the accelerator all the the driver selected gear. When
is running at high speed. way down. coming to a stop in the manual
M (Manual Mode): This position position, the vehicle will
Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or allows you to change gears similar automatically shift into
N (Neutral) with the engine to a manual transmission. If the 1 (First) gear.
running at high speed may vehicle has this feature, see Manual 2. Press the + (plus) end of the
damage the transmission. The Mode on page 9‑28. button on the top of the shift
repairs would not be covered by lever to upshift, or push the −
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the (minus) end of the button to
engine is not running at high downshift.
speed when shifting the vehicle.
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
in the instrument cluster will change
from the currently displayed
message to the letter “M,” for
Manual position, and a number
indicating the requested gear.
While using the DSC feature the Second Gear Start Feature Brakes
transmission will have firmer shifting When accelerating the vehicle from
and sportier performance. You can
use this for sport driving or when
a stop in snowy and icy conditions, Antilock Brake
you may want to shift into
climbing hills to stay in gear longer 2 (Second) gear. A higher gear
System (ABS)
or to downshift for more power or allows you to gain more traction on This vehicle has the Antilock Brake
engine braking. slippery surfaces. System (ABS), an advanced
The transmission will only allow you With the DSC feature, the vehicle electronic braking system that helps
to shift into gears appropriate for the can be set to pull away in prevent a braking skid.
vehicle speed and engine 2 (Second) gear. When the engine is started and the
revolutions per minute (rpm):
1. Move the shift lever from vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
. The transmission will not allow D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode). checks itself. A momentary motor or
shifting to the next higher gear if clicking noise might be heard while
the vehicle speed or engine rpm 2. With the vehicle stopped, press this test is going on, and it might
is too low. the (+) end of the button to even be noticed that the brake
.
select 2 (Second) gear. The pedal moves a little. This is normal.
The transmission will not allow vehicle will start from a stop
shifting to the next lower gear if position in 2 (Second) gear.
the vehicle speed or engine rpm
is too high. 3. Once moving, select the desired
drive gear.
If there is a problem with ABS, this

warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑19.
If driving safely on a wet road and it there will not be enough time to Parking Brake
becomes necessary to slam on the apply the brakes if that vehicle
brakes and continue braking to suddenly slows or stops. Always
avoid a sudden obstacle, a leave enough room up ahead to
computer senses that the wheels stop, even with ABS.
are slowing down. If one of the
wheels is about to stop rolling, the Using ABS
computer will separately work the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes at each wheel. the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS work. You might hear the ABS
to each wheel, as required, faster pump or motor operating and feel
than any driver could. This can help the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
the driver steer around the obstacle normal.
while braking hard. Braking in Emergencies
As the brakes are applied, the ABS allows the driver to steer and The vehicle has an Electric Parking
computer keeps receiving updates brake at the same time. In many Brake (EPB). The EPB can always
on wheel speed and controls emergencies, steering can help be activated, even if the ignition is
braking pressure accordingly. more than even the very best off. To prevent draining the battery,
Remember: ABS does not change braking. avoid repeated cycles of the EPB
the time needed to get a foot up to system when the engine is not
the brake pedal or always decrease running.
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
The system has a parking brake status light is flashing. See your with reduced functionality. To apply
status light and a parking brake dealer. See Electric Parking Brake the EPB when this light is on, lift up
warning light. See Electric Parking Light on page 5‑19. on the EPB switch and hold it in the
Brake Light on page 5‑19. There are If the EPB is applied while the up position. Full application of the
also three Driver Information Center vehicle is in motion, a chime will parking brake by the EPB system
(DIC) messages. See Brake System sound, and a DIC message will be may take longer than normal when
Messages on page 5‑29. In case of displayed. The vehicle will this light is on. Continue to hold the
insufficient electrical power, the EPB decelerate as long as the switch is switch until the parking brake status
cannot be applied or released. held in the up position. Releasing light remains on. If the parking
Before leaving the vehicle, check the EPB switch during deceleration brake warning light is on, see your
the parking brake status light to will release the parking brake. If the dealer.
ensure that the parking brake is switch is held in the up position until If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
applied. the vehicle comes to a stop, the wheels should be blocked to
EPB will remain applied. prevent vehicle movement.
EPB Apply
If the parking brake status light EPB Release
The EPB can be applied any time flashes continuously, the EPB is
the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is only partially applied or released, To release the EPB, place the
applied by momentarily lifting up on or there is a problem with the EPB. ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or
the EPB switch. Once fully applied, A DIC message will be displayed. ON/RUN position, apply and hold
the parking brake status light will be If this light flashes continuously, the brake pedal, and push down
on. While the brake is being applied, release the EPB, and attempt to momentarily on the EPB switch.
the status light will flash until full apply it again. If this light continues If you attempt to release the EPB
apply is reached. If the light does to flash, do not drive the vehicle. without the brake pedal applied, a
not come on, or remains flashing, See your dealer. chime will sound, and a DIC
have the vehicle serviced. Do not message will be displayed. The
drive the vehicle if the parking brake If the parking brake warning light is EPB is released when the parking
on, the EPB has detected an error brake status light is off.
in another system and is operating
If the parking brake warning light is Automatic EPB Release stability system hydraulic brake
on, the EPB has detected an error control module to supplement the
The EPB will automatically release if
in another system and is operating power brake system under
the vehicle is running, placed into
with reduced functionality. To conditions where the driver has
gear, and an attempt is made to
release the EPB when this light is quickly and forcefully applied the
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
on, push down on the EPB switch brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
when the EPB is applied, to
and hold it in the down position. stop or slow down the vehicle. The
preserve parking brake lining life.
EPB release may take longer than stability system hydraulic brake
normal when this light is on. For maximum EPB force when control module increases brake
Continue to hold the switch until the towing a trailer or parking on a hill, pressure at each corner of the
parking brake status light is off. pull the EPB switch twice. If you are vehicle until the ABS activates.
If the light is on, see your dealer. towing a trailer and parking on a hill, Minor brake pedal pulsation or
see Driving Characteristics and pedal movement during this time is
Notice: Driving with the parking
Towing Tips on page 9‑53. normal and the driver should
brake on can overheat the brake
system and cause premature continue to apply the brake pedal
wear or damage to brake system Brake Assist as the driving situation dictates.
parts. Make sure that the parking The brake assist feature will
This vehicle has a brake assist automatically disengage when the
brake is fully released and the feature designed to assist the driver
brake warning light is off before brake pedal is released or brake
in stopping or decreasing vehicle pedal pressure is quickly
driving. speed in emergency driving decreased.
conditions. This feature uses the
Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems

This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
(HSA) feature, which may be useful Traction Control
when the vehicle is stopped on a System (TCS)
grade. This feature is designed to
prevent the vehicle from rolling, The vehicle has a traction control
either forward or rearward, during system that limits wheel spin. This is The TCS/StabiliTrak light flashes to
vehicle drive off. After the driver especially useful in slippery road indicate that the traction control
completely stops and holds the conditions. The system operates if it system is active. This light comes
vehicle in a complete standstill on a senses that one or both of the front on if there is a problem with the
grade, HSA will be automatically wheels are spinning or beginning to traction control system. When this
activated. During the transition lose traction. When this happens, light is on, the system does not limit
period between when the driver the system brakes the spinning wheel spin. Adjust your driving
releases the brake pedal and starts wheel(s) and/or reduces engine accordingly.
to accelerate to drive off on a grade, power to limit wheel spin. TCS automatically comes on
HSA holds the braking pressure to The system may be heard or felt whenever the vehicle is started. To
ensure that there is no rolling. The while it is working, but this is limit wheel spin, especially in
brakes will automatically release normal. slippery road conditions, the system
when the accelerator pedal is should always be left on. But, TCS
applied within the two-second can be turned off if needed.
window. It will not activate if the
vehicle is in a drive gear and facing
downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
uphill and in R (Reverse).
StabiliTrak® System
The vehicle has a vehicle stability
enhancement system called
StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer-controlled system that
assists with directional control of the
The Traction Off light comes on to vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
indicate that the traction control
system has been turned off. StabiliTrak activates when the
computer senses a difference
It might be necessary to turn the between the intended path and the
system off if the vehicle gets stuck direction the vehicle is actually
in sand, mud, or snow and rocking traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
To turn the system off, press the the vehicle is required. See If the
TCS/StabiliTrak button on the center applies braking pressure at any one
Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. See of the vehicle's brakes to help steer
stack. also Winter Driving on page 9‑8 for the vehicle in the intended direction.
Notice: Do not repeatedly brake information on using TCS when
or accelerate heavily when TCS is driving in snowy or icy conditions.
off. The vehicle's driveline could Press and release the TCS/
be damaged. StabiliTrak button again to turn the
system back on. For information on
turning StabiliTrak off and on, see
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑34.
Adding accessories can affect the When the stability control system
vehicle performance. See activates, the TCS/StabiliTrak light
Accessories and Modifications on flashes on the instrument panel.
page 10‑3.
This also occurs when traction StabiliTrak OFF Light illuminates in

control is activated. A noise might the instrument cluster. Traction
be heard or vibration might be felt in control will also be turned off and
the brake pedal. This is normal. the Traction Off light will illuminate
Continue to steer the vehicle in the in the instrument cluster. For
intended direction. information on only turning TCS off
If there is a problem detected with and on, see Traction Control System
StabiliTrak, the TCS/StabiliTrak light (TCS) on page 9‑33.
comes on and the system is not Press and release the TCS/
operational. See StabiliTrak® OFF StabiliTrak button again to turn both
Light on page 5‑21. Driving should systems back on.
be adjusted accordingly. If cruise control is being used when
StabiliTrak comes on automatically StabiliTrak activates, the cruise
whenever the vehicle is started. To control automatically disengages.
assist with directional control of the Press the cruise control button to
vehicle, the system should always reengage when road conditions
be left on. allow. See Cruise Control on
StabiliTrak OFF Traction Off page 9‑36.
Light Light
StabiliTrak can be turned off if

needed by pressing and holding
the TCS/StabiliTrak button until the
Cruise Control WARNING (Continued)

* (Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
The cruise control lets the vehicle set speed from memory.
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h Cruise control can be dangerous
(25 mph) or more without keeping on slippery roads. On such roads, RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise fast changes in tire traction can thumbwheel up to resume to a
control does not work at speeds cause excessive wheel slip, and previously set speed or to
below 40 km/h (25 mph). you could lose control. Do not use accelerate.
cruise control on slippery roads. SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the
With the Traction Control System
(TCS) or StabiliTrak system, the thumbwheel down to set a speed
system may begin to limit wheel and activate cruise control or to
spin while you are using cruise make the vehicle decelerate.
control. If this happens, the cruise Setting Cruise Control
control will automatically disengage.
See Traction Control System (TCS) If the cruise button is on when not in
on page 9‑33 or StabiliTrak® System use, it could get bumped and go into
on page 9‑34. cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise control button off when cruise
is not being used.
{ WARNING To set a speed:
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at 1. Press 1 to turn cruise control
a steady speed. So, do not use on. A white indicator light turns
the cruise control on winding on in the instrument cluster.
roads or in heavy traffic. 1 (On/Off): Press to turn the 2. Get up to the speed desired.
cruise control system on and off.
(Continued)
3. Move the thumbwheel down Increasing Speed While Using

. To slow down in very small
toward SET/− and release it. Cruise Control amounts, move the thumbwheel
The indicator turns green in the toward SET/− briefly. Each time
If the cruise control system is this is done, the vehicle goes
instrument cluster and the already activated:
desired set speed briefly about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
appears. . Move the thumbwheel up toward
Passing Another Vehicle While
RES/+ and hold it until the
4. Take your foot off the accelerator Using Cruise Control
vehicle accelerates to the
pedal. desired speed, then release it. Use the accelerator pedal to
When the brakes are applied, the increase vehicle speed. When you
. To increase the speed in small
cruise control shuts off. take your foot off the pedal, the
amounts, move the thumbwheel
vehicle will slow down to the
Resuming a Set Speed up toward RES/+ briefly and
previously set cruise control speed.
then release it. Each time this is
If the cruise control is set at a done, the vehicle goes about Using Cruise Control on Hills
desired speed and then the brakes 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
are applied, the cruise control is How well the cruise control works
disengaged without erasing the set Reducing Speed While Using on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed from memory. Once the Cruise Control speed, load, and the steepness of
vehicle speed is about 40 km/h the hills. When going up steep hills,
If the cruise control system is
(25 mph) or greater, move the you might have to step on the
already activated:
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ accelerator pedal to maintain the
briefly and then release it. The . Move the thumbwheel toward vehicle speed. When going
vehicle returns to the previously set SET/− and hold until the desired downhill, you might have to brake or
speed and stays there. lower speed is reached, then shift to a lower gear to maintain the
release it. vehicle speed. When the brakes are
applied the cruise control is
disengaged.
Ending Cruise Control Object Detection

There are three ways to end cruise
{ WARNING
control:
Systems FCA is a warning system and
. Step lightly on the brake pedal; does not apply the brakes. When
Forward Collision Alert approaching a slower-moving or
when cruise control disengages,
the indicator light will not be lit. (FCA) System stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
For vehicles with this feature, read or when following a vehicle too
. Press *. the following section before using it. closely, FCA may not provide a
. Press 1 to turn the cruise warning with enough time to help
The FCA system may help to avoid
control system off completely. avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
or reduce the harm caused by
The cruise control cannot be front-end crashes. FCA provides a of pedestrians, animals, signs,
resumed. flashing visual alert and beeps when guardrails, bridges, construction
approaching a vehicle directly barrels, or other objects. Be ready
Erasing Speed Memory to take action and apply the
ahead too quickly. FCA also
The cruise control set speed is provides a visual alert if following brakes. For more information, see
erased from memory if 1 is pressed another vehicle much too closely. Defensive Driving on page 9‑3.
or if the vehicle is turned off. The forward-looking FCA camera
sensor is on the windshield ahead
of the rearview mirror. FCA detects
vehicles within a distance of
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
(25 mph).
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead Collision Alert

{ WARNING
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is
The green vehicle ahead indicator When your vehicle approaches
damaged. It may also not detect a
will appear when a vehicle is another vehicle too rapidly, the red
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, FCA display will flash and eight
detected ahead. Whenever this
or in conditions that can limit beeps will sound from the front.
indicator does not appear, FCA will
not respond. The indicator may visibility such as fog, rain, When this occurs, the brake system
disappear on curves, highway exit or snow, or if the headlamps or prepares for driver braking to occur
ramps, or hills, or due to poor windshield are not cleaned or in more rapidly. Continue to apply the
visibility. The FCA system will not proper condition. Keep the brake pedal as the driving situation
detect another vehicle ahead until it windshield, headlamps, and FCA dictates.
is completely in the driving lane. sensors clean and in good repair.
Tailgating Alert
The green vehicle ahead indicator
will turn amber if the vehicle ahead
remains much too close.
Selecting the Alert Timing alerts will vary based on vehicle Cleaning the System
speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
If the FCA system does not seem to
the further away the alert will occur.
operate properly, clean the outside
Consider traffic and weather
of the windshield area in front of the
conditions when selecting the alert
camera sensor before considering
timing. The range of selectable alert
taking the vehicle in for service.
timing may not be appropriate for all
drivers and driving conditions.
Ultrasonic Parking Assist
Unnecessary Alerts
If available, the Ultrasonic Rear
FCA may provide unnecessary Parking Assist (URPA) system
alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in assists the driver with parking and
other lanes, objects that are not avoiding objects while in
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts R (Reverse). URPA operates at
are normal operation and the speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The Collision Alert control is on the vehicle does not need service. The sensors on the rear bumper
steering wheel. Press COLLISION detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft)
ALERT to set the alert timing to far, Other Messages behind the vehicle, and at least
medium, near, or off. The first button 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and
There are messages that may
press shows the current control below trunk level. The detection
appear on the Driver Information
setting on the DIC. Additional button distance may be less during warmer
Center (DIC) in the instrument
presses will change this setting. The or humid weather.
cluster to provide information about
chosen setting will remain until it is
FCA. See Object Detection System
changed and will affect both the
Messages on page 5‑33.
Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both
When the distance is less than When the System Does Not
{ WARNING 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a Seem to Work Properly
continuous tone for five seconds.
The URPA system does not The following messages may be
detect children, pedestrians, Turning the System On and Off displayed on the DIC:
bicyclists, animals, or objects The URPA system can be turned on SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this
below the bumper or that are too and off using the park assist button message occurs, take the vehicle to
close or too far from the vehicle. next to the shift lever. your dealer to repair the system.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA
system does not activate due to a
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
temporary condition, this message
damage, even with URPA, always
displays on the DIC. This can occur
check the area around the vehicle under the following conditions:
and check all mirrors before
. The driver has disabled the
backing.
system.
The indicator light next to the park
How the System Works assist button lights up when the . The ultrasonic sensors are not
system is on and turns off when it clean. Keep the vehicle's rear
URPA comes on automatically when has been disabled. bumper free of mud, dirt, snow,
the shift lever is moved into ice, and slush. For cleaning
R (Reverse). A single tone sounds When the system is off, a message instructions, see Exterior Care
to indicate the system is working. displays on the Driver Information on page 10‑97.
Center (DIC). The message
URPA operates only at speeds less disappears after a short period
than 8 km/h (5 mph). of time.
An obstacle is indicated by audible URPA defaults to the on setting
beeps. The interval between the each time the vehicle is started.
beeps becomes shorter as the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.

. The park assist sensors are
covered by frost or ice. Frost or
Rear Vision WARNING (Continued)
ice can form around and behind Camera (RVC)
the sensors and may not always The vehicle may have an RVC before backing may result in
be seen; this can occur after system. Read this entire section injury, death, or vehicle damage.
washing the vehicle in cold before using it. Always check behind and around
weather. The message may not the vehicle before backing.
clear until the frost or ice has The RVC system can assist the
melted. driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area behind How the System Works
. An object was hanging out of the the vehicle.
trunk during the last drive cycle. When the vehicle is shifted into
Once the object is removed, R (Reverse), the image of the
URPA will return to normal { WARNING area behind the vehicle appears in
operation. the radio screen. The previous
The RVC system does not display screen displays when the vehicle is
. The bumper is damaged. Take children, pedestrians, bicyclists, shifted out of R (Reverse) after
the vehicle to your dealer to animals, or any other object approximately 10 seconds.
repair the system. located outside the camera's field
To see the previous screen sooner,
. Other conditions, such as of view, below the bumper, do one of the following:
vibrations from a jackhammer or or under the vehicle. Perceived
the compression of air brakes on distances may be different from
. Press a button on the
a very large truck, are affecting actual distances. Do not back the infotainment system.
system performance. vehicle using only the RVC . Shift into P (Park).
screen, during longer, higher . Reach a vehicle speed of
speed backing maneuvers, 8 km/h (5 mph).
or where there could be cross
traffic. Failure to use proper care
(Continued)
Turning the Rear Vision Camera To turn the guidelines on or off: Rear Vision Camera Location
System On or Off 1. Shift into P (Park).
To turn the RVC system on or off: 2. Press the CONFIG button on the
1. Shift into P (Park). infotainment system.
2. Press the CONFIG button on the 3. Select Display.
infotainment system. 4. Select Guidelines. When a
3. Select Display. checkmark appears next to
4. Select Camera. When a Guidelines, guidelines will
checkmark appears next to appear.
Camera, then the RVC system Rear Vision Camera Error
is on. Messages
Guidelines SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
The RVC system has a guideline SYSTEM: If this message appears The RVC is above the license plate.
overlay that can help the driver align in the center stack display, the
The area displayed by the camera is
the vehicle when backing into a system may need service.
limited.
parking spot. If any other problem occurs or if a
It does not display objects that are
problem persists, see your dealer.
close to either corner or under the
bumper and can vary depending
on vehicle orientation or road
conditions. The distance of the
image that appears on the screen is
different from the actual distance.
The following illustration shows the

. The sun or the beam of
field of view that the camera headlamps is shining directly
provides. into the camera lens.
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
has built up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
1. View displayed by the camera.
. The back of the vehicle was in
an accident. The position and
2. Corner of the rear bumper. mounting angle of the camera
When the System Does Not can change or the camera can
Seem To Work Properly be affected. Be sure to have the
camera and its position and
The RVC system may not work mounting angle checked at your
properly or display a clear image if: dealer.
1. View displayed by the camera. . The RVC is turned off. See
“Turning the Rear Vision Camera Lane Departure
System On or Off” earlier in this Warning (LDW)
section.
The vehicle may have an LDW
. It is dark. system. Read this entire section
before using the system.
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

The LDW system is an aid to help and maintain proper vehicle
the vehicle stay in the driving position within the lane, or
lane. It does not steer the vehicle. vehicle damage, injury, or death
The LDW system may not: could occur. Always keep the
When the vehicle is started, the
. Provide enough time to avoid windshield clean and do not use
LDW indicator will come on briefly.
a crash. LDW in bad weather conditions.
LDW operates at speeds of 56 km
. Detect lane markings under (35 mph) or greater. If LDW is on,
bad weather conditions or if When the vehicle crosses a the LDW indicator will appear green
the windshield is dirty. detected lane marking, the LDW if the system detects a left or right
indicator will flash and three beeps lane marking. This indicator will
. Detect lane markings and will will sound from the left or right side,
not detect road edges. change to amber, flash, and sound
depending on the lane departure three beeps if the vehicle crosses a
. Warn that the vehicle is direction. LDW will not warn if the detected lane marking without using
crossing a lane marking if the turn signal is on or if a sharp the turn signal.
system does not detect the maneuver is made.
lane marking. When the System Does Not
How the System Works
If LDW only detects lane Seem To Work Properly
The LDW camera sensor is on the
markings on one side of the road, If the LDW symbol does not appear:
windshield ahead of the rearview
it will only warn you when mirror. . The lane markings on the road
departing the lane on the side may not be seen.
where it has detected a lane To turn LDW on and off, press @ on
marker. Even with LDW, always the center stack, forward of the shift
. The camera sensor may be
keep your attention on the road lever. The control indicator will light blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
(Continued) when LDW is on.

. The windshield may be LDW warnings may occasionally
damaged. occur due to tar marks, shadows,
Fuel
. The weather may be limiting cracks in the road, or other road Use of the recommended fuel
visibility. imperfections. This is normal system is an important part of the proper
operation; the vehicle does not need maintenance of this vehicle. To help
This is normal operation; the vehicle service. keep the engine clean and maintain
does not need service. Clean the optimum vehicle performance, we
windshield. LDW Messages recommend the use of gasoline
SERVICE LANE DEPARTURE advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
{ WARNING WARNING: This message may Gasoline.
appear on the DIC to indicate that Look for the TOP TIER label on the
If the LDW camera sensor is LDW is not working properly. If this
blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
message remains on after continued enhanced detergency standards
or if the headlamps are not driving, the system needs service. developed by auto companies. A list
cleaned or properly aimed, or if Take your vehicle to your dealer. of marketers providing TOP TIER
the windshield is dirty or Detergent Gasoline can be found at
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING
damaged, it may not detect the UNAVAILABLE: This message www.toptiergas.com. TOP TIER
lanes ahead. LDW may not help may appear in the DIC if LDW does gasoline is only available in the U.S.
avoid a crash under these not activate due to a temporary and Canada.
conditions. Keep the headlamps condition.
cleaned and properly aimed and
the windshield clean.
Recommended Fuel use a gasoline rated at 87 octane

or higher as soon as possible.
If the vehicle has a 2.4L L4 engine Otherwise, you could damage the
or a 2.5L L4 engine, use regular engine. If heavy knocking is heard
unleaded gasoline with a posted when using gasoline rated at
octane rating of 87 or higher. If the 87 octane or higher, the engine
octane rating is less than 87, an needs service.
audible knocking noise, commonly
referred to as spark knock, might be Gasoline Specifications
heard when driving. If this occurs,
use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or At a minimum, gasoline should
higher as soon as possible. If heavy meet ASTM specification D 4814.
knocking is heard when using Some gasolines contain an
The eighth digit of the Vehicle gasoline rated at 87 octane or octane-enhancing additive called
Identification Number (VIN) shows higher, the engine needs service. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
the code letter or number that tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
identifies the vehicle's engine. The If the vehicle has the 2.0L L4
against the use of gasolines
VIN is at the top left of the engine, use premium unleaded
containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
instrument panel. See Vehicle gasoline with a posted octane
on page 9‑48.
Identification Number (VIN) on rating of 91 or higher. You can also
use regular unleaded gasoline rated
page 12‑1.
at 87 octane or higher, but the California Fuel
Vehicles that have a yellow fuel vehicle's acceleration could be Requirements
cap can use either unleaded slightly reduced, and a slight audible
gasoline or ethanol fuel containing If the vehicle is certified to meet
knocking noise, commonly referred California Emissions Standards,
up to 85% ethanol (E85). See Fuel to as spark knock, might be heard.
E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑49. it is designed to operate on fuels
If the octane is less than 87, a that meet California specifications.
For all other vehicles, use only the heavy knocking noise might be
unleaded gasoline described under heard when driving. If this occurs,
Recommended Fuel on page 9‑47.
See the underhood emission control recommended. Costly repairs marketers providing TOP TIER
label. If this fuel is not available in caused by use of improper fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at
states adopting California Emissions would not be covered by the vehicle www.toptiergas.com.
Standards, the vehicle will operate warranty. For customers who do not use
satisfactorily on fuels meeting TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline
federal specifications, but emission Fuel Additives regularly, one bottle of GM Fuel
control system performance might System Treatment PLUS, added to
be affected. The malfunction To provide cleaner air, all gasolines
in the United States are now the fuel tank at every engine oil
indicator lamp could turn on and the change, can help clean deposits
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. required to contain additives that
help prevent engine and fuel system from fuel injectors and intake
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on valves. GM Fuel System Treatment
page 5‑15. If this occurs, return to deposits from forming, allowing the
emission control system to work PLUS is the only gasoline additive
your authorized dealer for diagnosis. recommended by General Motors.
If it is determined that the condition properly. In most cases, nothing
should have to be added to the fuel. It is available at your dealer.
is caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs might not be covered by the However, some gasolines contain Gasolines containing oxygenates,
vehicle warranty. only the minimum amount of such as ethers and ethanol, and
additive required to meet U.S. reformulated gasolines might be
Environmental Protection Agency available in your area. We
Fuels in Foreign regulations. To help keep fuel recommend that you use these
Countries injectors and intake valves clean gasolines, if they comply with the
If planning to drive in countries and avoid problems due to dirty specifications described earlier.
outside the U.S. or Canada, the injectors or valves, look for gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
proper fuel might be hard to find. that is advertised as TOP TIER other fuels containing more than
Check regional auto club or fuel Detergent Gasoline. Look for the 15% ethanol must not be used in
retail brand websites for availability TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to vehicles that were not designed for
in the country where driving. Never ensure gasoline meets enhanced those fuels.
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing detergency standards developed by
methanol, or any other fuel not the auto companies. A list of
Notice: This vehicle was not Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) At a minimum, E85 should meet
designed for fuel that contains ASTM Specification D 5798 or
methanol. Do not use fuel Vehicles that have a yellow fuel CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling
containing methanol. It can cap can use either unleaded the tank with fuel mixtures that
corrode metal parts in the fuel gasoline or ethanol fuel containing do not meet ASTM or CGSB
system and also damage plastic up to 85% ethanol (E85). For all specifications can affect driveability
and rubber parts. That damage other vehicles, use only the and could cause the malfunction
would not be covered under the unleaded gasoline described under indicator lamp to come on. As the
vehicle warranty. Recommended Fuel on page 9‑47. outside temperature approaches
Some gasolines that are We encourage the use of E85 in freezing, ethanol fuel distributors
not reformulated for low vehicles that are designed to use it. should supply winter grade ethanol,
emissions can contain an The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” the same as with unleaded
octane-enhancing additive called fuel, meaning it is made from gasoline.
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese renewable sources such as corn It is best not to alternate repeatedly
tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant and other crops. between gasoline and E85. If you
where you buy gasoline whether the Many service stations will not have do switch fuels, it is recommended
fuel contains MMT. We recommend an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump that you add as much fuel as
against the use of such gasolines. available. The U.S. Department of possible — do not add less than
Fuels containing MMT can reduce Energy has an alternative fuels 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. You
spark plug life and affect emission website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ should drive the vehicle immediately
control system performance. The locator/stations/) that can help you after refueling for at least 11 km
malfunction indicator lamp might find E85 fuel. Those stations that do (7 mi) to allow the vehicle to
turn on. If this occurs, return to your have E85 should have a label adapt to the change in ethanol
dealer for service. indicating ethanol content. Do not concentration.
use the fuel if the ethanol content is
greater than 85%.
E85 has less energy per liter Filling the Tank WARNING (Continued)
(gallon) than gasoline, so you will
need to refill the fuel tank more
often when using E85 than when { WARNING . Do not reenter the vehicle
you are using gasoline. See Filling Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn while pumping fuel.
the Tank on page 9‑50.
violently and can cause injury or . Keep children away from the
Notice: Some additives are not death. fuel pump and never let
compatible with E85 fuel and can children pump fuel.
. To help avoid injuries to you
harm the vehicle's fuel system.
and others, read and follow . Fuel can spray out if the fuel
Do not add anything to E85.
all the instructions on the fuel cap is opened too quickly.
Damage caused by additives
pump island. This spray can happen if the
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. . Turn off the engine when tank is nearly full, and is
refueling. more likely in hot weather.
Notice: This vehicle was not Open the fuel cap slowly and
designed for fuel that contains . Keep sparks, flames, and
wait for any hiss noise to stop
methanol. Do not use fuel smoking materials away
then unscrew the cap all
containing methanol. It can from fuel.
the way
corrode metal parts in the fuel . Do not leave the fuel pump
system and also damage plastic unattended.
and rubber parts. That damage
would not be covered under the (Continued)
vehicle warranty.
Turn the tethered fuel cap

counterclockwise to remove. If the { WARNING
vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the
fuel cap will be yellow and state If a fire starts while you are
that E85 or gasoline can be used. refueling, do not remove the
See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
page 9‑49. While refueling, hang the shutting off the pump or by
tethered fuel cap from the hook on notifying the station attendant.
the fuel door. Reinstall the cap by Leave the area immediately.
turning it clockwise until it clicks.
If the cap is not properly installed, Notice: If a new fuel cap is
the malfunction indicator lamp will needed, be sure to get the right
The fuel cap is behind the fuel door come on. See Malfunction Indicator type of cap from your dealer. The
on the vehicle's passenger side. To Lamp on page 5‑15. wrong type of fuel cap might not
open the fuel door, push the fit properly, might cause the
Do not top off or overfill the tank and
rearward center edge in and malfunction indicator lamp to
wait a few seconds before removing
release. light, and could damage the fuel
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
tank and emissions system. See
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
Exterior Care on page 10‑97.
page 5‑15.
Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing

Container
. Place the nozzle inside the fill General Towing
{ WARNING opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
Information
Filling a portable fuel container keep it in contact with the fill Only use towing equipment that has
while it is in the vehicle can cause opening until filling is been designed for the vehicle.
fuel vapors that can ignite either complete. Contact your dealer or trailering
by static electricity or other dealer for assistance with preparing
. Fill the container no more the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
means. You or others could be than 95% full to allow for the entire section before towing a
badly burned and the vehicle expansion. trailer.
could be damaged. Always:
. Do not smoke, light matches, For towing a disabled vehicle, see
. Use approved fuel or use lighters while Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑95.
containers. pumping fuel. For towing the vehicle behind
. Remove the container from . Avoid using cell phones or another vehicle such as a motor
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup other electronic devices. home, see Recreational Vehicle
bed before filling. Towing on page 10‑95.
. Place the container on the
ground.
(Continued)
Driving Characteristics Towing a trailer requires a certain

and Towing Tips
{ WARNING amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
When towing a trailer, exhaust longer and not as responsive as the
Driving with a Trailer gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
When towing a trailer: the vehicle and enter if the the handling and braking of the rig
. Become familiar with the state liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road.
and local laws that apply window is open.
Before starting, check all trailer
specifically to trailer towing. When towing a trailer: hitch parts and attachments,
. Do not tow a trailer during the . Do not drive with the liftgate, safety chains, electrical connectors,
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent trunk/hatch, or rear-most lamps, tires and mirrors. If the
damage to the engine, axle or window open. trailer has electric brakes, start the
other parts. combination moving and then apply
. Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand
. Then, during the first 800 km or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work.
(500 mi) trailer towing, do not panel.
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and During the trip, check occasionally
do not make starts at full throttle.
. Also adjust the Climate to be sure that the load is secure
Control system to a setting and the lamps and any trailer
. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive) that brings in only outside air. brakes still work.
but M (Manual Mode) is See “Climate Control
recommended. See Manual Systems” in the Index.
Mode on page 9‑28. Use a lower
gear if the transmission shifts For more information about
too often. Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑26.
Towing with a Stability Control Backing Up Turn Signals When Towing a

System Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer
When towing, the sound of the wheel with one hand. To move the The turn signal indicators on the
stability control system might be trailer to the left, move your hand to instrument cluster flash whenever
heard. The system is reacting to the the left. To move the trailer to the signaling a turn or lane change.
vehicle movement caused by the right, move your hand to the right. Properly hooked up, the trailer
trailer, which mainly occurs during Always back up slowly and, lamps also flash, telling other
cornering. This is normal when if possible, have someone drivers the vehicle is turning,
towing heavier trailers. guide you. changing lanes or stopping.
Following Distance Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument cluster flash for turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the burned out. Check occasionally to
driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with the be sure the trailer bulbs are still
This can help to avoid situations vehicle. The vehicle could be working.
that require heavy braking and damaged. Avoid making very
sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. Driving on Grades
Passing When turning with a trailer, make Reduce speed and shift to a
wider turns than normal so the lower gear before starting down a
More passing distance is needed trailer will not strike soft shoulders, long or steep downgrade. If the
when towing a trailer. Because the curbs, road signs, trees or other transmission is not shifted down, the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go objects. Use the turn signal well in brakes might have to be used so
farther beyond the passed vehicle advance and avoid jerky or sudden much that they would get hot and no
before returning to the lane. maneuvers. longer work well.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Leaving After Parking on a Hill

Use a lower gear if the transmission WARNING (Continued)
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
shifts too often.
People can be injured, and both while you:
When towing at high altitude on the vehicle and the trailer can be . Start the engine.
steep uphill grades, engine coolant damaged. When possible, always
boils at a lower temperature than at park the rig on a flat surface.
. Shift into a gear.
normal altitudes. If the engine is . Release the parking brake.
turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill If parking the rig on a hill: 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
grades, the vehicle could show 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
signs similar to engine overheating. not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn clear of the chocks.
To avoid this, let the engine run the wheels into the curb if facing
while parked, preferably on level 4. Stop and have someone pick up
downhill or into traffic if facing and store the chocks.
ground, with the transmission in uphill.
P (Park) for a few minutes before Maintenance When Trailer
turning the engine off. If the 2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels. Towing
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating on page 10‑20. 3. When the wheel chocks are in The vehicle needs service more
place, release the brake pedal often when pulling a trailer. See the
Parking on Hills until the chocks absorb the load. Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑2. Things that are
{ WARNING 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and shift
especially important in trailer
operation are automatic
Parking the vehicle on a hill with into P (Park). transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
the trailer attached can be 5. Release the brake pedal. lubricant, belts, cooling system and
dangerous. If something goes brake system. Inspect these before
wrong, the rig could start to move. and during the trip.
(Continued)
Check periodically to see that all Weight of the Trailer Ask your dealer for trailering
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. information or advice, or write us at
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
our Customer Assistance Offices.
Engine Cooling When Trailer It should never weigh more than See Customer Assistance Offices
Towing 454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or
The cooling system may temporarily can be too heavy. Customer Assistance Offices
overheat during severe operating It depends on how the rig is used. (Mexico) on page 13‑5.
conditions. See Engine Overheating For example, speed, altitude, road Weight of the Trailer Tongue
on page 10‑20. grades, outside temperature, and
how much the vehicle is used to pull The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
Trailer Towing (Except a trailer are all important. It can an important weight to measure
depend on any special equipment because it affects the total gross
eAssist) weight of the vehicle. The Gross
on the vehicle, and the amount of
Before pulling a trailer, there are tongue weight the vehicle can carry. Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
three important considerations that See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” curb weight of the vehicle, any
have to do with weight: later in this section. cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
. The weight of the trailer. Maximum trailer weight is calculated If there are a lot of options,
. The weight of the trailer tongue. assuming only the driver is in the equipment, passengers, or cargo in
tow vehicle and it has all the the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
. The total weight on your required trailering equipment. The
vehicle's tires. weight the vehicle can carry, which
weight of additional optional will also reduce the trailer weight the
equipment, passengers, and cargo vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
in the tow vehicle must be the tongue load must be added to
subtracted from the maximum trailer the GVW because the vehicle will
weight. be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's Towing Equipment

Tires
Hitches
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the upper limit for cold Use the correct hitch equipment.
tires. These numbers can be found See your dealer or a hitch dealer for
on the Tire and Loading Information assistance.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on . The rear bumper on the vehicle
page 9‑10. Make sure not to go over is not intended for hitches. Do
the GVW limit for the vehicle, not attach rental hitches or other
including the weight of the trailer bumper-type hitches to it. Use
tongue. only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
The trailer tongue (1) should weigh Trailer Towing (eAssist) . Will any holes be made in the
10 to 15 percent of the total loaded
trailer weight (2). The vehicle is neither designed nor body of the vehicle when the
intended to tow a trailer. trailer hitch is installed? If so,
After loading the trailer, weigh seal the holes when the hitch is
the trailer and then the tongue, removed. If the holes are not
separately, to see if the weights are sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
proper. If they are not, adjustments carbon monoxide (CO) from the
might be made by moving some exhaust can get into the vehicle.
items around in the trailer. See Engine Exhaust on
page 9‑26.
Safety Chains Conversions and

Always attach chains between the Add-Ons
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue Add-On Electrical
from contacting the road if it Equipment
becomes separated from the hitch.
Notice: Some electrical
Leave enough slack so the rig can
equipment can damage the
turn. Never allow safety chains to
vehicle or cause components to
drag on the ground.
not work and would not be
Trailer Brakes covered by the warranty. Always
check with your dealer before
Does the trailer have its own adding electrical equipment.
brakes? Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes Add-on equipment can drain the
so they are installed, adjusted, and vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
maintained properly. vehicle is not operating.
Because the vehicle has antilock The vehicle has an airbag system.
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's Before attempting to add anything
brake system. If this is done, both electrical to the vehicle, see
brake systems will not work well, Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
or at all. Vehicle on page 3‑31 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑32.
Vehicle Care 10-1
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Vehicle Care Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-26
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Automatic Transmission Shift Lamps (LTZ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Lock Control Function License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-35
General Information Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-36
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Ignition Transmission Lock
California Proposition Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Electrical System
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Park Brake and P (Park) High Voltage Devices and
California Perchlorate Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Wiper Blade Electrical System
Accessories and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Headlamp Aiming Engine Compartment Fuse
Vehicle Checks Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Doing Your Own Instrument Panel Fuse
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Bulb Replacement Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Engine Compartment Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Wheels and Tires
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 High Intensity Discharge Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-13 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Automatic Transmission Headlamps, Front Turn Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Signal, Sidemarker, and Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-46
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-15 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Tire Terminology and
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-20 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Lamps (LS and LT) . . . . . . . . 10-33 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Storing the Tire Sealant and General Information
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Tire Pressure Monitor Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84 For service and parts needs,
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-90 visit your dealer. You will receive
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Jump Starting and supported service people.
When It Is Time for New Jump Starting (On-board
with eAssist Only) . . . . . . . . . 10-91 Genuine GM parts have one of
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 these marks:
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Jump Starting (with or
Different Size Tires and without eAssist) . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 Towing
Uniform Tire Quality Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-95
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 Recreational Vehicle
Wheel Alignment and Tire Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-65 Appearance Care
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100
Tire Sealant and Compressor Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-103
Kit (With Pressure Relief
Button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Tire Sealant and Compressor
Kit (With Pressure Deflation
Button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Vehicle Care 10-3
California Proposition Accessories and Damage to vehicle components

resulting from modifications or the
65 Warning Modifications installation or use of non‐GM
Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control
one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is
known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect
other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for
exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, affected parts.
many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to
wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other
emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your
control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
California Perchlorate modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories
malfunction or damage not covered
Materials Requirements by the vehicle warranty.
installed by a dealer technician.
Certain types of automotive Also, see Adding Equipment to the
applications, such as airbag Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, page 3‑32.
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
10-4 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service Keep a record with all parts receipts
work, use the proper service and list the mileage and the date of
manual. It tells you much more any service work performed. See
Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle Maintenance Records on
Service Work than this manual can. To order the page 11‑14.
proper service manual, see Service Notice: Even small amounts of
{ WARNING Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑17.
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
It can be dangerous to work on This vehicle has an airbag system. contaminants to contact the
your vehicle if you do not have Before attempting to do your own fluids, reservoir caps,
the proper knowledge, service service work, see Servicing the or dipsticks.
manual, tools, or parts. Always Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
follow owner manual procedures page 3‑31.
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
Vehicle Care 10-5
Hood 3. Lift the hood.

To open the hood: 4. After the hood is slightly lifted, it
will continue to open to the full
position. Before closing the
hood, be sure all the filler caps
are on properly. Lower the hood
until the lifting force of the strut
is reduced, then release the
hood to latch fully. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
1. Pull the hood release handle and repeat the process if
with this symbol on it. It is inside necessary.
the vehicle to the left of the
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and
steering column.
push the secondary hood
release handle toward the driver
side of the vehicle.
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
2.0L L4 Engine
Vehicle Care 10-7
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of 8. Battery on page 10‑25.
page 10‑15. View). See Cooling System on 9. Engine Compartment Fuse
2. Engine Cover. page 10‑16. Block on page 10‑38.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See 10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Oil on page 10‑11. Brakes on page 10‑22. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine 7. Coolant Surge Tank and on page 10‑22.
Oil on page 10‑11. Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑18.
10-8 Vehicle Care
2.4L L4 Engine eAssist

Vehicle Care 10-9
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 6. High Voltage Cable (Orange 10. Coolant Surge Tank and
page 10‑15. Color). Pressure Cap. See Engine
2. Engine Cover. 7. Transmission Fluid Cap (Out of Coolant on page 10‑18.
3. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See Automatic 11. Engine Compartment Fuse
View). See Cooling System on Transmission Fluid on Block on page 10‑38.
page 10‑16. page 10‑14. 12. Windshield Washer Fluid
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine 8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
Oil on page 10‑11. Brakes on page 10‑22. on page 10‑22.
5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 9. Battery (Under Cover). See
Oil on page 10‑11. Battery on page 10‑25.
10-10 Vehicle Care
2.5L L4 Engine
Vehicle Care 10-11
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil

page 10‑15.
To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine
2. Engine Cover. performance and long life, careful oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine attention must be paid to engine oil. get an accurate reading, the vehicle
Oil on page 10‑11. Following these simple, but must be on level ground. The
important steps will help protect engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine See Engine Compartment Overview
your investment:
Oil on page 10‑11. on page 10‑6 for the location of the
. Always use engine oil approved engine oil dipstick.
5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of to the proper specification and of
View). See Cooling System on Obtaining an accurate oil level
the proper viscosity grade. See
page 10‑16. reading is essential:
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See in this section. 1. If the engine has been running
Brakes on page 10‑22. . Check the engine oil level recently, turn off the engine and
7. Coolant Surge Tank and regularly and maintain the allow several minutes for the oil
Pressure Cap. See Engine proper oil level. See “Checking to drain back into the oil pan.
Coolant on page 10‑18. Engine Oil” and “When to Add Checking the oil level too soon
Engine Oil” in this section. after engine shutoff will not
8. Battery (Under Cover). See provide an accurate oil level
Battery on page 10‑25. . Change the engine oil at the reading.
9. Engine Compartment Fuse appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑13.
Block on page 10‑38.
. Always dispose of engine oil
{ WARNING
10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid properly. See “What to Do with The engine oil dipstick handle
on page 10‑22. Used Oil” in this section. may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
10-12 Vehicle Care
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it have an oil level above the Specification
with a paper towel or cloth, then operating range, i.e., the engine Use and ask for licensed engine
push it back in all the way. has so much oil that the oil level oils with the dexos1® approved
Remove it again, keeping the tip gets above the upper mark that certification mark. Engine oils
down, and check the level. shows the proper operating meeting the requirements for the
range, the engine could be vehicle should have the dexos1
When to Add Engine Oil damaged. You should drain out approved certification mark. This
the excess oil or limit driving of certification mark indicates that the
the vehicle and seek a service oil has been approved to the dexos1
professional to remove the specification.
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
If the oil is below the MIN
Add enough oil to put the level
(minimum) mark, add 1 L (1 qt) of
somewhere in the proper operating
the recommended oil and then
range. Push the dipstick all the way
recheck the level. See “Selecting
back in when through. Notice: Failure to use the
the Right Engine Oil” in this section
recommended engine oil or
for an explanation of what kind of oil Selecting the Right Engine Oil equivalent can result in engine
to use. For engine oil crankcase
Selecting the right engine oil damage not covered by the
capacity, see Capacities and
depends on both the proper oil vehicle warranty. Check with your
Specifications on page 12‑2.
specification and viscosity grade. dealer or service provider on
Notice: Do not add too much oil. See Recommended Fluids and whether the oil is approved to the
Oil levels above or below the Lubricants on page 11‑12. dexos1 specification.
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
Vehicle Care 10-13
Viscosity Grade Engine Oil Additives/Engine Used oil can be a threat to the
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity Oil Flushes environment. If you change your
grade for the 2.0L L4 engine and own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Do not add anything to the oil. The from the filter before disposal. Never
the 2.4L L4 engine. SAE 5W-20 recommended oils with the dexos
is the best viscosity grade for the dispose of oil by putting it in the
specification and displaying the trash or pouring it on the ground,
2.5L L4 engine. Do not use other dexos certification mark are all that
viscosity grade oils such as into sewers, or into streams or
is needed for good performance and bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. engine protection. it to a place that collects used oil.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an Engine oil system flushes are not
area of extreme cold, where the recommended and could cause Engine Oil Life System
temperature falls below −29°C engine damage not covered by the
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be vehicle warranty. When to Change Engine Oil
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
What to Do with Used Oil This vehicle has a computer system
will provide easier cold starting
that indicates when to change the
for the engine at extremely low Used engine oil contains certain engine oil and filter. This is based
temperatures. When selecting an oil elements that can be unhealthy for on a combination of factors which
of the appropriate viscosity grade, your skin and could even cause include engine revolutions, engine
always select an oil of the correct cancer. Do not let used oil stay on temperature, and miles driven.
specification. See “Specification” your skin for very long. Clean your Based on driving conditions, the
earlier in this section for more skin and nails with soap and water, mileage at which an oil change is
information. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or indicated can vary considerably. For
properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil life system to work properly,
containing used engine oil. See the the system must be reset every time
manufacturer's warnings about the the oil is changed.
use and disposal of oil products.
10-14 Vehicle Care
When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
that oil life has been diminished, it Life System message comes back on when the
indicates that an oil change is vehicle is started, the engine oil life
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Reset the system whenever the system has not been reset. Repeat
OIL SOON message comes on. See engine oil is changed so that the the procedure.
Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑31. system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
Change the oil as soon as possible
system:
Automatic Transmission
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
Fluid
the best conditions, the oil life the engine off. It is not necessary to check
system might indicate that an oil the transmission fluid level.
2. Press the DIC MENU button on
change is not necessary for up to a A transmission fluid leak is the
the turn signal lever to enter the
year. The engine oil and filter must only reason for fluid loss. If a leak
Vehicle Information Menu. Use
be changed at least once a year occurs, take the vehicle to your
the thumbwheel to scroll through
and, at this time, the system must dealer and have it repaired as soon
the menu items until you reach
be reset. Your dealer has trained as possible.
REMAINING OIL LIFE.
service people who will perform this Change the fluid and filter at the
work and reset the system. It is also 3. Press the SET/CLR button to
intervals listed in Maintenance
important to check the oil regularly reset the oil life at 100%.
Schedule on page 11‑2, and be
over the course of an oil drain 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. sure to use the fluid listed in
interval and keep it at the proper Recommended Fluids and
level. The system is reset when the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Lubricants on page 11‑12.
If the system is ever reset message is off and the REMAINING
accidentally, the oil must be OIL LIFE 100% message is
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) displayed.
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
Vehicle Care 10-15
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter To inspect or replace the engine air 6. Install the nine screws on the top
cleaner/filter: of the housing to lock the cover
The engine air cleaner/filter is in place.
in the engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for more information
on location.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals
and replace it at the first oil change
after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)
interval. See Maintenance Schedule 2.0L L4 Engine
on page 11‑2. If you are driving in 1. Remove the nine screws on top 2.4L L4 Engine eAssist
dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the of the engine air cleaner/filter 1. Remove the six screws on top
filter at each engine oil change. housing. of the engine air cleaner/filter
How to Inspect the Engine Air 2. Lift the filter cover housing away housing.
Cleaner/Filter from the engine air cleaner/filter 2. Lift the filter cover housing away
housing. from the engine air cleaner/filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
3. Pull out the filter. housing.
remove the filter from the vehicle
and lightly shake the filter to release 4. Inspect or replace the engine air 3. Pull out the filter.
loose dust and dirt. If the filter cleaner/filter. 4. Inspect or replace the engine air
remains covered with dirt, a new cleaner/filter.
filter is required. 5. Lower the filter cover housing
toward the engine.
10-16 Vehicle Care
5. Lower the filter cover housing 4. Inspect or replace the engine air Cooling System
toward the engine. cleaner/filter.
The cooling system allows the
6. Install the six screws on the top 5. Lower the filter cover housing engine to maintain the correct
of the housing to lock the cover toward the engine. working temperature.
in place. 6. Install the five screws on the top
of the housing to lock the cover
in place.
{ WARNING
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not 2.0L L4 Engine
2.5L L4 Engine drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
1. Remove the five screws on top of View)
of the engine air cleaner/filter Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
housing. 2. Coolant Surge Tank and
off, dirt can easily get into the
Pressure Cap
2. Lift the filter cover housing away engine, which could damage it.
from the engine air cleaner/filter Always have the air cleaner/filter
housing. in place when you are driving.
3. Pull out the filter.
Vehicle Care 10-17
{ WARNING
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
2.4L L4 Engine eAssist 2.5L L4 Engine

{ WARNING
1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out 1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out Heater and radiator hoses, and
of View) of View) other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
2. Coolant Surge Tank and 2. Coolant Surge Tank and you can be burned.
Pressure Cap Pressure Cap
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
10-18 Vehicle Care
Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use This mixture:

DEX-COOL® can cause premature . Gives freezing protection down
engine, heater core, or radiator
corrosion. In addition, the engine
{ WARNING to −37°C (−34°F), outside
temperature.
coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some . Gives boiling protection up to
sooner. Any repairs would other liquid to the cooling system
not be covered by the vehicle can be dangerous. Plain water 129°C (265°F), engine
warranty. Always use DEX-COOL temperature.
and other liquids, can boil before
(silicate-free) coolant in the the proper coolant mixture will. . Protects against rust and
vehicle. The coolant warning system is set corrosion.
for the proper coolant mixture. . Will not damage aluminum parts.
Engine Coolant With plain water or the wrong . Helps keep the proper engine
The cooling system in the vehicle mixture, the engine could get too
temperature.
is filled with DEX-COOL® engine hot but you would not get the
coolant mixture. See Recommended overheat warning. The engine Notice: If improper coolant
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 could catch fire and you or mixture, inhibitors, or additives
and Maintenance Schedule on others could be burned. Use a are used in the vehicle cooling
page 11‑2. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable system, the engine could
water and DEX-COOL coolant. overheat and be damaged. Too
The following explains the cooling
much water in the mixture can
system and how to check and add
freeze and crack engine cooling
coolant when it is low. If there is a Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, parts. The repairs would not be
problem with engine overheating, drinkable water and DEX-COOL covered by the warranty. Use only
see Engine Overheating on coolant. If using this mixture, the proper mixture of engine
page 10‑20. nothing else needs to be added. coolant for the cooling system.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12.
Vehicle Care 10-19
Never dispose of engine coolant If coolant is visible but the coolant Notice: This vehicle has a
by putting it in the trash, pouring it level is not at or above the mark specific coolant fill procedure.
on the ground, or into sewers, pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture Failure to follow this procedure
streams, or bodies of water. Have of clean, drinkable water and could cause the engine to
the coolant changed by an DEX-COOL coolant. overheat and be severely
authorized service center, familiar Be sure the cooling system is cool damaged.
with legal requirements regarding before this is done.
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your If no coolant is visible in the coolant
{ WARNING
health. surge tank, add coolant as follows: Steam and scalding liquids from a
How to Add Coolant to the hot cooling system can blow out
Checking Coolant
Coolant Surge Tank and burn you badly. Never turn
The vehicle must be on a level the cap when the cooling system,
surface when checking the coolant including the surge tank pressure
level. { WARNING cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
Check to see if coolant is visible in You can be burned if you spill system and surge tank pressure
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant coolant on hot engine parts. cap to cool.
inside the coolant surge tank is Coolant contains ethylene glycol
boiling, do not do anything else until and it will burn if the engine parts
it cools down. are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
10-20 Vehicle Care
reaches the mark pointed to

on the front of the coolant
surge tank.
5. Replace the cap tightly.
Notice: If the pressure cap is not
tightly installed, coolant loss and
The coolant surge tank pressure
possible engine damage may
cap can be removed when the
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
cooling system, including the surge
and tightly secured.
tank pressure cap and upper
radiator hose, is no longer hot.
Engine Overheating
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise. If a hiss is 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with The vehicle has an indicator to warn
heard, wait for that to stop. the proper mixture to the mark of engine overheating. See Engine
A hiss means there is still some pointed to on the front of the Coolant Temperature Warning Light
pressure left. coolant surge tank. on page 5‑22.
2. Keep turning the cap and 4. With the coolant surge tank cap If the decision is made not to lift the
remove it. off, start the engine and let it run hood when this warning appears,
until the upper radiator hose get service help right away. Contact
starts getting hot. Watch out for your dealer for additional
the engine cooling fans. By this information.
time, the coolant level inside the If the decision is made to lift the
coolant surge tank may be hood, make sure the vehicle is
lower. If the level is lower, add parked on a level surface.
more of the proper mixture to the
coolant surge tank until the level
Vehicle Care 10-21
Then check to see if the engine If the overheat warning is displayed

cooling fans are running. If the WARNING (Continued) with no sign of steam:
engine is overheating, both fans 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
should be running. If they are not, Wait until there is no sign of
do not continue to run the engine steam or coolant before you open 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
and have the vehicle serviced. the hood. temperature and to the highest
If you keep driving when the fan speed. Open the windows as
Notice: Running the engine necessary.
without coolant may cause engine is overheated, the liquids
damage or a fire. Vehicle damage in it can catch fire. You or others 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
would not be covered by the could be badly burned. Stop the idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
warranty. engine if it overheats, and get out If it is safe to do so, pull off
of the vehicle until the engine the road, shift to P (Park) or
If Steam Is Coming from the is cool. N (Neutral), and let the
Engine Compartment engine idle.
If No Steam Is Coming from If an overheat warning no longer
{ WARNING the Engine Compartment displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
Steam from an overheated engine If an engine overheat warning is for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
can burn you badly, even if you displayed but no steam can be seen distance from the vehicle in front.
just open the hood. Stay away or heard, the problem may not be If the warning does not come back
from the engine if you see or hear too serious. Sometimes the engine on, continue to drive normally.
steam coming from it. Just turn it can get a little too hot when the
off and get everyone away from If the warning continues, pull over,
vehicle:
stop, and park the vehicle
the vehicle until it cools down. . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. right away.
(Continued) . Stops after high-speed driving.
. Idles for long periods in traffic.
10-22 Vehicle Care
If there is no sign of steam, idle the Adding Washer Fluid

. Fill the washer fluid tank
engine for three minutes while only three-quarters full
parked. If the warning is still when it is very cold. This
displayed, turn off the engine until it allows for fluid expansion if
cools down. freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
Washer Fluid completely full.
. Do not use engine coolant
What to Use (antifreeze) in the windshield
Open the cap with the washer
When windshield washer fluid is symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer. It can damage the
needed, be sure to read the the tank is full. See Engine windshield washer system
manufacturer's instructions before Compartment Overview on and paint.
use. If operating the vehicle in an page 10‑6 for reservoir location.
area where the temperature may fall
Notice
Brakes
below freezing, use a fluid that has
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc
sufficient protection against . When using concentrated
brake pads have built-in wear
freezing. washer fluid, follow the
indicators that make a high-pitched
manufacturer instructions for
warning sound when the brake pads
adding water.
are worn and new pads are needed.
. Do not mix water with The sound can come and go or be
ready-to-use washer fluid. heard all the time the vehicle is
Water can cause the solution moving, except when applying the
to freeze and damage the brake pedal firmly.
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
Vehicle Care 10-23
Brake linings should always be installing disc brake pads that are
{ WARNING replaced as complete axle sets. wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and
The brake wear warning sound Brake Pedal Travel rear brakes — for the worse. The
means that soon the brakes will See your dealer if the brake pedal braking performance expected can
not work well. That could lead to does not return to normal height, change in many other ways if the
a crash. When the brake wear or if there is a rapid increase in wrong replacement brake parts are
warning sound is heard, have the pedal travel. This could be a sign installed.
vehicle serviced. that brake service might be
required. Brake Fluid
Notice: Continuing to drive with Brake Adjustment
worn-out brake pads could result
in costly brake repair. Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
Some driving conditions or climates the brakes adjust for wear.
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly Replacing Brake System Parts
applied. This does not mean
The braking system on a vehicle is The brake master cylinder reservoir
something is wrong with the brakes.
complex. Its many parts have to be is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
Properly torqued wheel nuts are of top quality and work well together indicated on the reservoir cap. See
necessary to help prevent brake if the vehicle is to have really good Engine Compartment Overview on
pulsation. When tires are rotated, braking. The vehicle was designed page 10‑6 for the location of the
inspect brake pads for wear and and tested with top-quality brake reservoir.
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the parts. When parts of the braking
proper sequence to torque system are replaced, be sure to get
specifications in Capacities and new, approved replacement parts.
Specifications on page 12‑2. If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
10-24 Vehicle Care
There are only two reasons why the

brake fluid level in the reservoir { WARNING { WARNING
might go down:
If too much brake fluid is added, it With the wrong kind of fluid in the
. The brake fluid level goes down can spill on the engine and burn, brake hydraulic system, the
because of normal brake lining if the engine is hot enough. You brakes might not work well. This
wear. When new linings are or others could be burned, and could cause a crash. Always use
installed, the fluid level goes the vehicle could be damaged. the proper brake fluid.
back up. Add brake fluid only when work is
. A fluid leak in the brake done on the brake hydraulic Notice
hydraulic system can also cause system.
a low fluid level. Have the brake . Using the wrong fluid can
hydraulic system fixed, since a badly damage brake
leak means that sooner or later When the brake fluid falls to a low hydraulic system parts. For
the brakes will not work well. level, the brake warning light comes example, just a few drops of
on. See Brake System Warning mineral-based oil, such as
Do not top off the brake fluid. Light on page 5‑18. engine oil, in the brake
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. hydraulic system can
If fluid is added when the linings are What to Add
damage brake hydraulic
worn, there will be too much fluid Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid system parts so badly that
when new brake linings are from a sealed container. See they will have to be replaced.
installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Recommended Fluids and Do not let someone put in
as necessary, only when work is Lubricants on page 11‑12. the wrong kind of fluid.
done on the brake hydraulic system.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
Vehicle Care 10-25

. If brake fluid is spilled on the Vehicle Storage
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to { WARNING
spill brake fluid on the Batteries have acid that can burn
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
you and gas that can explode.
immediately.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting
Battery (with or without eAssist) on
This vehicle has a standard 12-volt page 10‑92 or Jump Starting
battery. Refer to the replacement (On-board with eAssist Only) on
number on the original battery label page 10‑91 for tips on working
when a new standard 12-volt battery The eAssist system high voltage around a battery without
is needed. battery is cooled with air drawn from getting hurt.
eAssist vehicles also have a high the vehicle interior. The cold air
voltage battery. Only a trained intake for the battery is behind the
rear seat, on the filler panel. Do not Infrequent Usage: Remove the
service technician with the proper 12-volt battery black, negative (−)
knowledge and tools should inspect, cover the intake.
cable from the battery to keep the
test, or replace the high voltage battery from running down.
battery. See your dealer if the high { WARNING Extended Storage: Remove the
voltage battery needs service. The
dealer has information on how to Battery posts, terminals, and 12-volt battery black, negative (−)
recycle the high voltage battery. related accessories contain lead cable from the battery or use a
There is also information available and lead compounds, chemicals battery trickle charger.
at http://www.recyclemybattery.com. known to the State of California to Remember to reconnect the battery
cause cancer and reproductive when ready to drive the vehicle.
harm. Wash hands after handling.
10-26 Vehicle Care
Starter Switch Check If the vehicle starts in any other 3. With the engine off, turn the
position, contact your dealer for ignition on, but do not start the
service. engine. Without applying the
{ WARNING regular brake, try to move the
When you are doing this Automatic Transmission shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
inspection, the vehicle could Shift Lock Control moves out of P (Park), contact
move suddenly. If the vehicle Function Check your dealer for service.
moves, you or others could be
injured.
{ WARNING Ignition Transmission
When you are doing this
Lock Check
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room inspection, the vehicle could While parked, and with the parking
around the vehicle. move suddenly. If the vehicle brake set, try to turn the ignition to
moves, you or others could be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
2. Firmly apply both the parking position.
brake and the regular brake. injured.
See Parking Brake on . The ignition should turn to
page 9‑30. 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF only when the shift
sure there is enough room lever is in P (Park).
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off around the vehicle. It should be . The ignition key should come
the engine immediately if it parked on a level surface. out only in LOCK/OFF.
starts. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. Contact your dealer if service is
3. Try to start the engine in each See Parking Brake on required.
gear. The vehicle should start page 9‑30.
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
Vehicle Care 10-27

. To check the P (Park)
Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability:
covered by your warranty. Do not
allow the wiper arm to touch the
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift windshield.
to P (Park). Then release the
To replace the wiper blade:
{ WARNING parking brake followed by the
regular brake. 1. Pull the wiper assembly away
When you are doing this check, from the windshield.
Contact your dealer if service is
the vehicle could begin to move. required.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
Wiper Blade Replacement
of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should
roll. Be ready to apply the regular be inspected for wear or cracking.
brake at once should the vehicle See Maintenance Schedule on
begin to move. page 11‑2.
It is a good idea to clean the
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the wiper blade assembly on a regular
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping basis. When worn, or cleaning is
your foot on the regular brake, set ineffective, replace the wiper blade.
the parking brake. For proper windshield wiper blade
length and type, see Maintenance 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle
. To check the parking brake's Replacement Parts on page 11‑13. of the wiper blade where the
holding ability: With the engine wiper arm attaches.
running and the transmission in Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot touch the windshield when no
pressure from the regular brake wiper blade is installed could
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is damage the windshield. Any
held by the parking brake only. damage that occurs would not be
10-28 Vehicle Care
3. With the latch open, pull the Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement
wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to release Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
it from the J-hooked end of the should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
wiper arm. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10‑36.
4. Remove the wiper blade. the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
blade replacement.
Halogen Bulbs
{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
Vehicle Care 10-29
High Intensity Discharge LED Lighting

(HID) Lighting This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
{ WARNING assembly, contact your dealer.
The high intensity discharge Headlamps, Front Turn

lighting system operates at a very Signal, Sidemarker, and
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components, Parking Lamps
you could be seriously injured. Base Headlamp Assembly
Have your dealer or a qualified
technician service them. The base model vehicle has
halogen high-beam and low-beam Passenger Side Shown, Driver
headlamps, a parking lamp, a Side Similar
The vehicle may have HID sidemarker lamp, and two turn 1. High-Beam Headlamp
headlamps. After an HID headlamp signal lamps on the headlamp
bulb has been replaced, you may assembly. 2. Low-Beam Headlamp
notice that the beam is a slightly 3. Sidemarker Lamp
different shade than it was originally.
This is normal. 4. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
To replace one of the headlamp
bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑5.
10-30 Vehicle Care
2. For the driver side bulb, remove Uplevel Headlamp Assembly To replace one of these bulbs:
the windshield washer bottle
The uplevel model vehicle has High-Beam Headlamp
filler neck by firmly pulling it
halogen high-beam and low-beam
straight up and out of the bottle. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on
headlamps, a parking lamp, a
3. Remove the cap from the back page 10‑5.
sidemarker lamp, and two turn
of the headlamp assembly by signal lamps on the headlamp 2. For the driver side bulb, remove
turning it counterclockwise. assembly. the windshield washer bottle
4. Disconnect the electrical filler neck by firmly pulling it
connector. straight up and out of the bottle.
5. Remove the bulb from the lamp 3. Remove the cap from the back
assembly by turning of the headlamp assembly by
counterclockwise. turning it counterclockwise.
6. Install a new bulb in the lamp

assembly.
7. Connect the electrical connector.
8. Replace the cap from the back Passenger Side Shown, Driver
of the headlamp assembly by Side Similar
turning it clockwise. 1. High-Beam Headlamp
9. For the driver side, reinstall the 2. Turn Signal Lamps
windshield washer bottle filler
neck by firmly pushing it straight 3. Low-Beam Headlamp
into the bottle. Ensure that the 4. Parking Lamp
filler neck clip engages into the
underhood electrical center 5. Sidemarker Lamp
4. Disconnect the electrical
retainer.
connector (1).
Vehicle Care 10-31
5. Disengage the spring clip (2) Low-Beam Headlamp 8. For the driver side, reinstall the
from the bulb by pressing down 1. For the driver side bulb, remove windshield washer bottle filler
on the end and then swing the windshield washer bottle neck by firmly pushing it straight
upward. filler neck by firmly pulling it into the bottle. Ensure that the
6. Remove the bulb from the lamp straight up and out of the bottle. filler neck clip engages into the
assembly. underhood electrical center
2. Remove the cap from the back retainer.
7. Install a new bulb in the lamp of the headlamp assembly by
assembly. turning it counterclockwise. HID Headlamp Assembly
8. Install the spring clip (2). 3. Disconnect the electrical The HID assembly has a high
connector. intensity discharge (HID) high/low
9. Connect the electrical beam, a DRL/parking lamp,
connector (1). 4. Remove the bulb from the lamp sidemarker lamp, and a turn signal
10. Replace the cap from the back assembly by turning lamp on the headlamp assembly.
of the headlamp assembly by counterclockwise.
For replacement of the headlamp on
turning it clockwise. 5. Install a new bulb in the lamp an HID assembly, contact your
11. For the driver side, reinstall the assembly. dealer. See High Intensity
windshield washer bottle filler 6. Connect the electrical connector. Discharge (HID) Lighting on
neck by firmly pushing it page 10‑29.
7. Replace the cap from the back
straight into the bottle. Ensure of the headlamp assembly by
that the filler neck clip engages turning it clockwise.
into the underhood electrical
center retainer.
10-32 Vehicle Care
Front Turn Signal, Parking, and Fog Lamps

Sidemarker Lamps
To replace the front fog lamp bulb:
To replace one of these lamps on a
base, uplevel, or HID assembly:
1. For the driver side bulb, remove
the windshield washer bottle
filler neck by firmly pulling it
straight up and out of the bottle.
2. Remove the bulb socket from
the headlamp assembly by
turning it counterclockwise.
Passenger Side Shown, Driver
3. Remove the bulb from the
Side Similar
socket.
1. Turn Signal Lamp
4. Replace the bulb in the bulb
2. DRL/Parking Lamp socket. 1. Remove the five access panel
3. Sidemarker Lamp 5. Install the bulb socket in the fasteners under the front fascia.
headlamp assembly by turning it 2. Lower the panel far enough to
clockwise. access the fog lamp bulb.
6. For the driver side, reinstall the
windshield washer bottle filler
neck by firmly pushing it straight
into the bottle. Ensure that the
filler neck clip engages into the
underhood electrical center
retainer.
Vehicle Care 10-33
Taillamps, Turn Signal, 3. Remove the bulb socket by

turning counterclockwise and
Stoplamps, and Back-Up pulling straight out.
Lamps (LS and LT) 4. Remove the bulb from the
socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the bulb
socket.
6. Install the bulb socket by turning
clockwise.
7. Install the trunk deck trim.
3. Remove the bulb by turning it

counterclockwise and pulling it
straight out of the assembly.
4. Disconnect the electrical
connector from the fog lamp bulb 1. Back-Up Lamp
assembly.
2. Taillamp
5. Install the new bulb by turning it
clockwise into the assembly. Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamp and
Back-Up Lamp
6. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall.
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2‑13.
2. Remove the push pins and pull 1. Stoplamp/Taillamp
back the trunk deck trim. 2. Turn Signal Lamp
10-34 Vehicle Care
Notice: Improper lamp assembly 5. Install a new bulb into the

removal and installation can socket.
cause leaks and water intrusion 6. Install the bulb socket into the
which may cause damage to the taillamp assembly by turning it
taillamp. Do not remove the clockwise.
taillamp assembly to replace a
bulb. Use the trunk opening to 7. Install the trunk trim and
access the bulb. push pins.
To replace any one of these bulbs:
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamp/Taillamp and Turn Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Signal Lamp
Lamps (LTZ)
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on 3. Remove the bulb socket by
page 2‑13. The trunk deck inboard taillamp is
turning counterclockwise and
an LED. To replace the taillamp see
2. Remove the push pins and pull pulling straight out.
your dealer.
the trunk trim away from the 4. Remove the bulb from the
taillamp assembly. Back-Up Lamp socket.
3. Remove the bulb socket from 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb
the taillamp assembly by turning page 2‑13. socket.
it counterclockwise. 2. Remove the push pins and pull 6. Install the bulb socket by turning
4. Remove the bulb from the back the trunk deck trim. clockwise.
socket by turning the bulb
counterclockwise one-quarter 7. Install the trunk deck trim.
turn and pulling it straight out.
Vehicle Care 10-35
Notice: Improper lamp assembly License Plate Lamp

removal and installation can
cause leaks and water intrusion To replace one of these bulbs:
which may cause damage to the
taillamp. Do not remove the
taillamp assembly to replace a
bulb. Use the trunk opening to
access the bulb.
The stoplamp/taillamp is an LED. To
replace the stoplamp/taillamp see
your dealer.
Turn Signal Lamp
3. Remove the bulb socket from
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on the taillamp assembly by turning
page 2‑13. it counterclockwise.
2. Remove the push pins and pull Passenger Side Shown, Driver
4. Remove the bulb from the
the trunk trim away from the Side Similar
socket by turning the bulb
taillamp assembly. counterclockwise one-quarter 1. Push the release tab toward the
turn and pulling it straight out. lamp assembly.
5. Install a new bulb into the 2. Pull the lamp assembly down to
socket. remove.
6. Install the bulb socket into the
taillamp assembly by turning it
clockwise.
7. Install the trunk trim and
push pins.
10-36 Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs Bulb

Exterior Lamp
Bulb Number
Exterior Lamp
Number High-Beam H7 LL
Back-Up Lamp 921 LL Headlamp (Uplevel)
Deck Lid Taillamp 194 License Plate Lamp W5W LL
DRL and Parking 7443 ULL Low-Beam H11 LL
Lamp (HID) Headlamp (Base
and Uplevel)
Front Fog Lamp H10
Stoplamp/Taillamp 7440
Front Parking Lamp 7443 (LS and LT)
(Uplevel)
3. Turn the bulb socket (1) Rear Turn 7443 NA
counterclockwise to remove it Front W5WLL Signal Lamp
from the lamp assembly (3). Sidemarker Lamp
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of Front Turn Signal 7444NA For replacement bulbs not listed
the bulb socket. Lamp (Base and here, contact your dealer.
5. Push the replacement bulb Uplevel)
straight into the bulb socket and Front Turn Signal 7443 NA
turn the bulb socket clockwise to Lamp (HID)
install it into the lamp assembly.
High-Beam 9005 LL
6. Push the lamp assembly back Headlamp (Base)
into position until the release tab
locks into place.
Vehicle Care 10-37
Electrical System Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

Overload An electrical overload may cause
High Voltage Devices and The vehicle has fuses and circuit
the lamps to go on and off, or in
Wiring some cases to remain off. Have the
breakers to protect against an
headlamp wiring checked right away
electrical system overload.
if the lamps go on and off or
{ WARNING When the current electrical load is remain off.
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
Exposure to high voltage can and closes, protecting the circuit Windshield Wipers
cause shock, burns, and even until the current load returns to If the wiper motor overheats due to
death. The high voltage normal or the problem is fixed. heavy snow or ice, the windshield
components in the vehicle can This greatly reduces the chance of wipers will stop until the motor cools
only be serviced by technicians circuit overload and fire caused by and will then restart.
with special training. electrical problems.
Although the circuit is protected
High voltage components are Fuses and circuit breakers protect from electrical overload, overload
identified by labels. Do not power devices in the vehicle. due to heavy snow or ice may
remove, open, take apart, Replace a bad fuse with a new one cause wiper linkage damage.
or modify these components. of the identical size and rating. Always clear ice and heavy snow
High voltage cable or wiring has from the windshield before using the
orange covering. Do not probe, If there is a problem on the road windshield wipers.
tamper with, cut, or modify high and a fuse needs to be replaced,
the same amperage fuse can be If the overload is caused by an
voltage cable or wiring. electrical problem and not snow or
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use ice, be sure to get it fixed.
and replace it as soon as possible.
10-38 Vehicle Care
Fuses Fuses of the same amperage can Engine Compartment

be temporarily borrowed from
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are another fuse location, if a fuse goes
Fuse Block
protected from short circuits by out. Replace the fuse as soon as The engine compartment fuse block
fuses. This greatly reduces the possible. is on the driver side of the engine
chance of damage caused by compartment, near the battery.
electrical problems. To identify and check fuses, circuit
breakers, and relays, see Engine Notice: Spilling liquid on any
To check a fuse, look at the Compartment Fuse Block on electrical component on the
silver-colored band inside the fuse. page 10‑38 and Instrument Panel vehicle may damage it. Always
If the band is broken or melted, Fuse Block on page 10‑42. keep the covers on any electrical
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace component.
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Vehicle Care 10-39

10-40 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Mini

with all of the fuses, relays, and Usage Usage
Fuses Fuses
features shown.
Mini 16 Aero Shutter/eAssist 46 Cooling Fan
Usage Ignition
Fuses 47 Emissions
1 Transmission Control 17 SDM Ignition
48 Foglamp
Module Battery 18 Spare
49 Low Beam HID
2 Engine Control 23 eAssist Module Headlamp Right
Module Battery
29 Left Seat Power 50 Low Beam HID
3 Air Conditioning Lumber Control Headlamp Left
Compressor Clutch
30 Right Seat Power 51 Horn/Dual Horn
5 Engine Control Lumber Control
52 Cluster Ignition
Module Ignition
31 eAssist Module/
53 Inside Rearview
8 Spare Chassis Control
Mirror/Rear Camera/
9 Ignition Coils Module
Fuel Module Ignition
10 Engine Control 32 Back-Up Lamps/
54 Heating, Ventilation,
Module Interior Lamps
and Air Conditioning
11 Emissions 33 Front Heated Seats Module Ignition
13 Transmission Module 34 Antilock Brake 55 Front Power

Ignition System Valve Windows/Mirrors
14 Cabin Heater Coolant 35 Amplifier 56 Windshield Washer

Pump/SAIR Solenoid 37 Right High Beam 57 Spare
15 MGU Coolant Pump 38 Left High Beam 60 Heated Mirror
Vehicle Care 10-41
Mini J-Case Usage Mini Usage

Usage
Fuses Fuses Relays
62 Canister Vent 26 Antilock Brake 16 Air Pump Emissions
Solenoid System Pump
17 Window/Mirror
66 SAIR Solenoid 27 Electric Parking Brake Defogger
67 Fuel Module 28 Rear Defogger
Micro Usage
69 Battery Voltage 41 Brake Vacuum Pump Relays
Sensor
42 Cooling Fan K2 1 Air Conditioning
70 Lane Departure/Rear Compressor Clutch
44 Transmission
Parking Aid
Auxiliary Pump 2 Starter Solenoid
71 PEPS BATT (eAssist)
4 Front Wiper Speed
45 Cooling Fan K1
J-Case Usage 5 Front Wiper On
Fuses 59 Air Pump Emissions
6 Cabin Pump eAssist/
6 Front Wiper SAIR Solenoid
Mini Usage
12 Starter Relays 10 Cooling Fan K3
21 Rear Power Window 7 Powertrain 11 Transmission
Oil Pump
22 Sunroof 9 Cooling Fan K2
14 Headlamp Low
24 Front Power Window 13 Cooling Fan K1
Beam/DRL
25 PEPS MTR 15 Run/Crank
10-42 Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse

Block
Pull the door toward you to release Instrument Panel Fuse Block
it from the hinge. The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
The instrument panel fuse block is features shown.
in the instrument panel, on the Fuses Usage
driver side of the vehicle. To access 1 Steering Wheel
the fuses, open the fuse panel door Controls Backlight
by pulling down at the top.
2 Right Rear Turn
Press in on the sides of the door to Signal, Left Mirror
release it from the instrument panel. Turn Signal, Left
Front Turn Signal,
Door Locks
Vehicle Care 10-43
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

3 Left Stoplamp, 8 License Plate 12 Passenger Seat
Left DRL Lamp, Lamp, Center (Circuit Breaker)
Headlamp Control, High-Mounted
13 Driver Seat (Circuit
Right Taillamp, Right Stoplamp, Rear Fog
Breaker)
Park/Sidemarker Lamps, Right Front
Lamps, Right Mirror Park/Sidemarker 14 Diagnostic Link
Turn, Right Front Lamps, LED Connector
Turn Signals Indicator Dim, 15 Airbag, SDM
Washer Pump, Right
4 Radio
Stoplamp, Trunk 16 Trunk Release
5 OnStar Release 17 Heater Ventilation
6 Front Accessory 9 Left Low-Beam Air Conditioning
Power Outlet Headlamp, DRL Controller
7 Console Bin Power 10 Body Control 18 Audio Main
Outlet Module 8 (J-Case 19 Displays
Fuse), Power Locks
20 Passenger
11 Front Heater Occupant Sense
Ventilation Air
Conditioning/Blower 21 Instrument Cluster
(J-Case Fuse) 22 Ignition Switch
23 Right Low-Beam
Headlamp, DRL
10-44 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires { WARNING

24 Ambient Light,
Switch Backlighting Tires . Poorly maintained and
(LED), Trunk Lamp, Every new GM vehicle has improperly used tires are
Shift Lock, Key high-quality tires made by a dangerous.
Capture
leading tire manufacturer. See . Overloading the tires can
25 110V AC the warranty manual for cause overheating as a
26 Spare information regarding the tire result of too much flexing.
warranty and where to get There could be a blowout
Relays Usage service. For additional and a serious crash. See
information refer to the tire Vehicle Load Limits on
K1 Trunk Release manufacturer. page 9‑10.
K2 Not Used . Underinflated tires pose
K3 Power Outlet Relay the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-45
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
. Overinflated tires are more center should repair, all-season tires. These tires are
likely to be cut, punctured, replace, dismount, and designed to provide good overall
or broken by a sudden mount the tires. performance on most road surfaces
impact— such as when and weather conditions. Original
. Do not spin the tires in equipment tires designed to GM's
hitting a pothole. Keep excess of 56 km/h
tires at the recommended specific tire performance criteria
(35 mph) on slippery have a TPC specification code
pressure. surfaces such as snow, molded onto the sidewall. Original
. Worn or old tires can mud, ice, etc. Excessive equipment all-season tires can be
cause a crash. If the tread spinning may cause the identified by the last two characters
is badly worn, tires to explode. of this TPC code, which will
replace them. be “MS.”
See Tire Pressure for Consider installing winter tires on

. Replace any tires that
the vehicle if frequent driving on
have been damaged by High-Speed Operation on snow or ice-covered roads is
impacts with potholes, page 10‑53 for inflation pressure expected. All-season tires provide
curbs, etc. adjustment for high-speed adequate performance for most
driving. winter driving conditions, but they
. Improperly repaired tires
may not offer the same level of
can cause a crash. Only
traction or performance as winter
the dealer or an tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
authorized tire service See Winter Tires on page 10‑46.
(Continued)
10-46 Vehicle Care

. Use only radial ply tires of the
Winter Tires same size, load range, and
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This vehicle was not, originally, speed rating as the original Useful information about a tire is
equipped with winter tires. Winter equipment tires. molded into its sidewall. The
tires are designed for increased examples show a typical
Winter tires with the same speed
traction on snow and ice-covered passenger vehicle tire and a
rating as the original equipment tires
roads. Consider installing winter
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, compact spare tire sidewall.
tires on the vehicle if frequent
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
driving on snow or ice-covered
tires with a lower speed rating are
roads is expected. See your dealer
chosen, never exceed the tire's
for details regarding winter tire
maximum speed capability.
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires on
page 10‑61. Summer Tires
With winter tires, there may be This vehicle may come with high
decreased dry road traction, performance summer tires. These
increased road noise, and shorter tires have a special tread and
tread life. After changing to winter compound that are optimized for
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle maximum dry and wet road
handling and braking. performance. This special tread
and compound will decrease Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
If using winter tires: performance in cold climates,
and on ice and snow. We (1) Tire Size: The tire size is a
. Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel recommend installing winter tires on combination of letters and
positions. the vehicle if frequent driving in cold numbers used to define a
temperatures or on snow or ice particular tire's width, height,
covered roads is expected. See aspect ratio, construction type,
Winter Tires on page 10‑46.
Vehicle Care 10-47
and service description. See the digits represent the week performance factors: treadwear,
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (01–52) and the last two digits, traction, and temperature
section. the year. For example, the third resistance. For more information
(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would see Uniform Tire Quality
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date Grading on page 10‑63.
Specification): Original of 0310. (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load
GM's specific tire performance (TIN): The letters and numbers that can be carried and the
criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to
code molded onto the sidewall. of Transportation) code are support that load.
GM's TPC specifications meet the Tire Identification Number
or exceed all federal safety (TIN). The TIN shows the
guidelines. manufacturer and plant code,
(3) DOT (Department of tire size, and date the tire was
Transportation): The manufactured. The TIN is
Department of Transportation molded onto both sides of the
(DOT) code indicates that the tire, although only one side may
tire is in compliance with the have the date of manufacture.
U.S. Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
Transportation Motor Vehicle of cord and number of plies in
Safety Standards. the sidewall and under the tread.
DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality Compact Spare Tire Example
Manufacture: The last four Grading (UTQG): Tire (1) Tire Ply Material : The type
digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufacturers are required to of cord and number of plies in
manufactured date. The first two grade tires based on three the sidewall and under the tread.
10-48 Vehicle Care
(2) Temporary Use Only: The (4) Maximum Cold Inflation criteria have a TPC specification
compact spare tire or temporary Load Limit: Maximum load that code molded onto the sidewall.
use tire should not be driven at can be carried and the GM's TPC specifications meet or
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). maximum pressure needed to exceed all federal safety
The compact spare tire is for support that load. guidelines.
emergency use when a regular (5) Tire Inflation: The
road tire has lost air and gone temporary use tire or compact Tire Designations
flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size
spare tire, see Compact Spare 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
Tire on page 10‑90 and If a Tire The following is an example of a
information on tire pressure and
Goes Flat on page 10‑66. typical passenger vehicle
inflation see Tire Pressure on
tire size.
(3) Tire Identification Number page 10‑52.
(TIN): The letters and numbers (6) Tire Size: A combination of
following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a
of Transportation) code are the tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
Tire Identification Number construction type, and service
(TIN). The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the
manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size
tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
manufactured. The TIN is use only. The United States version of a
molded onto both sides of the metric tire sizing system. The
tire, although only one side may (7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in
have the date of manufacture. Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
Vehicle Care 10-49
vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of steering, power brakes, power
standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air
and Rim Association. (6) Service Description: These conditioning.
(2) Tire Width: The three-digit characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width.
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents Belt: A rubber coated layer
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire of cords between the plies and
(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed the tread. Cords may be made
number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a from steel or other reinforcing
height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. materials.
For example, if the tire size Bead: The tire bead contains
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
item 3 of the illustration, it would cords that hold the tire onto
mean that the tire's sidewall is Air Pressure: The amount the rim.
60 percent as high as it is wide. of air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
(4) Construction Code: A letter in which the plies are laid at
code is used to indicate the type of the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
of ply construction in the tire. 90 degrees to the centerline of
The letter R means radial ply or psi (pounds per square inch).
the tread.
construction; the letter D Accessory Weight: The
means diagonal or bias ply combined weight of optional
construction; and the letter B accessories. Some examples
means belted-bias ply of optional accessories are
construction. automatic transmission, power
10-50 Vehicle Care
Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, Load Index: An assigned
amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and number ranging from 1 to 279
measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production. that corresponds to the load
or psi (pounds per square inch) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight carrying capacity of a tire.
before a tire has built up heat Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits Maximum Inflation Pressure:
from driving. See Tire Pressure on page 9‑10. The maximum air pressure to
on page 10‑52. which a cold tire can be inflated.
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Curb Weight: The weight of a Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure is
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits on molded onto the sidewall.
optional equipment including the page 9‑10. Maximum Load Rating: The
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, load rating for a tire at the
and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See maximum permissible inflation
passengers and cargo. pressure for that tire.
Vehicle Load Limits on
DOT Markings: A code molded page 9‑10. Maximum Loaded Vehicle
into the sidewall of a tire Weight: The sum of curb
signifying that the tire is in Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire, weight, accessory weight,
compliance with the U.S. vehicle capacity weight, and
Department of Transportation that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight.
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code Kilopascal (kPa): The metric Normal Occupant Weight: The
includes the Tire Identification unit for air pressure. number of occupants a vehicle
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric is designed to seat multiplied by
designator which can also Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
tire used on light duty trucks and Limits on page 9‑10.
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Vehicle Care 10-51
Occupant Distribution : Recommended Inflation Speed Rating: An

Designated seating positions. Pressure: Vehicle alphanumeric code assigned
Outward Facing Sidewall: The manufacturer's recommended to a tire indicating the maximum
side of an asymmetrical tire that tire inflation pressure as shown speed at which a tire can
has a particular side that faces on the tire placard. See Tire operate.
outward when mounted on a Pressure on page 10‑52 and Traction: The friction between
vehicle. The side of the tire that Vehicle Load Limits on the tire and the road surface.
contains a whitewall, bears page 9‑10. The amount of grip provided.
white lettering, or bears Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic Tread: The portion of a tire that
manufacturer, brand, and/or tire in which the ply cords that comes into contact with
model name molding that is extend to the beads are laid at the road.
higher or deeper than the same 90 degrees to the centerline of
moldings on the other sidewall the tread. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
of the tire. bands, sometimes called wear
Rim: A metal support for a tire bars, that show across the tread
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A and upon which the tire beads of a tire when only 1.6 mm
tire used on passenger cars and are seated. (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
some light duty trucks and Sidewall: The portion of a tire When It Is Time for New Tires
multipurpose vehicles. between the tread and the bead. on page 10‑60.
10-52 Vehicle Care
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Placard: A label . Premature or

Grading Standards): A tire permanently attached to a irregular wear.
information system that provides vehicle showing the vehicle . Poor handling.
consumers with ratings for capacity weight and the
a tire's traction, temperature, original equipment tire size
. Reduced fuel economy.
and treadwear. Ratings are and recommended inflation Overinflated tires, or tires
determined by tire pressure. See “Tire and Loading that have too much air, can
manufacturers using Information Label” under Vehicle result in:
government testing procedures. Load Limits on page 9‑10. . Unusual wear.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure . Poor handling.
Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount
. Rough ride.
page 10‑63. of air pressure to operate . Needless damage from
Vehicle Capacity Weight: effectively. road hazards.
The number of designated Notice: Neither tire
seating positions multiplied by The Tire and Loading
underinflation nor Information label on the
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated overinflation is good. vehicle indicates the original
cargo load. See Vehicle Load Underinflated tires, or tires
Limits on page 9‑10. equipment tires and the correct
that do not have enough air, cold tire inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Maximum Load on the can result in: recommended pressure is the
Tire: Load on an individual tire . Tire overloading and minimum air pressure needed to
due to curb weight, accessory overheating which could support the vehicle's maximum
weight, occupant weight, and lead to a blowout. load carrying capacity. See
cargo weight. Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑10.
Vehicle Care 10-53
How the vehicle is loaded Remove the valve cap from the Tire Pressure for
affects vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire High-Speed Operation
comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to
with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement.
designed to carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure
{ WARNING
matches the recommended Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
When to Check
pressure on the Tire and (100 mph) or higher, puts an
Check the tires once a month or Loading Information label, no additional strain on tires.
more. Do not forget the compact further adjustment is necessary. Sustained high-speed driving
spare, if the vehicle has one. If the inflation pressure is low, causes excessive heat buildup
The cold compact spare tire add air until the recommended and can cause sudden tire failure.
pressure should be at 420 kPa pressure is reached. If the You could have a crash and you
(60 psi). See Compact Spare inflation pressure is high, press or others could be killed. Some
Tire on page 10‑90. on the metal stem in the center high-speed rated tires require
of the tire valve to release air. inflation pressure adjustment for
How to Check high-speed operation. When
Use a good quality pocket-type Recheck the tire pressure with speed limits and road conditions
gauge to check tire pressure. the tire gauge. are such that a vehicle can be
Proper tire inflation cannot be Return the valve caps on the driven at high speeds, make sure
determined by looking at the tire. valve stems to prevent leaks the tires are rated for high-speed
Check the tire inflation pressure and keep out dirt and moisture. operation, in excellent condition,
when the tires are cold, meaning and set to the correct cold tire
inflation pressure for the
the vehicle has not been driven
vehicle load.
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
10-54 Vehicle Care
Vehicles with P235/50R18 size tires the air pressure in your tires and significantly under-inflated tire
require inflation pressure adjustment transmit tire pressure readings to a causes the tire to overheat and can
when driving the vehicle at speeds receiver located in the vehicle. lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Each tire, including the spare (if also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
Set the cold inflation pressure to provided), should be checked tread life, and may affect the
270 kPa (39 psi). monthly when cold and inflated to vehicle's handling and stopping
Vehicles with P245/40R19 size tires the inflation pressure recommended ability.
require inflation pressure adjustment by the vehicle manufacturer on the Please note that the TPMS is not a
when driving the vehicle at speeds vehicle placard or tire inflation substitute for proper tire
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. pressure label. (If your vehicle has maintenance, and it is the driver's
Set the cold inflation pressure to tires of a different size than the size responsibility to maintain correct tire
310 kPa (45 psi). indicated on the vehicle placard or pressure, even if under-inflation has
Return the tires to the tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger
recommended cold tire inflation should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure when high-speed driving inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale.
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been
on page 9‑10 and Tire Pressure on vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction
page 10‑52. tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly.
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
System under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a
The Tire Pressure Monitor System malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Accordingly, when the low tire
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor approximately one minute and then
pressure telltale illuminates, you
technology to check tire pressure remain continuously illuminated.
should stop and check your tires as
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor This sequence will continue upon
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
Vehicle Care 10-55
When the malfunction indicator is Federal Communications

illuminated, the system may not be Commission (FCC) Rules and
able to detect or signal low tire with Industry Canada
pressure as intended. TPMS Standards
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation See Radio Frequency Statement on
of replacement or alternate tires or page 13‑21 for information
When a low tire pressure condition
wheels on the vehicle that prevent regarding Part 15 of the Federal
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the TPMS from functioning properly. Communications Commission (FCC)
the low tire pressure warning light
Always check the TPMS malfunction Rules and with Industry Canada
on the instrument cluster. If the
telltale after replacing one or more Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
warning light comes on, stop as
tires or wheels on your vehicle to soon as possible and inflate the
ensure that the replacement or Tire Pressure Monitor tires to the recommended pressure
alternate tires and wheels allow the Operation shown on the Tire and Loading
TPMS to continue to function Information label. See Vehicle Load
properly. This vehicle may have a Tire
Limits on page 9‑10.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
See Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS is designed to warn the A message to check the pressure in
Operation on page 10‑55. driver when a low tire pressure a specific tire displays in the Driver
condition exists. TPMS sensors are Information Center (DIC). The low
mounted onto each tire and wheel tire pressure warning light and the
assembly, excluding the spare tire DIC warning message come on at
and wheel assembly. The TPMS each ignition cycle until the tires
sensors monitor the air pressure in are inflated to the correct inflation
the tires and transmits the tire pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure readings to a receiver in pressure levels can be viewed.
the vehicle.
10-56 Vehicle Care
For additional information and The TPMS can warn about a Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
details about the DIC operation and low tire pressure condition but it use a GM approved liquid tire
displays see Driver Information does not replace normal tire sealant. Using non-approved tire
Center (DIC) on page 5‑25. maintenance. See Tire Inspection sealants could damage the TPMS
The low tire pressure warning light on page 10‑59, Tire Rotation on sensors. See Tire Sealant and
may come on in cool weather when page 10‑59 and Tires on Compressor Kit (With Pressure
the vehicle is first started, and then page 10‑44. Relief Button) on page 10‑68 or Tire
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Notice: Tire sealant materials are Sealant and Compressor Kit (With
could be an early indicator that the not all the same. A non-approved Pressure Deflation Button) on
air pressure is getting low and tire sealant could damage the page 10‑76 for information
needs to be inflated to the proper TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor regarding the inflator kit materials
pressure. damage caused by using an and instructions.
A Tire and Loading Information incorrect tire sealant is not

label, attached to your vehicle, covered by the vehicle
shows the size of the original warranty. Always use only the
equipment tires and the correct GM-approved tire sealant
inflation pressure for the tires when available through your dealer or
they are cold. See Vehicle Load included in the vehicle.
Limits on page 9‑10, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10‑52.
Vehicle Care 10-57
TPMS Malfunction Light and

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or
Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction.
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning
successfully completing the properly it cannot detect or signal a
low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. See
about one minute and then stays on low tire condition. See your dealer
"TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction
for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section.
cycle. A DIC warning message also light and DIC message comes on
displays. The malfunction light and
. One or more TPMS sensors are and stays on.
DIC warning message come on at missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching
each ignition cycle until the problem Process
is corrected. Some of the conditions message should go off when the
that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique
on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a
. One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. new tire/wheel position after
replaced with the spare tire. The rotating the vehicle’s tires or
spare tire does not have a
. Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensor. The malfunction TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended matching process should also be
go off after the road tire is performed after replacing a spare
replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying tire with a road tire containing the
matching process is performed TPMS sensor. The malfunction
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10‑61.
light and the DIC message should
Matching Process” later in this go off at the next ignition cycle.
section.
10-58 Vehicle Care
The sensors are matched to the tire/ 3. Use the MENU button to select A horn chirp confirms that the
wheel positions, using a TPMS the Vehicle Information Menu in sensor identification code has
relearn tool, in the following order: the Driver Information been matched to this tire and
driver side front tire, passenger side Center (DIC). wheel position.
front tire, passenger side rear tire, 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 9. Proceed to the passenger side
and driver side rear. See your the Tire Pressure Menu Item front tire, and repeat the
dealer for service or to purchase a screen. procedure in Step 8.
relearn tool.
5. Press the SET/CLR button to 10. Proceed to the passenger side
There are two minutes to match begin the sensor matching rear tire, and repeat the
the first tire/wheel position, and process. procedure in Step 8.
five minutes overall to match all
four tire/wheel positions. If it takes A message asking if the process 11. Proceed to the driver side rear
longer, the matching process stops should begin should appear. tire, and repeat the procedure
and must be restarted. 6. Press the SET/CLR button again in Step 8. The horn sounds
to confirm the selection. two times to indicate the
The TPMS sensor matching sensor identification code has
process is: The horn sounds twice to signal been matched to the driver
1. Set the parking brake. the receiver is in relearn mode side rear tire, and the TPMS
and the TIRE LEARNING sensor matching process is no
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with ACTIVE message displays on
the engine off or place the longer active. The TIRE
the DIC screen. LEARNING ACTIVE message
vehicle power mode in ON/RUN/
START. See Ignition Positions 7. Start with the driver side on the DIC display screen
(Key Access) on page 9‑15 or front tire. goes off.
Ignition Positions (Keyless 8. Place the relearn tool against 12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
Access) on page 9‑17. the tire sidewall, near the valve or press STOP to turn the
stem. Then press the button to ignition off.
activate the TPMS sensor.
Vehicle Care 10-59
13. Set all four tires to the . The tire has a bump, bulge, Anytime unusual wear is
recommended air pressure or split. noticed, rotate the tires as soon
level as indicated on the Tire as possible, check for proper tire
. The tire has a puncture, cut,
and Loading Information label. inflation pressure, and check for
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of damaged tires or wheels. If the
Tire Inspection unusual wear continues after
the size or location of the
We recommend that the tires, damage. the rotation, check the wheel
including the spare tire, if the alignment. See When It Is Time
vehicle has one, be inspected Tire Rotation for New Tires on page 10‑60
for signs of wear or damage at and Wheel Replacement on
least once a month. Tires should be rotated every page 10‑65.
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Replace the tire if: Maintenance Schedule on
. The indicators at three or page 11‑2.
more places around the tire Tires are rotated to achieve a
can be seen. uniform wear for all tires. The
. There is cord or fabric first rotation is the most
showing through the tire's important.
rubber.
. The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
10-60 Vehicle Care
Do not include the compact When It Is Time for New

spare tire in the tire rotation. { WARNING Tires
Adjust the front and rear tires to Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Factors such as maintenance,
the recommended inflation parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds,
pressure on the Tire and make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions
Loading Information label after after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires.
the tires have been rotated. See off and cause an accident. When
Tire Pressure on page 10‑52 changing a wheel, remove any
and Vehicle Load Limits on rust or dirt from places where the
page 9‑10. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor towel can be used; however, use
System. See Tire Pressure a scraper or wire brush later to
Monitor Operation on remove all rust or dirt.
page 10‑55.
Check that all wheel nuts are Lightly coat the center of the
properly tightened. See “Wheel wheel hub with wheel bearing
Nut Torque” under Capacities grease after a wheel change or
and Specifications on tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Treadwear indicators are one way to
page 12‑2. or rust build-up. Do not get
tell when it is time for new tires.
grease on the flat wheel Treadwear indicators appear when
mounting surface or on the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
wheel nuts or bolts. or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑59 and Tire
Rotation on page 10‑59.
Vehicle Care 10-61
The rubber in tires ages over time. slow aging. This area should be GM's exclusive TPC Spec
This also applies to the spare tire, free of grease, gasoline, or other system considers over a
if the vehicle has one, even if it is substances that can deteriorate dozen critical specifications that
never used. Multiple factors rubber. impact the overall performance
including temperatures, loading Parking for an extended period can of the vehicle, including brake
conditions, and inflation pressure cause flat spots on the tires that
maintenance affect how fast aging system performance, ride and
may result in vibrations while handling, traction control, and
takes place. GM recommends driving. When storing a vehicle for
that tires, including the spare if tire pressure monitoring
at least a month, remove the tires or performance. GM's TPC Spec
equipped, be replaced after raise the vehicle to reduce the
six years, regardless of tread wear. weight from the tires.
number is molded onto the tire's
The tire manufacturer date is the sidewall near the tire size. If the
last four digits of the DOT Tire tires have an all-season tread
Identification Number (TIN) which Buying New Tires
design, the TPC Spec number
is molded into one side of the tire GM has developed and matched will be followed by MS for mud
sidewall. The first two digits specific tires for the vehicle. and snow. See Tire Sidewall
represent the week (01–52) and The original equipment tires
the last two digits, the year. For Labeling on page 10‑46.
installed were designed to
example, the third week of the year GM recommends replacing worn
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
meet General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria tires in complete sets of four.
date of 0310. Uniform tread depth on all tires
Specification (TPC Spec)
Vehicle Storage system rating. When will help to maintain the
replacement tires are needed, performance of the vehicle.
Tires age when stored normally
GM strongly recommends Braking and handling
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at buying tires with the same TPC performance may be adversely
least a month in a cool, dry, clean Spec rating. affected if all the tires are not
area away from direct sunlight to replaced at the same time.
10-62 Vehicle Care
If proper rotation and

maintenance have been done, WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
all four tires should wear out at could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving.
about the same time. See Tire Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail
Rotation on page 10‑59 for tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash.
information on proper tire mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with
rotation. However, if it is the wheels on the vehicle.
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle. { WARNING If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
Winter tires with the same speed Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make
rating as the original equipment brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size,
tires may not be available for H, loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the
tires. Never exceed the winter vehicle damage. Use the original tires.
tire's maximum speed capability correct size, brand, and type
when using winter tires with a of tires on all wheels. Vehicles that have a tire
lower speed rating. pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
{ WARNING { WARNING Spec rated tires are installed.
Tires could explode during See Tire Pressure Monitor
Using bias-ply tires on the
improper service. Attempting System on page 10‑54.
vehicle may cause the wheel
to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks
(Continued)
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-63
The Tire and Loading Uniform Tire Quality

Information label indicates the { WARNING Grading
original equipment tires on the If different sized wheels are used,
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits Quality grades can be found
there may not be an acceptable
on page 9‑10. level of performance and safety
where applicable on the tire
if tires not recommended for sidewall between tread shoulder
Different Size Tires and those wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. For
Wheels increases the chance of a crash example:
and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA
If wheels or tires are installed that
specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A
are a different size than the original
developed for the vehicle, and
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle The following information relates
performance, including its braking, have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician. to the system developed by the
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover United States National Highway
may be affected. If the vehicle has See Buying New Tires on
Traffic Safety Administration
electronic systems such as antilock page 10‑61 and Accessories and (NHTSA), which grades tires
brakes, rollover airbags, traction Modifications on page 10‑3. by treadwear, traction, and
control, electronic stability control, temperature performance. This
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance applies only to vehicles sold in
of these systems can also be the United States. The grades
affected. are molded on the sidewalls
of most passenger car tires.
10-64 Vehicle Care
The Uniform Tire Quality Treadwear controlled conditions on

Grading (UTQG) system does The treadwear grade is a specified government test
not apply to deep tread, winter comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and
tires, compact spare tires, tires wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may
with nominal rim diameters of under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance.
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), specified government test Warning: The traction grade
or to some limited-production course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on
tires. graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction
While the tires available on one-half (1½) times as well on tests, and does not include
General Motors passenger cars the government course as a tire acceleration, cornering,
and light trucks may vary with graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction
respect to these grades, they performance of tires depends characteristics.
must also conform to federal upon the actual conditions of Temperature – A, B, C
safety requirements and their use, however, and may
The temperature grades are
additional General Motors Tire depart significantly from the
A (the highest), B, and C,
Performance Criteria (TPC) norm due to variations in driving
representing the tire's resistance
standards. habits, service practices and
to the generation of heat and its
All Passenger Car Tires Must differences in road
ability to dissipate heat when
Conform to Federal Safety characteristics and climate.
tested under controlled
Requirements In Addition To Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor
These Grades. laboratory test wheel. Sustained
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the
and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate
the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and
pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead
Vehicle Care 10-65
to sudden tire failure. The grade will not be necessary on a regular Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
C corresponds to a level of basis. However, check the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
performance which all alignment if there is unusual tire System (TPMS) sensors with new
passenger car tires must meet wear or if the vehicle is pulling to GM original equipment parts.
one side or the other. If the vehicle
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
vibrates when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels might
{ WARNING
A represent higher levels of need to be rebalanced. See your Using the wrong replacement
performance on the laboratory dealer for proper diagnosis. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
test wheel than the minimum nuts can be dangerous. It could
required by law. Warning: The Wheel Replacement affect the braking and handling of
temperature grade for this tire is the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
Replace any wheel that is bent,
established for a tire that is cracked, or badly rusted or and cause loss of control, causing
properly inflated and not corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming a crash. Always use the correct
overloaded. Excessive speed, loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
underinflation, or excessive wheel nuts should be replaced. nuts for replacement.
loading, either separately or in If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
combination, can cause heat Some aluminum wheels can be Notice: The wrong wheel can
buildup and possible tire failure. repaired. See your dealer if any of also cause problems with bearing
these conditions exist. life, brake cooling, speedometer
Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of or odometer calibration,
Balance wheel that is needed. headlamp aim, bumper height,
vehicle ground clearance, and tire
The tires and wheels were aligned Each new wheel should have the
or tire chain clearance to the
and balanced at the factory to same load-carrying capacity,
body and chassis.
provide the longest tire life and best diameter, width, offset, and be
overall performance. Adjustments to mounted the same way as the one it
wheel alignment and tire balancing replaces.
10-66 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels

WARNING (Continued)
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
{ WARNING parts. The area damaged by the while driving, especially if the tires
tire chains could cause loss of are maintained properly. See Tires
Replacing a wheel with a used
control and a crash. on page 10‑44. If air goes out of a
one is dangerous. How it has
Use another type of traction tire, it is much more likely to leak
been used or how far it has been out slowly. But if there is ever a
driven may be unknown. It could device only if its manufacturer
blowout, here are a few tips about
fail suddenly and cause a crash. recommends it for the vehicle's what to expect and what to do:
When replacing wheels, use a tire size combination and road
new GM original equipment conditions. Follow that If a front tire fails, the flat tire
wheel. manufacturer's instructions. To creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow toward that side. Take your foot off
and readjust or remove the the accelerator pedal and grip the
Tire Chains traction device if it contacts the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
gently brake to a stop, well off the
{ WARNING If traction devices are used, install
road, if possible.
them on the front tires.
Do not use tire chains. There is A rear blowout, particularly on a
not enough clearance. Tire chains curve, acts much like a skid and
used on a vehicle without the may require the same correction as
proper amount of clearance can used in a skid. Stop pressing the
cause damage to the brakes, accelerator pedal and steer to
suspension, or other vehicle straighten the vehicle. It may be
(Continued) very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
Vehicle Care 10-67
{ WARNING { WARNING { WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting Changing a tire can be
permanent damage to the tire. under it to do maintenance or dangerous. The vehicle can slip
Re-inflating a tire after it has repairs is dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall
been driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a
underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To
blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving:
that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the
Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic
tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a
replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in
possible. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly
is raised.
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to
warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle.
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. 5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
10-68 Vehicle Care
This vehicle may come with a jack Tire Sealant and

and spare tire or a tire sealant and
compressor kit. To use the jacking
Compressor Kit (With
equipment to change a spare tire Pressure Relief Button)
safely, follow the instructions below.
Then see Tire Changing on System Identification
page 10‑84. To use the tire sealant
and compressor kit, see Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit (With
Pressure Relief Button) on 1. Wheel Block
page 10‑68 or Tire Sealant and 2. Flat Tire
Compressor Kit (With Pressure
Deflation Button) on page 10‑76. The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist you in the placement
of wheel blocks (1).
If the vehicle has the tire sealant

and compressor kit shown above,
see the operating instructions that
follow.
Vehicle Care 10-69
{ WARNING { WARNING
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Overinflating a tire could cause
area with poor ventilation is the tire to rupture and you or
dangerous. Engine exhaust may others could be injured. Be sure
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust to read and follow the tire sealant
contains carbon monoxide (CO) and compressor kit instructions
which cannot be seen or smelled. and inflate the tire to its
It can cause unconsciousness recommended pressure. Do not
and even death. Never run the exceed the recommended
engine in an enclosed area that pressure.
has no fresh air ventilation. For
If the vehicle has the tire sealant
more information, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑26.
follow the operating instructions
under "Tire Sealant and
{ WARNING
Compressor Kit (With Pressure Storing the tire sealant and
Deflation Button).” compressor kit or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
10-70 Vehicle Care
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and The kit includes: Tire Sealant
compressor kit, there may not be a
Read and follow the safe handling
spare tire and tire changing
instructions on the label adhered to
equipment, and on some vehicles
the compressor.
there may not be a place to store
a tire. Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister. The
The tire sealant and compressor
sealant canister should be replaced
can be used to temporarily seal
before its expiration date.
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
Replacement sealant canisters are
the tread area of the tire. It can
available at your local dealer. See
also be used to inflate an
“Removal and Installation of the
underinflated tire.
Sealant Canister” later in this
If the tire has been separated from section.
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
1. On/Off Button There is only enough sealant to seal
or has a large puncture, the tire is
2. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or one tire. After usage, the sealant
too severely damaged for the tire
Air Only) canister and sealant/air hose
sealant and compressor kit to be
assembly must be replaced. See
effective. See Roadside Assistance 3. Pressure Relief Button “Removal and Installation of the
Program (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or
4. Pressure Gauge Sealant Canister” later in this
Roadside Assistance Program (U.S.
section.
and Canada) on page 13‑11. 5. Air Only Hose (Black)
Read and follow all of the tire 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
sealant and compressor kit
instructions. 7. Power Plug
Vehicle Care 10-71
Using the Tire Sealant If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)
and Compressor Kit to and wheel damage by driving slowly onto the tire valve stem. Turn it
Temporarily Seal and Inflate a to a level place. Turn on the hazard clockwise until it is tight.
Punctured Tire warning flashers. See Hazard 6. Plug the power plug (7) into the
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. accessory power outlet in the
Follow the directions closely for
correct sealant usage. See If a Tire Goes Flat on vehicle. Unplug all items from
page 10‑66 for other important other accessory power outlets.
safety warnings. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6.
Do not remove any objects that If the vehicle has an accessory
have penetrated the tire. power outlet, do not use the
1. Remove the tire sealant and cigarette lighter.
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle only has a cigarette
location. See Storing the Tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
Sealant and Compressor Kit on Do not pinch the power plug
page 10‑83. cord in the door or window.
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6) 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
and the power plug (7). must be running while using the
3. Place the kit on the ground. air compressor.
When using the tire sealant and Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Turn the selector switch (2)
compressor kit during cold positioned close to the ground clockwise to the Sealant + Air
temperatures, warm the kit in a so the hose will reach it. position.
heated environment for five minutes.
4. Remove the valve stem cap from
This will help to inflate the tire
the flat tire by turning it
faster.
counterclockwise.
10-72 Vehicle Care
9. Press the on/off button (1) to The pressure gauge (4) may The tire is not sealed and will
turn the tire sealant and read higher than the actual tire continue to leak air until the
compressor kit on. pressure while the compressor vehicle is driven and the
The compressor will inject is on. Turn the compressor off sealant is distributed in the tire;
sealant and air into the tire. to get an accurate pressure therefore, Steps 12–18 must be
reading. The compressor may done immediately after
The pressure gauge (4) will be turned on/off until the Step 11.
initially show a high pressure correct pressure is reached.
while the compressor pushes the Be careful while handling the
sealant into the tire. Once the Notice: If the recommended tire sealant and compressor kit
sealant is completely dispersed pressure cannot be reached after as it could be warm after
into the tire, the pressure will approximately 25 minutes, the usage.
quickly drop and start to rise vehicle should not be driven 12. Unplug the power plug (7) from
again as the tire inflates with farther. The tire is too severely the accessory power outlet in
air only. damaged and the tire sealant and the vehicle.
compressor kit cannot inflate the
10. Inflate the tire to the tire. Remove the power plug from 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)
recommended inflation the accessory power outlet and counterclockwise to remove it
pressure using the pressure unscrew the inflating hose from from the tire valve stem.
gauge (4). The recommended the tire valve. See Roadside 14. Replace the tire valve
inflation pressure can be found Assistance Program (Mexico) on stem cap.
on the Tire and Loading page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance
Information label. See Tire Program (U.S. and Canada) on 15. Return the sealant/air hose (6)
Pressure on page 10‑52. page 13‑11. and the power plug (7) back in
their original locations.
11. Press the on/off button (1) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
Vehicle Care 10-73
19. Stop at a safe location and 20. Wipe off any sealant from the
check the tire pressure. Refer wheel, tire, and vehicle.
to Steps 1–11 under “Using the 21. Dispose of the used sealant
Tire Sealant and Compressor canister and sealant/air hose
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a (6) assembly at a local dealer
Tire (Not Punctured).” or in accordance with local
16. If the flat tire was able to inflate If the tire pressure has fallen state codes and practices.
to the recommended inflation more than 68 kPa (10 psi) 22. Replace it with a new canister
pressure, remove the below the recommended available from your dealer.
maximum speed label from the inflation pressure, stop driving
sealant canister and place it in the vehicle. The tire is too 23. After temporarily sealing a tire
a highly visible location. Do not severely damaged and the tire using the tire sealant and
exceed the speed on this label sealant cannot seal the tire. compressor kit, take the
until the damaged tire is See Roadside Assistance vehicle to an authorized dealer
repaired or replaced. Program (Mexico) on within 161 km (100 mi) of
page 13‑7 or Roadside driving to have the tire repaired
17. Return the equipment to its
Assistance Program (U.S. and or replaced.
original storage location in the
vehicle. Canada) on page 13‑11.
18. Immediately drive the vehicle If the tire pressure has not
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the dropped more than 68 kPa
sealant in the tire. (10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, use the
compressor kit to inflate the tire
to the recommended inflation
pressure.
10-74 Vehicle Care
Using the Tire Sealant and See If a Tire Goes Flat on 6. Plug the power plug (7) into the
Compressor Kit without page 10‑66 for other important accessory power outlet in the
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not safety warnings. vehicle. Unplug all items from
Punctured) 1. Remove the tire sealant and other accessory power outlets.
compressor kit from its storage See Power Outlets on page 5‑6.
To use the air compressor to inflate
a tire with air only and not sealant: location. See Storing the Tire If the vehicle has an accessory
Sealant and Compressor Kit on power outlet, do not use the
page 10‑83. cigarette lighter.
2. Unwrap the air only hose (5) and If the vehicle only has a cigarette
the power plug (7). lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
3. Place the kit on the ground. Do not pinch the power plug
Make sure the tire valve stem is cord in the door or window.
positioned close to the ground 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
so the hose will reach it. must be running while using the
4. Remove the tire valve stem cap air compressor.
from the flat tire by turning it 8. Turn the selector switch (2)
counterclockwise. counterclockwise to the Air Only
5. Attach the air only hose (5) onto position.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire the tire valve stem by turning it 9. Press the on/off button (1) to
and wheel damage by driving slowly clockwise until it is tight. turn the compressor on.
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
The compressor will inflate the
warning flashers. See Hazard
tire with air only.
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4.
Vehicle Care 10-75
10. Inflate the tire to the 11. Press the on/off button (1) to Removal and Installation of the
recommended inflation turn the tire sealant and Sealant Canister
pressure using the pressure compressor kit off.
gauge (4). The recommended To remove the sealant canister:
Be careful while handling the
inflation pressure can be found tire sealant and compressor kit
on the Tire and Loading as it could be warm after
Information label. See Tire usage.
Pressure on page 10‑52.
12. Unplug the power plug (7) from
The pressure gauge (4) may the accessory power outlet in
read higher than the actual tire the vehicle.
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off 13. Disconnect the air only
to get an accurate reading. The hose (5) from the tire
compressor may be turned on/ valve stem, by turning it
off until the correct pressure is counterclockwise, and replace
reached. If the tire is inflated the tire valve stem cap.
higher than the recommended 14. Return the air only hose (5) 1. Remove the plastic cover.
pressure, press the pressure and the power plug (7) back to
relief button (3), if equipped, their original locations. 2. Unscrew the connector (2) from
until the proper pressure the canister (1).
reading is reached. This option 15. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the 3. Pull up on the canister (1) to
is only functional when using remove it.
the air only hose (5). vehicle.
4. Replace with a new canister
which is available from your
dealer.
5. Push the new canister into
place.
10-76 Vehicle Care
6. Screw the connector (2) to the

canister (1). WARNING (Continued)
7. Slide the plastic cover back on. which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
Tire Sealant and and even death. Never run the
Compressor Kit (With engine in an enclosed area that
Pressure Deflation has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
Button) Exhaust on page 9‑26.
System Identification
If the vehicle has the tire sealant { WARNING

follow the operating instructions Overinflating a tire could cause
under "Tire Sealant and the tire to rupture and you or
Compressor Kit (With Pressure others could be injured. Be sure
Relief Button).” to read and follow the tire sealant
and compressor kit instructions
{ WARNING and inflate the tire to its
recommended pressure. Do not
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed exceed the recommended
area with poor ventilation is pressure.
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
If the vehicle has the tire sealant enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
and compressor kit shown above, contains carbon monoxide (CO)
see the operating instructions that (Continued)
follow.
Vehicle Care 10-77
The tire sealant and compressor The kit includes:

{ WARNING can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
Storing the tire sealant and the tread area of the tire. It can
compressor kit or other also be used to inflate an
equipment in the passenger underinflated tire.
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or If the tire has been separated from
collision, loose equipment could the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
strike someone. Store the tire
too severely damaged for the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
sealant and compressor kit to be
original location. effective. See Roadside Assistance
Program (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and Roadside Assistance Program (U.S.
compressor kit, there may not be a and Canada) on page 13‑11.
spare tire and tire changing Read and follow all of the tire
equipment, and on some vehicles sealant and compressor kit
there may not be a place to store instructions.
a tire.
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or

Air Only)
10-78 Vehicle Care
2. On/Off Button Check the tire sealant expiration

3. Pressure Gauge date on the sealant canister. The
sealant canister should be replaced
4. Pressure Deflation Button before its expiration date.
(If equipped) Replacement sealant canisters are
5. Tire Sealant Canister available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Sealant Canister” following.
7. Air Only Hose (Black) There is only enough sealant to seal
8. Power Plug one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
9. Canister Release Button (Under assembly must be replaced. See
Sealant/Air Hose) “Removal and Installation of the
Tire Sealant Sealant Canister” following.
Read and follow the safe handling Using the Tire Sealant and
instructions on the label adhered to Compressor Kit to Temporarily
the sealant canister. Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
Follow the directions closely for
correct sealant usage.
When using the tire sealant and

compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
Vehicle Care 10-79
heated environment for five minutes. 4. Remove the valve stem cap from 9. Press the on/off button (2) to
This will help to inflate the tire the flat tire by turning it turn the tire sealant and
faster. counterclockwise. compressor kit on.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6) The compressor will inject
and wheel damage by driving slowly onto the tire valve stem. Turn it sealant and air into the tire.
to a level place. Turn on the hazard clockwise until it is tight. The pressure gauge (3) will
warning flashers. See Hazard 6. Plug the power plug (8) into the initially show a high pressure
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. accessory power outlet in the while the compressor pushes the
See If a Tire Goes Flat on vehicle. Unplug all items from sealant into the tire. Once the
page 10‑66 for other important other accessory power outlets. sealant is completely dispersed
safety warnings. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. into the tire, the pressure will
Do not remove any objects that If the vehicle has an accessory quickly drop and start to rise
have penetrated the tire. power outlet, do not use the again as the tire inflates with
cigarette lighter. air only.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle only has a cigarette 10. Inflate the tire to the
location. See Storing the Tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. recommended inflation
Sealant and Compressor Kit on pressure using the pressure
Do not pinch the power plug gauge (3). The recommended
page 10‑83. cord in the door or window. inflation pressure can be found
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6) 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle on the Tire and Loading
and the power plug (8). must be running while using the Information label. See Tire
3. Place the kit on the ground. air compressor. Pressure on page 10‑52.
Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Press and turn the selector
positioned close to the ground switch (1) counterclockwise to
so the hose will reach it. the Sealant + Air position.
10-80 Vehicle Care
The pressure gauge (3) may The tire is not sealed and will
read higher than the actual tire continue to leak air until the
pressure while the compressor vehicle is driven and the
is on. Turn the compressor off sealant is distributed in the tire;
to get an accurate pressure therefore, Steps 12–18 must
reading. The compressor may be done immediately after
be turned on/off until the Step 11. 16. If the flat tire was able to
correct pressure is reached. Be careful while handling the inflate to the recommended
Notice: If the recommended tire sealant and compressor kit inflation pressure, remove the
pressure cannot be reached after as it could be warm after maximum speed label from the
approximately 25 minutes, the usage. tire sealant canister (5) and
vehicle should not be driven place it in a highly visible
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
farther. The tire is too severely location. Do not exceed the
the accessory power outlet in
damaged and the tire sealant and speed on this label until the
the vehicle.
compressor kit cannot inflate the damaged tire is repaired or
tire. Remove the power plug from 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6) replaced.
the accessory power outlet and counterclockwise to remove it
17. Return the equipment to its
unscrew the inflating hose from from the tire valve stem.
original storage location in the
the tire valve. See Roadside 14. Replace the tire valve vehicle.
Assistance Program (Mexico) on stem cap.
page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance 18. Immediately drive the vehicle
Program (U.S. and Canada) on 15. Replace the sealant/air hose 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
page 13‑11. (6), and the power plug (8) sealant in the tire.
back in their original location.
11. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
Vehicle Care 10-81
19. Stop at a safe location and 21. Dispose of the used tire
check the tire pressure. Refer sealant canister (5) and
to Steps 1–11 under “Using the sealant/air hose (6) assembly
Tire Sealant and Compressor at a local dealer or in
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a accordance with local state
Tire (Not Punctured).” codes and practices.
If the tire pressure has fallen 22. Replace it with a new canister
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) available from your dealer.
below the recommended 23. After temporarily sealing a tire
inflation pressure, stop driving using the tire sealant and
the vehicle. The tire is too compressor kit, take the
severely damaged and the tire vehicle to an authorized dealer
sealant cannot seal the tire. within a 161 km (100 mi) of
See Roadside Assistance driving to have the tire repaired
Program (Mexico) on or replaced.
page 13‑7 or Roadside
Assistance Program (U.S. and Using the Tire Sealant and
Canada) on page 13‑11. Compressor Kit without
If the tire pressure has not Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
dropped more than 68 kPa Punctured)
(10 psi) from the recommended To use the air compressor to inflate
inflation pressure, inflate the a tire with air only and not sealant:
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
20. Wipe off any sealant from the
wheel, tire, and vehicle.
10-82 Vehicle Care
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 6. Plug the power plug (8) into the 10. Inflate the tire to the
and wheel damage by driving slowly accessory power outlet in the recommended inflation
to a level place. Turn on the hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from pressure using the pressure
warning flashers. See Hazard other accessory power outlets. gauge (3). The recommended
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. inflation pressure can be found
See If a Tire Goes Flat on If the vehicle has an accessory on the Tire and Loading
page 10‑66 for other important power outlet, do not use the Information label. See Tire
safety warnings. cigarette lighter. Pressure on page 10‑52.
1. Remove the tire sealant and If the vehicle only has a cigarette The pressure gauge (3) may
compressor kit from its storage lighter, use the cigarette lighter. read higher than the actual tire
location. See Storing the Tire pressure while the compressor
Do not pinch the power plug is on. Turn the compressor off
Sealant and Compressor Kit on cord in the door or window.
page 10‑83. to get an accurate reading. The
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle compressor may be turned on/
2. Unwrap the air only hose (7) and must be running while using the off until the correct pressure is
the power plug (8). air compressor. reached.
3. Place the kit on the ground. 8. Press and turn the selector If you inflate the tire higher
Make sure the tire valve stem is switch (1) clockwise to the Air than the recommended
positioned close to the ground Only position. pressure you can adjust the
so the hose will reach it. excess pressure by pressing
9. Press the on/off button (2) to the pressure deflation
4. Remove the tire valve stem cap turn the compressor on. button (4), if equipped, until the
from the flat tire by turning it The compressor will inflate the proper pressure reading is
counterclockwise. tire with air only. reached. This option is only
5. Attach the air only hose (7) onto functional when using the air
the tire valve stem by turning it only hose (7).
clockwise until it is tight.
Vehicle Care 10-83
11. Press the on/off button (2) to 3. Pull up and remove the canister.
turn the tire sealant and 4. Replace with a new canister
compressor kit off. which is available from your
Be careful while handling the dealer.
tire sealant and compressor kit 5. Push the new canister into
as it could be warm after place.
usage.
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from Storing the Tire Sealant
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
and Compressor Kit
To access the tire sealant and
13. Disconnect the air only hose
compressor kit:
(7) from the tire valve stem by The tire sealant and compressor kit
turning it counterclockwise, and has an accessory adapter in a 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
replace the tire valve stem cap. compartment on the bottom of its page 2‑13.
14. Replace the air only hose (7) housing that may be used to inflate 2. Lift the cover.
and the power plug (8) and air mattresses, balls, etc.
cord back in their original
locations.
Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister
15. Place the equipment in the
original storage location in the To remove the sealant canister:
vehicle. 1. Unwrap the sealant hose.
2. Press the canister release
button (9).
10-84 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the wing nut 4. Wrench (In Bag)

counterclockwise to remove it. 5. Trim Removal (If Equipped)
4. Remove the tire sealant and 6. Fastener (If Equipped)
compressor kit.
To access the spare tire and tools:
To store the tire sealant and
compressor kit, reverse the steps. 1. Open the trunk.
2. Remove the spare tire cover.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
With Pressure Relief Button
3. Turn the retainer nut

counterclockwise and remove
the spare tire. Place the spare
1. Screwdriver (If Equipped) tire next to the tire being
With Pressure Deflation Button changed.
2. Tow Hook (If Equipped)
3. Jack
Vehicle Care 10-85
4. The jack and tools are stored 2. Turn the wheel wrench 5. Place the jack near the flat tire.
below the spare tire. Remove counterclockwise to loosen and 6. Put the compact spare tire
them from their container and remove the wheel nut caps. near you.
place them near the tire being Do not try to remove plastic caps
changed. from the cover or center cap. { WARNING
Removing the Flat Tire and 3. Pull the cover or center cap
Installing the Spare Tire away from the wheel. Store the Getting under a vehicle when it is
wheel cover in the cargo area lifted on a jack is dangerous.
until you have the flat tire If the vehicle slips off the jack,
repaired or replaced. you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{ WARNING
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
Take off the wheel cover or center make the vehicle fall. To help
cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach avoid personal injury and vehicle
the wheel bolts. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
1. Do a safety check before 4. Turn the wheel wrench head into the proper location
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes counterclockwise to loosen all before raising the vehicle.
Flat on page 10‑66. the wheel nuts, but do not
remove them yet.
10-86 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Lifting a vehicle and getting
under it to do maintenance or
repairs is dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
9. Position the jack lift head at the 10. Raise the vehicle by turning the
is provided with the vehicle, only
jack location nearest the flat tire. jack handle clockwise. Raise
use it for changing a flat tire. The location is indicated by a the vehicle far enough off the
notch on the bottom edge of the ground so there is enough
7. Attach the jack lift assist tool to body side. The jack must not be room for the road tire to clear
the jack by fitting both ends of used in any other position. the ground.
the jack and tool over one
another.
8. Place the jack under the vehicle.
Notice: Make sure that the jack
lift head is in the correct position
or you may damage your vehicle.
The repairs would not be covered
by your warranty.
Vehicle Care 10-87
14. Place the compact spare tire

WARNING (Continued) on the wheel-mounting surface.
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use { WARNING
a scraper or wire brush later to Never use oil or grease on bolts
remove all rust or dirt. or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
15. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until
11. Remove all of the wheel nuts. the wheel is held against
12. Remove the flat tire. the hub.
16. Lower the vehicle by
{ WARNING turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come 13. Remove any rust or dirt from
off and cause an accident. When the wheel bolts, mounting
changing a wheel, remove any surfaces, and spare wheel.
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
(Continued)
10-88 Vehicle Care
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit

{ WARNING on the vehicle's compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
Wheel nuts that are improperly or the compact spare, the cover or
incorrectly tightened can cause the spare could be damaged.
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
be tightened with a torque wrench and Tools
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque { WARNING
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when Storing a jack, a tire, or other
using accessory locking wheel equipment in the passenger
17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in compartment of the vehicle could
nuts. See Capacities and
a crisscross sequence, as cause injury. In a sudden stop or
Specifications on page 12‑2 for shown.
original equipment wheel nut collision, loose equipment could
torque specifications. 18. Lower the jack all the way and strike someone. Store all these in
remove the jack from under the the proper place.
vehicle.
Notice: Improperly tightened
wheel nuts can lead to brake 19. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly Store the spare or flat tire in one of
pulsation and rotor damage. To with the wheel wrench. the ways shown below. Storage
avoid expensive brake repairs, When reinstalling the wheel cover instructions will vary depending on
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in or center cap on the full-size tire, the bolt that came with the vehicle
the proper sequence and to the tighten all five plastic caps hand and how it attaches to the vehicle.
proper torque specification. See snug with the aid of the wheel This vehicle will have a slide in
Capacities and Specifications on wrench and tighten them with the fastener or a screw in fastener.
page 12‑2 for the wheel nut wheel wrench an additional
torque specification. one-quarter of a turn.
Vehicle Care 10-89
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and 3. Turn the wrench clockwise to

Tools with a Screw in Fastener tighten the fastener.
4. Replace the foam, jack and
tools, and the tire in their original
storage location.
5. Place the tire, lying flat, facing
up in the spare tire well.
6. Turn the retainer nut clockwise
to secure the tire.
7. Place the floor cover on the
wheel.
2. Slide the shorter bolt to remove
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and it from the floor and insert the
Tools with a Slide In Fastener longer one.
1. Turn the wrench 1. If the flat tire is larger than the
counterclockwise to remove the 3. Replace the jack and tools in
spare tire, use the longer their original storage location.
fastener. mounting bolt from the tool bag.
2. Replace the fastener with the 4. Place the tire, lying flat, facing
one provided in the foam. up in the spare tire well.
Use the longer fastener to store 5. Turn the retainer nut clockwise
the flat tire. to secure the tire.
6. Place the floor cover on the
wheel.
To store the compact spare tire, use
the shorter mounting bolt.
10-90 Vehicle Care
The compact spare is for temporary Stop as soon as possible and check Do not use the compact spare on
use only. Replace the compact that the spare tire is correctly other vehicles.
spare tire with a full-size tire as inflated after being installed on the Do not mix the compact spare tire or
soon as you can. vehicle. The compact spare tire is wheel with other wheels or tires.
designed for temporary use only. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
Compact Spare Tire The vehicle will perform differently and its wheel together.
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle Notice: Tire chains will not fit the
{ WARNING speed be limited to 80 km/h compact spare. Using them can
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of damage the vehicle and the
Driving with more than one
the spare tire, have the standard tire chains. Do not use tire chains on
compact spare tire at a time could
repaired or replaced as soon as the compact spare.
result in loss of braking and
convenient and return the spare tire
handling. This could lead to a
to the storage area.
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact Notice: When the compact spare
spare tire at a time. is installed, do not take the
vehicle through an automatic car
wash with guide rails. The
If this vehicle has a compact spare compact spare can get caught on
tire, it was fully inflated when new; the rails which can damage the
however, it can lose air over time. tire, wheel, and other parts of the
Check the inflation pressure vehicle.
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Vehicle Care 10-91
Jump Starting Key Access Keyless Access

Place the ignition key in the ON/ With the brake pedal not applied,
Jump Starting (On-board RUN position and proceed as press and hold the ENGINE START/
follows: STOP button for more than
with eAssist Only) five seconds. This will place the
1. Press MENU (3) on the turn
If the vehicle fails to crank, it may signal lever until Vehicle vehicle in the Service Only Mode.
be jump started by using the eAssist Information Menu is displayed. Proceed as follows:
battery to charge the 12-volt battery. 1. Press MENU (3) on the turn
Use the following procedure to Use w / x (Thumbwheel) (2) to
scroll through the menu items signal lever until Vehicle
activate the on-board jump start Information Menu is displayed.
using the DIC controls. until Jump Start is displayed.
Use w / x (Thumbwheel) (2) to
2. Press SET/CLR (1) to activate
the jump start. scroll through the menu items
until Jump Start is displayed.
3. The system will then ask for
confirmation. If yes is selected, 2. Press SET/CLR (1) to activate
the jump start will begin and the the jump start.
display will show JUMP START 3. The system will then ask for
DIC Buttons ACTIVE WAIT TO START. confirmation. If yes is selected,
4. When the jump start is complete, the jump start will begin and the
1. SET/CLR display will show JUMP START
the display will show JUMP
2. w / x (Thumbwheel) START COMPLETE ATTEMPT ACTIVE WAIT TO START.
3. MENU START. 4. When the jump start is complete,
the display will show JUMP
The vehicle may be equipped with START COMPLETE ATTEMPT
an ignition key or an electronic START.
keyless ignition with pushbutton
start.
10-92 Vehicle Care
If the vehicle is started, the If the battery has run down, you Trying to start the vehicle by
on-board jump start function will may want to use another vehicle pushing or pulling it will not
be automatically disabled. If the and some jumper cables to start work, and it could damage the
vehicle cranks but does not start, your vehicle. Be sure to use the vehicle.
the procedure may be repeated following steps to do it safely. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must
again. If the vehicle start is still have a 12-volt battery with a
unsuccessful, the jump start can be
attempted using the following jump
{ WARNING negative ground system.
starting procedure under “Jump Batteries can hurt you. They can Notice: Only use a vehicle that
Starting (with or without eAssist).” be dangerous because: has a 12-volt system with a
On-board jump starting may be negative ground for jump
unavailable due to the 12-volt
. They contain acid that can starting. If the other vehicle does
battery charge level, the eAssist burn you. not have a 12-volt system with a
battery charge level, power . They contain gas that can negative ground, both vehicles
capability, or an issue with the explode or ignite. can be damaged.
eAssist system. In these cases, the . They contain enough 2. Get the vehicles close enough
display will not be available because electricity to burn you. so the jumper cables can reach,
of the power issue, or the DIC will but be sure the vehicles are
display JUMP START DISABLED If you do not follow these steps not touching each other. If they
SEE OWNERS MANUAL. exactly, some or all of these are, it could cause a ground
things can hurt you. connection you do not want. You
Jump Starting (with or would not be able to start your
without eAssist) Notice: Ignoring these steps vehicle, and the bad grounding
could result in costly damage to could damage the electrical
For more information about the systems.
the vehicle that would not be
vehicle battery, see Battery on
covered by the warranty.
page 10‑25.
Vehicle Care 10-93
To avoid the possibility of the 4. Open the hoods and locate the
vehicles rolling, set the parking batteries. Find the positive (+) { WARNING
brake firmly on both vehicles and negative (−) terminal
involved in the jump start locations on each vehicle. Using a match near a battery can
procedure. Put an automatic Your vehicle's positive (+) cause battery gas to explode.
transmission in P (Park) or a terminal and negative (–) People have been hurt doing this,
manual transmission in Neutral terminal are under a black cover and some have been blinded.
before setting the parking brake. on the battery. See Engine Use a flashlight if you need more
Compartment Overview on light.
Notice: If any accessories are left
on or plugged in during the jump page 10‑6 for more information Be sure the battery has enough
starting procedure, they could be on location. Remove the cover water. You do not need to add
damaged. The repairs would not to access the positive (+) and water to the battery installed in
be covered by the vehicle negative (–) terminals.
your new vehicle. But if a battery
warranty. Whenever possible, has filler caps, be sure the right
turn off or unplug all accessories { WARNING amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
on either vehicle when jump add water to take care of that
starting the vehicle. An electric fan can start up even
first. If you do not, explosive gas
when the engine is not running
3. Turn off the ignition on both could be present.
and can injure you. Keep hands,
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that
accessories plugged into the underhood electric fan. can burn you. Do not get it on
accessory power outlet. Turn off
you. If you accidentally get it in
the radio and all lamps that are
your eyes or on your skin, flush
not needed. This will avoid
sparks and help save both the place with water and get
batteries. And it could save the medical help immediately.
radio!
10-94 Vehicle Care
too. And do not connect the battery. Use a remote

{ WARNING negative (−) cable to the positive (+) terminal if the
negative (−) terminal on the vehicle has one.
Fans or other moving engine dead battery because this can
parts can injure you badly. Keep 8. Now connect the black negative
cause sparks. (−) cable to the negative (−)
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running. terminal of the good battery. Use
a remote negative (−) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
5. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing Do not let the other end touch
insulation. If they do, you could anything until the next step. The
get a shock. The vehicles could other end of the negative (−)
be damaged too. cable does not go to the dead
battery. It goes to a heavy,
Before you connect the cables, unpainted metal engine part or
here are some things you should to a remote negative (−) terminal
know. Positive (+) will go to on the vehicle with the dead
positive (+) or to a remote battery.
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−) 6. Connect the red positive (+) 9. Connect the other end of the
will go to a heavy, unpainted cable to the positive (+) terminal negative (−) cable at least 45 cm
metal engine part or to a remote of the dead battery. Use a (18 in) away from the dead
negative (−) terminal if the remote positive (+) terminal if the battery, but not near engine
vehicle has one. vehicle has one. parts that move. The electrical
connection is just as good there,
Do not connect positive (+) to 7. Do not let the other end touch and the chance of sparks getting
negative (−) or you will get a metal. Connect it to the back to the battery is much less.
short that would damage the positive (+) terminal of the good
battery and maybe other parts
Vehicle Care 10-95
10. Now start the vehicle with the Towing Recreational Vehicle
good battery and run the
engine for a while.
Towing
Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing means
11. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not Notice: Incorrectly towing a towing the vehicle behind another
start after a few tries, it disabled vehicle may cause vehicle – such as behind a motor
probably needs service. damage. The damage would not home. The two most common types
be covered by the vehicle of recreational vehicle towing are
Notice: If the jumper cables are warranty. known as dinghy towing and dolly
connected or removed in the towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
wrong order, electrical shorting Have the vehicle towed on a wheel
vehicle with all four wheels on the
may occur and damage the lift tow truck. A flatbed car carrier
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle. The repairs would not be could damage the vehicle. The
vehicle with two wheels on the
covered by the vehicle warranty. wheel lift tow truck must raise the
ground and two wheels up on a
Always connect and remove the rear of the vehicle and wheel dollies
device known as a dolly.
jumper cables in the correct must be used to lift the front wheels
order, making sure that the off the ground. Here are some important things to
cables do not touch each other or consider before recreational vehicle
Consult your dealer or a
other metal. towing:
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed. . What is the towing capacity
Jumper Cable Removal
of the towing vehicle? Be
Reverse the sequence exactly when To tow the vehicle behind another
sure to read the tow
removing the jumper cables. vehicle for recreational purposes,
vehicle manufacturer's
such as behind a motor home, see
recommendations.
“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this
section.
10-96 Vehicle Care

. How far will the vehicle be Dinghy Towing Dolly Towing
towed? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
. Does the vehicle have the
proper towing equipment? See
your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice
and equipment
recommendations.
. Is the vehicle ready to be
towed? Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed. Notice: If the vehicle is towed Tow the vehicle with the two rear
with all four wheels on the wheels on the ground and the front
ground, the drivetrain wheels on a dolly.
components could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered To tow the vehicle with two wheels
by the vehicle warranty. Do not on the ground and a dolly:
tow the vehicle with all four 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
wheels on the ground.
2. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
The vehicle was not designed to be
towed with all four wheels on the 3. Set the parking brake.
ground. If the vehicle must be 4. Remove the key from the
towed, a dolly should be used. See ignition.
“Dolly Towing” later in this section.
Vehicle Care 10-97
5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. Appearance Care Follow all manufacturer
6. Release the parking brake. directions regarding correct
product usage, necessary safety
Exterior Care precautions, and appropriate
Locks disposal of any vehicle care
product.
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when Notice: Avoid using
absolutely necessary, and have the high-pressure washes closer than
locks greased after using. See 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the
Recommended Fluids and vehicle. Use of power washers
Lubricants. exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi)
can result in damage or removal
Washing the Vehicle of paint and decals.
To preserve the vehicle's finish, Rinse the vehicle well, before
wash it often and out of direct washing and after, to remove all
Notice: Towing the vehicle from sunlight. cleaning agents completely. If they
the rear could damage it. Also, are allowed to dry on the surface,
repairs would not be covered by Notice: Do not use
they could stain.
the vehicle warranty. Never have petroleum-based, acidic,
or abrasive cleaning agents as Dry the finish with a soft, clean
the vehicle towed from the rear.
they can damage the vehicle's chamois or an all-cotton towel to
paint, metal, or plastic parts. avoid surface scratches and water
If damage occurs, it would not be spotting.
covered by the vehicle's warranty.
Approved cleaning products can
be obtained from your dealer.
10-98 Vehicle Care
Finish Care Notice: Machine compounding or Cleaning Exterior Lamps/

aggressive polishing on a Lenses and Emblems
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
sealant/wax materials is not Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
may damage it. Use only
recommended. If painted surfaces soft cloth, and a car washing soap
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
are damaged, see your dealer to to clean exterior lamps, lenses and
that are made for a basecoat/
have the damage assessed and emblems. Follow instructions under
clearcoat paint finish on the
repaired. Foreign materials such as "Washing the Vehicle" in this
vehicle.
calcium chloride and other salts, ice section.
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree To keep the paint finish looking new,
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from keep the vehicle garaged or Windshield and Wiper Blades
industrial chimneys, etc., can covered whenever possible. Clean the outside of the windshield
damage the vehicle's finish if they with glass cleaner.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
remain on painted surfaces. Wash Parts
the vehicle as soon as possible. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
If necessary, use non-abrasive Regularly clean bright metal parts cloth or paper towel soaked with
cleaners that are marked safe for with water or chrome polish on windshield washer fluid or a mild
painted surfaces to remove foreign chrome or stainless steel trim, detergent. Wash the windshield
matter. if necessary. thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
Occasional hand waxing or mild For aluminum, never use auto or a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
polishing should be done to remove chrome polish, steam, or caustic treatments may cause wiper
residue from the paint finish. See soap to clean. A coating of wax, streaking.
your dealer for approved cleaning rubbed to a high polish, is
products. recommended for all bright metal Replace the wiper blades if they
parts. are worn or damaged. Damage
Do not apply waxes or polishes to can be caused by extreme dusty
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint snow, and ice.
as damage can occur.
Vehicle Care 10-99
Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum automatic car wash that uses
or Chrome silicone carbide tire cleaning
Apply silicone grease on
brushes. Damage could occur
weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild and the repairs would not be
longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels. covered by the vehicle warranty.
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips After rinsing thoroughly with clean
once a year. Black marks from water, dry with a soft, clean towel. Steering, Suspension, and
rubber material on painted surfaces A wax may then be applied. Chassis Components
can be removed by rubbing with a
Notice: Chrome wheels and other Visually inspect the front and rear
clean cloth. See Recommended
chrome trim may be damaged if suspension and steering system for
Fluids and Lubricants on
the vehicle is not washed after damaged, loose, or missing parts or
page 11‑12.
driving on roads that have been signs of wear. Inspect the power
Tires sprayed with magnesium, steering for proper hook-up, binding,
calcium, or sodium chloride. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to These chlorides are used on
clean the tires. check constant velocity joints,
roads for conditions such as ice rubber boots, and axle seals for
Notice: Using petroleum-based and dust. Always wash the leaks.
tire dressing products on the chrome with soap and water after
vehicle may damage the paint exposure. Body Component Lubrication
finish and/or tires. When applying Notice: To avoid surface damage, Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
a tire dressing, always wipe off do not use strong soaps, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
any overspray from all painted chemicals, abrasive polishes, steel fuel door hinge unless the
surfaces on the vehicle. cleaners, brushes, or cleaners components are plastic. Applying
that contain acid on aluminum or silicone grease on weatherstrips
chrome-plated wheels. Use only with a clean cloth will make them
approved cleaners. Also, never last longer, seal better, and not stick
drive a vehicle with aluminum or or squeak.
chrome-plated wheels through an
10-100 Vehicle Care
Underbody Maintenance corrosion. Larger areas of finish hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
damage can be corrected in your repellent from all interior surfaces or
Use plain water to flush dirt and
dealer's body and paint shop. permanent damage may result.
debris from the vehicle's underbody.
Your dealer or an underbody car Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for
washing system can do this. If not cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
removed, rust and corrosion can Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the
develop. and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent
causing blotchy, ring-shaped permanent damage. Apply all
Sheet Metal Damage discolorations, and small, irregular cleaners directly to the cleaning
dark spots etched into the paint cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
If the vehicle is damaged and
surface. on any switches or controls.
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body Cleaners should be removed
repair shop applies anti-corrosion Interior Care quickly. Never allow cleaners to
material to parts repaired or To prevent dirt particle abrasions, remain on the surface being
replaced to restore corrosion regularly clean the vehicle's interior. cleaned for extended periods
protection. Immediately remove any soils. Note of time.
Original manufacturer replacement that newspapers or dark garments Cleaners may contain solvents that
parts will provide the corrosion that can transfer color to home can become concentrated in the
protection while maintaining the furnishings can also permanently interior. Before using cleaners, read
vehicle warranty. transfer color to the vehicle's and adhere to all safety instructions
interior. on the label. While cleaning the
Finish Damage Use a soft bristle brush to remove interior, maintain adequate
Quickly repair minor chips and dust from knobs and crevices on the ventilation by opening the doors and
scratches with touch-up materials instrument cluster. Using a mild windows.
available from your dealer to avoid soap solution, immediately remove
Vehicle Care 10-101
To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass Coated Moldings

the interior using the following
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned.
cleaners or techniques:
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
. Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth. sponge or soft lint-free cloth
sharp object to remove a soil Commercial glass cleaners may be dampened with water.
from any interior surface. used, if necessary, after cleaning
the interior glass with plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm
. Never use a brush with stiff
soapy water.
bristles. Notice: To prevent scratching,
. Never rub any surface never use abrasive cleaners on Fabric/Carpet/Suede
aggressively or with excessive automotive glass. Abrasive
Start by vacuuming the surface
pressure. cleaners or aggressive cleaning
using a soft brush attachment. If a
may damage the rear window
. Do not use laundry detergents rotating brush attachment is being
defogger.
or dishwashing soaps with used during vacuuming, only use it
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Notice: Cleaning the windshield on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
use approximately 20 drops with water during the first three to gently remove as much of the soil
per 3.78 L (1 gal) of water. six months of ownership will as possible using one of the
A concentrated soap solution will reduce tendency to fog. following techniques:
leave a residue that creates Speaker Covers . Gently blot liquids with a paper
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not towel. Continue blotting until no
use solutions that contain strong Vacuum around a speaker cover more soil can be removed.
or caustic soap. gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with just . For solid soils, remove as much
. Do not heavily saturate the water and mild soap. as possible prior to vacuuming.
upholstery when cleaning.
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
10-102 Vehicle Care
To clean: If the soil is not completely using mild soap. Do not use bleach
1. Saturate a clean lint-free removed, it may be necessary to or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
colorfast cloth with water or club use a commercial upholstery and air dry before next use.
soda. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Notice: Do not attach a device
recommended to prevent lint hidden area for colorfastness before with a suction cup to the display.
transfer to the fabric or carpet. using a commercial upholstery This may cause damage and
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring would not be covered by the
2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire
gently wringing until water does warranty.
fabric or carpet.
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Instrument Panel, Leather,
Following the cleaning process, a
3. Start on the outside edge of the paper towel can be used to blot Vinyl, and Other Plastic
soil and gently rub toward the excess moisture. Surfaces
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Use a soft microfiber cloth
a clean area frequently to Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and dampened with water to remove
prevent forcing the soil in to the dust and loose dirt. For a more
fabric. Radio Displays thorough cleaning, use a soft
4. Continue gently rubbing the For vehicles with high gloss microfiber cloth dampened with a
soiled area until there is no surfaces or vehicle displays, use a mild soap solution.
longer any color transfer from microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Notice: Soaking or saturating
the soil to the cleaning cloth. Before wiping the surface with the leather, especially perforated
5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle leather, as well as other interior
removed, use a mild soap brush to remove dirt that could surfaces, may cause permanent
solution followed only by club scratch the surface. Then use the damage. Wipe excess moisture
soda or plain water. microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to from these surfaces after
clean. Never use window cleaners cleaning and allow them to dry
or solvents. Periodically hand wash naturally. Never use heat, steam,
the microfiber cloth separately, spot lifters, or spot removers.
Vehicle Care 10-103
Do not use cleaners that contain Cargo Cover and Floor Mats
silicone or wax-based products. Convenience Net
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change Wash with warm water and mild { WARNING
the appearance and feel of leather detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or
or soft trim and are not
then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can
recommended.
interfere with the pedals.
Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can
gloss, especially on the instrument Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration
panel. Reflected glare can decrease and/or increased stopping
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions. { WARNING distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
Notice: Use of air fresheners may Do not bleach or dye safety belts. mat does not interfere with the
cause permanent damage to It may severely weaken them. In pedals.
plastics and painted surfaces. a crash, they might not be able to
If an air freshener comes in provide adequate protection. Use the following guidelines for
contact with any plastic or Clean safety belts only with mild proper floor mat usage:
painted surface in the vehicle, soap and lukewarm water.
blot immediately and clean with a . The original equipment floor
soft cloth dampened with a mild mats were designed for your
soap solution. Damage caused by vehicle. If the floor mats need
air fresheners would not be replacing, it is recommended
covered by the vehicle warranty. that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
10-104 Vehicle Care

. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
Pull up on the rear of the floor retainer openings over the carpet
mat to unlock each retainer and retainers and snapping into position.
remove.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information technicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oil
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to blades.
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 help protect against major repair
Notice: Damage caused by
expenses resulting from neglect or
improper maintenance can lead to
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may
costly repairs and may not be
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 also help to maintain the value of
covered by the vehicle warranty.
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Special Application Services Maintenance intervals, checks,
responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application inspections, recommended fluids,
all required maintenance performed.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 and lubricants are important to
Your dealer has trained technicians keep the vehicle in good working
Additional Maintenance who can perform required condition.
and Care maintenance using genuine
The Tire Rotation and Required
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
Services are the responsibility of the
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 up‐to‐date tools and equipment for
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
Recommended Fluids, have your dealer perform these
dealers have extended evening and
Lubricants, and Parts services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Saturday hours, courtesy
Recommended Fluids and Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
transportation, and online
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 keep the vehicle in good working
scheduling to assist with service
Maintenance Replacement condition, improves fuel economy,
needs.
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 and reduces vehicle emissions.
Your dealer recognizes the
Maintenance Records importance of providing
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use

. Frequently towing a trailer.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
Maintenance
. Used for high speed or
There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services ‐
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery Owner Checks and Services
Normal are for vehicles that: service.
At Each Fuel Stop
. Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Check the engine oil level. See
within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10‑11.
the Tire and Loading Information Required Services ‐ Severe chart.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month
on page 9‑10. { WARNING . Check the tire inflation
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on
surfaces within legal driving page 10‑52.
be dangerous and can cause
limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10‑59.
Recommended Fuel on required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer
page 9‑47. and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to page 10‑22.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services ‐ Normal chart. work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10‑4.
The Additional Required Services ‐
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required

. Check tire inflation pressures.
Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure on
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL page 10‑52.
SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi
engine oil and filter changed within
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven Inspection on page 10‑59.
the vehicle, and perform the
under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire . Visually check for fluid leaks.
engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10‑59. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
indicate the need for vehicle service . Check engine oil level and oil See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
for more than a year. The engine oil
life percentage. If needed, page 10‑15.
and filter must be changed at least
once a year and the oil life system change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect brake system.
must be reset. Your trained dealer reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑11 and Engine
. Visually inspect steering,
technician can perform this work. suspension, and chassis
If the engine oil life system is reset Oil Life System on page 10‑13.
components for damaged, loose,
accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See or missing parts or signs of
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. wear. See Exterior Care on
last service. Reset the oil life page 10‑97.
. Check windshield washer fluid
system when the oil is changed.
level. See Washer Fluid on . Check restraint system
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑22. components. See Safety System
page 10‑13.
. Visually inspect windshield wiper Check on page 3‑19.
blades for wear, cracking, . Visually inspect fuel system for
or contamination. See Exterior damage or leaks.
Care on page 10‑97. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
. Visually inspect exhaust system
See Wiper Blade Replacement and nearby heat shields for
on page 10‑27. loose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. See . Check parking brake and . Check tire sealant expiration
Exterior Care on page 10‑97. automatic transmission park date, if equipped. See Tire
. Check starter switch. See Starter mechanism. See Park Brake and Sealant and Compressor Kit
Switch Check on page 10‑26. P (Park) Mechanism Check on (With Pressure Relief Button) on
page 10‑27. page 10‑68 or Tire Sealant and
. Check automatic transmission Compressor Kit (With Pressure
shift lock control function. See
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding. Deflation Button) on page 10‑76.
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check on Replace if needed. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
page 10‑26. . Visually inspect gas strut for if equipped. See Sunroof on
signs of wear, cracks, or other page 2‑21.
. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock damage. Check the hold open
Check on page 10‑26. ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.

Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines (4) Or every five years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required and hoses for proper hook-up, comes first. See Cooling System on
Services — Normal routing, and condition. Check that page 10‑16.
(1) Or every two years, whichever the purge valve, if the vehicle has (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. More frequent one, works properly. Replace as comes first.
replacement may be needed if the needed.
(6) Inspect for fraying, excessive
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy (3) Or every four years, whichever cracking, or damage; replace,
traffic, areas with poor air quality, comes first. if needed.
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.

Footnotes — Maintenance (3) Or every four years, whichever Special Application

Schedule Additional Required comes first.
Services — Severe (4) Or every five years, whichever
Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent page 10‑16. Vehicles Only: Lubricate
replacement may be needed if the (5) Or every 10 years, whichever chassis components every
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy comes first. 5 000 km/3,000 mi.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, .
(6) Inspect for fraying, excessive Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels.
cracking, or damage; replace, performed once a year.
Replacement may also be needed
if there is a reduction in air flow, if needed.
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
Additional Battery Brakes

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are
Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving.
Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping.
repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. . Trained dealer technicians have
performance, additional
maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
required. It is recommended the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
that your dealer perform these the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
services — their trained dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
technicians know your vehicle best. corrosion-free.
Fluids
Your dealer can also perform a Belts
thorough assessment with a Proper fluid levels and approved
multi-point inspection to recommend . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
when your vehicle may need squeak or show signs of and components. See
attention. The following list is cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
intended to explain the services and . Trained dealer technicians have Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM
conditions to look for that may access to tools and equipment approved fluids.
indicate services are required. to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be
replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses Shocks and Struts Tires

Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated,
be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of wear may include the tires can save money, fuel, and
With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ can reduce the risk of tire failure.
dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer . Signs that the tires need to be
advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven replaced include three or more
Lamps tire wear. visible treadwear indicators; cord
. As part of the multi-point or fabric showing through the
Properly working headlamps, rubber; cracks or cuts in the
taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
important to see and be seen on split in the tire.
the road. the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals, . Trained dealer technicians can
. Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise inspect and recommend the right
attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. tires. Your dealer can also
to light, cracking, or damage. provide tire/wheel balancing
The brake lamps need to be services to ensure smooth
checked periodically to ensure vehicle operation at all speeds.
that they light when braking. Your dealer sells and services
. With a multi-point inspection, name brand tires.
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Vehicle Care Windshield Wiper Blades

To help keep the vehicle looking like For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned
new, vehicle care products are best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to
available from your dealer. For clean and clear. provide a clear view.
information on how to clean and . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking,
protect the vehicle’s interior and scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield,
exterior, see Interior Care on and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
page 10‑100 and Exterior Care on
page 10‑97. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can
recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and
Wheel Alignment if needed. replace them when needed.
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
. Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of
the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is
recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑11.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑18.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category
Release Pawl LB or GC-LB.
Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 55560894 A3128C
Engine Oil Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G
2.5L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13271190 —
Spark Plugs
2.0L L4 Engine 12626906 41-116
2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41-108
2.5L L4 Engine 12627160 41-115
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 92231676 —
Passenger Side – 47.5 cm (18.7 in) 20980551 —
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Odometer
Reading
Odometer
Reading
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN
Vehicle Identification is the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, in either the glove box or
the trunk area, has the following
information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
This legal identifier is in the front
. Model designation.
corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
. Production options and special
outside. The VIN also appears on equipment.
the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the
Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle.
and registration.
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
2.0L L4 Engine 7.0 L 7.4 qt
2.4L L4 Engine 9.6 L 10.1 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.0L L4 Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt
2.0L L4 Engine FWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt
Fuel Tank
Base model 59.7 L 15.8 gal
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities
Application
Metric English
LT or LTZ model with eAssist 59.7 L 15.8 gal
LT or LTZ model without eAssist 70.0 L 18.5 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 lb ft
*See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑14 for information on checking fluid level.
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.0L L4 Engine X Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in)
2.4L L4 Engine R Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in)
2.5L L4 Engine A Automatic 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
2.0L or 2.5L L4 Engine

2.4L L4 Engine
Belt removal and installation
requires special tools. See your
dealer for service.
Customer Information 13-1
Customer GM Mobility Reimbursement Reporting Safety Defects

Program (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects to
Information Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 the United States
Roadside Assistance Program Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18
(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information Roadside Assistance the Canadian
Customer Satisfaction Program (U.S. and Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
Procedure (U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11 Reporting Safety Defects to
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2 Scheduling Service General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
Customer Satisfaction Appointments (U.S. and
Procedure (Mexico) . . . . . . . . 13-4 Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance Offices Courtesy Transportation Privacy
(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Program (U.S. and Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance Offices Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Collision Damage Repair Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-20
Customer Assistance for Text (U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . 13-15 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21
Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. Service Publications Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-21
and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-17 Radio Frequency
Online Owner Center (U.S. Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-21
and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21
13-2 Customer Information
Customer Information STEP TWO: If after contacting a

member of dealership management,
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's
Customer Satisfaction resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest
Procedure (U.S. and further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first.
Canada) Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your
Your satisfaction and goodwill are Canada, call General Motors of
important to your dealer and to dealer are committed to making
Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns 1-800-263-3777 (English),
with the sales transaction or the with your new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). if you continue to remain unsatisfied
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or We encourage you to call the after following the procedure
service departments. Sometimes, toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you
however, despite the best intentions inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business
of all concerned, misunderstandings following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
can occur. If your concern has not give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights.
been resolved to your satisfaction, representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an
the following steps should be taken: . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business
with a member of dealership from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive
management. Normally, concerns title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
can be quickly resolved at that level. the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle
If the matter has already been through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may
reviewed with the sales, service, . Dealership name and location. be required to resort to this informal
or parts manager, contact the owner dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the
of your dealership or the general
present mileage. program is free of charge and your
manager.
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the STEP THREE — Canadian advantages over courts in most
decision given in your case, you Owners: In the event that you do jurisdictions because it is informal,
may reject it and proceed with any not feel your concerns have been quick, and free of charge.
other venue for relief available addressed after following the For further information concerning
to you. procedure outlined in Steps One eligibility in the Canadian Motor
You may contact the BBB Auto Line and Two, General Motors of Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Program using the toll-free Canada Limited wants you to be call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
telephone number or write them at aware of its participation in a the General Motors Customer Care
the following address: no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Program. General Motors of Canada 1-800-263-7854 (French),
BBB Auto Line Program Limited has committed to binding
Council of Better Business or write to:
arbitration of owner disputes
Bureaus, Inc. involving factory-related vehicle The Mediation/Arbitration Program
4200 Wilson Boulevard service claims. The program c/o Customer Care Centre
Suite 800 provides for the review of the facts General Motors of Canada Limited
Arlington, VA 22203-1838 involved by an impartial third party Mail Code: CA1-163-005
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 arbiter, and may include an informal 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto hearing before the arbiter. The Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
program is designed so that the Your inquiry should be accompanied
This program is available in all entire dispute settlement process,
50 states and the District of by the Vehicle Identification
from the time you file your complaint Number (VIN).
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by to the final decision, should be
vehicle age, mileage, and other completed in about 70 days. We
factors. General Motors reserves believe our impartial program offers
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Customer Satisfaction the good intentions of all parties STEP THREE

involved, sometimes a
Procedure (Mexico) misunderstanding may occur.
If your case is not resolved in a
reasonable amount of time by your
If you have a problem that has not dealer, please call the General
been satisfactorily handled through Motors Customer Assistance
the normal means, we suggest the Center (CAC) and provide the
following steps: following information:
STEP ONE . Name
Explain your case to your dealer . Address
Did you get the Warranty Extension service agent, service manager, . Phone number
Plan? This plan is recommended by dealer sales agent, or sales
General Motors to supplement the manager, depending on your case.
. Model year
warranty included with the new . Brand
vehicle purchase. Make sure that they have all
necessary information. They are . Vehicle Identification
See your dealer for details. interested in your continual Number (VIN)
satisfaction.
Customer Assistance . Mileage
Procedure STEP TWO . Delivery date
Owner satisfaction and goodwill are If you are not satisfied, please . Description of the problem
very important to your dealer and contact the general manager or your
. Dealership name
General Motors. dealership owner to ask for their
help. If they are not able to resolve . Dealership address
Normally, any problem with the
your case, ask them to contact the
transaction, sale, or usage of the See Customer Assistance Offices
right people at General Motors for
vehicle must be handled by your (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or
support, if needed.
dealer sales or service departments. Customer Assistance Offices
However, we recognize that despite (Mexico) on page 13‑5.
Customer Assistance Canada All e-mail inquiries to the Customer

Assistance Center (CAC) should be
Offices (U.S. and Canada) General Motors of Canada Limited
sent to: cac.chevrolet@gm.com.
Customer Care Centre,
Chevrolet encourages customers to
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Mexico
call the toll-free number for
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
assistance. However, if a customer From Mexico City
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
www.gm.ca 5329-0811
the letter should be addressed to:
1-800-263-3777 (English) From Other Mexico Locations
United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text 01-800-466-0811
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Telephone devices (TTYs)) United States and Canada
Center Roadside Assistance:
P.O. Box 33170 1-800-268-6800 1-866-466-8190
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Overseas Costa Rica
www.Chevrolet.com
Please contact the local General 00-800-052-1005
1-800-222-1020
Motors Business Unit. Guatemala
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs)) 1-800-999-5252
Roadside Assistance: Customer Assistance
1-800-243-8872 Offices (Mexico) Panama
From U.S. Virgin Islands: To contact the Customer Assistance 00-800-052-0001
1-800-496-9994 Center (CAC), use the phone
numbers listed in this section. Dominican Republic
Customer assistance is available 1-888-751-5301
Monday through Friday, 08:00 to
20:00 hours, and Saturdays from
08:00 to 15:00 hours.
El Salvador Online Owner Center D (Preferred Dealer

800-6273 (U.S. and Canada) Information): Select a preferred
dealer and view dealer location,
Honduras Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours.
800-0122-6101 (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking
The Chevrolet online owner Information): Track the vehicle’s
Customer Assistance for experience is a one-stop resource warranty information.
Text Telephone (TTY) that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): View
Chevrolet and keeps important active recalls or search by Vehicle
Users (U.S. and Canada) vehicle-specific information in one Identification Number (VIN). See
To assist customers who are deaf, place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired on page 12‑1.
Membership Benefits
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY E (Vehicle Information): H (Other Account Information):
equipment available at its Customer Download owner manuals and view View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
Assistance Center. Any TTY vehicle-specific how-to videos. radio, and OnStar account
user in the U.S. can communicate information.
G (Maintenance Information):
with Chevrolet by dialing: View maintenance schedules, F (Live Chat Support): Chat live
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in required alerts, OnStar onboard with online help representatives.
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. vehicle diagnostic information, and Visit my.chevrolet.com to register
schedule service appointments. your vehicle.
I (Service History): View
printable dealer-recorded service
records and self-recorded service
records.
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also

(Canada) chevroletowner.ca has a Mobility Program. Call
Reimbursement Program 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner (U.S. and Canada) for details. TTY users call
Centre: 1-800-263-3830.
. Chat live with online help
representatives. Roadside Assistance
. Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program (Mexico)
. Access third party enthusiast As a new owner, your vehicle is
sites and social media networks. automatically enrolled in the
. Locate owner resources such Roadside Assistance program. The
This program is available to services are available at no cost
as lease-end, financing, and qualified applicants for cost
warranty information. under the terms and conditions
reimbursement of eligible of the program. The Roadside
. Retrieve your favorite articles, aftermarket adaptive equipment Assistance program is not part
quizzes, tips, and multimedia required for the vehicle, such as of, or included, in the coverage
galleries organized into the hand controls or a wheelchair/ provided by the New Vehicle Limited
Features and Auto Care scooter lift for the vehicle. Warranty.
Sections. For more information on the limited Roadside Assistance provides
. Download the owner manual for offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or assistance to the driver and
your vehicle, quickly and easily. call the GM Mobility Assistance passengers while driving the vehicle
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text within your city of residence or on
. Find the Telephone (TTY) users, call
Chevrolet-recommended any passable road in Mexico, the
1-800-833-9935. United States, and Canada.
maintenance services for your
vehicle.
Services are subject to the Services Provided

. *Emergency Calls: Call for
limitations described in the following emergency services.
. Flat Tire Change: If unable to
pages. Program coverage varies by change a flat tire, Roadside
. *Dealership Location
country. Assistance will provide towing Assistance: Information
Roadside Assistance is available service to the nearest authorized regarding addresses and
24 hours a day, 365 days of Chevrolet dealership. It is the telephone numbers for Chevrolet
the year. owner's responsibility for the dealers.
This program expires two years repair or replacement of the tire. . Emergency Towing: Tow to the
from the date of the invoice for the This service is limited to the nearest dealer for warranty
vehicle, regardless of vehicle transfer of the vehicle to the service if the vehicle cannot be
mileage and changes in vehicle repair facility. driven.
ownership. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: If the vehicle is involved in an
For more information about the Delivery of enough fuel for the accident during the commission
renewal of this program at the end vehicle to get to the nearest of a crime, administrative
of its term, contact the Chevrolet service station. violation, or breach of traffic
Customer Assistance Center at . Lock-Out Service: Service to regulations, Roadside
01-800-466-0800. unlock the vehicle if you are Assistance will not provide
locked out. service. When the vehicle is
not accessible to be towed, all
. Battery Jump Start: Service to maneuvers required to access it
jump start a dead battery. will be at the owner's expense.
. *Emergency Messages:
Transmission of urgent phone
messages.
If the vehicle is in another city

. *Trip Interruption: This service A rental car will be provided for
outside of your residence, is provided if you are prevented up to two days and the vehicle
Roadside Assistance is limited from further usage of your must be returned to its original
to moving the vehicle to the vehicle while traveling and it is destination, excluding vehicles
nearest dealer. If you would like not possible for the nearest with a carrying capacity greater
the vehicle moved to a different Chevrolet dealership to repair than 3.5 tons.
dealer, you will be asked to the vehicle the same day,
requiring the vehicle to stay at Complimentary Transportation: If
cover the difference in cost at you prefer to continue your trip
the time of the move. the dealership for a night or
more. If this happens, in addition to the intended destination or
If the vehicle cannot be received to the previously listed services return to your place of
by the nearest Chevrolet dealer and prior to confirmation by the residence, and the trip requires
due to scheduling conflicts, the dealership, you are entitled to more than eight hours driving on
vehicle will be taken to a safe choose one of the following the road, transportation for the
place where it will remain for up alternatives, within the limits of driver and passengers by first
to 48 hours until it can be taken existing Roadside Assistance class bus or coach commercial
to the dealer. If the storage costs program guidelines. If the costs airline will be provided to a
exceed the amount authorized, exceed the amount authorized location chosen by Roadside
the owner is responsible to pay for these services, you must pay Assistance, depending on
the difference at the time of the difference at the time of availability at the chosen
service. Contact Roadside service. destination. Restrictions apply
Assistance for more information based on vehicle specifications.
on authorized amounts. Roadside Assistance
will coordinate hotel If you are on the road, taxi
accommodations for all vehicle service to the nearest bus
travelers for up to two nights. station or airport will be
provided.

. *Complimentary Services Not Included in Roadside
. Food service, beverages,
Transportation for Vehicle Pick Assistance telephone calls, or other extra
Up: Transportation to pick up costs. Accommodation costs
your vehicle after repairs are Roadside Assistance does not apply only to Mexico per the
complete. Once the dealer has cover or reimburse services for the terms and conditions of the
reported that the vehicle has following: Roadside Assistance program.
been repaired, Roadside . Events caused by fraud or bad . Any damage to the vehicle
Assistance will provide bus or faith by the driver. without intent, derived from the
commercial airline one-way . services provided.
Vehicle immobilization situations
service (subject to availability)
due to a major force or . Cost of towing a trailer when
for the person designated by you
unforeseen circumstances, such choosing a Chevrolet dealer that
to collect your vehicle at the
as natural phenomena of an is nearest to the temporary
dealership's location if you or the
extraordinary nature, storage facility for the disabled
designated person are not in the
earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, vehicle.
same town or city as the
and other cyclonic storms.
dealership. . Cost of all maneuvers required
. Vehicle immobilization situations to access the vehicle when it is
*These services are not provided for
arising from car accidents not available to be towed.
U.S. or Canada residents. All
caused by the driver of the
services provided in the U.S. and . Cost of fuel provided.
vehicle or third parties. This
Canada are at the owner's expense
means any occurrence that Routine vehicle repair costs are
and will be reimbursed by Roadside
causes physical injury to the not covered by the Roadside
Assistance.
occupants and/or the vehicle Assistance program. For more
caused by external forces. information, see your new vehicle
. Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, warranty.
armed forces or police actions
which prevent timely delivery of
assistance services.

. Odometer reading, Vehicle
Contacting Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance Identification Number (VIN), and
Roadside Assistance services are Program (U.S. and delivery date of the vehicle.
of no cost to you and available Canada)
24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
. Description of the problem.
Costs are only incurred in situations For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
Coverage
that exceed the limits of the 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone
program, some of which are listed (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). Services are provided up to 5 years/
previously in this section. 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
comes first.
To contact Roadside Assistance by call 1-800-268-6800.
phone, use the following numbers: In the U.S., anyone driving the
Service is available 24 hours a day,
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
Mexico 365 days a year.
person driving the vehicle without
01-800-466-0800 Calling for Assistance permission from the owner is not
covered.
United States When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information Roadside Assistance is not a part of
1-866-466-8901 the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
ready:
Canada Chevrolet and General Motors of
. Your name, home address, and Canada Limited reserve the right to
1-800-268-6800 home telephone number. make any changes or discontinue
E-mail . Telephone number of your the Roadside Assistance program at
location. any time without notification.
asistencia.chevrolet@gm.com
. Location of the vehicle.
Chevrolet reserves the right to make
any changes or discontinue the . Model, year, color, and license
Roadside Assistance program at plate number of the vehicle.
any time without notification.
Chevrolet and General Motors of

. Flat Tire Change: Service to Services Specific to
Canada Limited reserve the right to change a flat tire with the spare Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
limit services or payment to an tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
owner or driver if they decide the must be in good condition and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
claims are made too often, or the properly inflated. It is the owner's is approximately $5 Canadian.
same type of claim is made many responsibility for the repair or Diesel fuel delivery may be
times. replacement of the tire if it is not restricted. Propane and other
covered by the warranty. fuels are not provided through
Services Provided this service.
. Battery Jump Start: Service to
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
jump start a dead battery.
Delivery of enough fuel for the registration is required.
vehicle to get to the nearest Services Not Included in . Trip Interruption Benefits and
service station. Roadside Assistance
Assistance: Must be over
. Lock-Out Service: Service to . Impound towing caused by 250 kilometers from where
unlock the vehicle if you are violation of any laws. your trip was started to
locked out. A remote unlock may . Legal fines. qualify. General Motors of
be available if you have OnStar. Canada Limited requires
For security reasons, the driver
. Mounting, dismounting, pre-authorization, original
must present identification or changing of snow tires, detailed receipts, and a copy
before this service is given. chains, or other traction devices. of the repair orders. Once
. Towing or services for vehicles authorization has been received,
. Emergency Tow from a Public
driven on a non-public road or the Roadside Assistance advisor
Road or Highway: Tow to the
highway. will help to make arrangements
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
and explain how to receive
warranty service, or if the vehicle
payment.
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.

. Alternative Service: If If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Coverage period in Canada),
assistance cannot be provided into the service department extended powertrain, and/or
right away, the Roadside immediately, keep driving it until it warranties specific to e-Assist in
Assistance advisor may can be scheduled for service, both the U.S. and Canada.
give permission to get local unless, of course, the problem is
emergency road service. Several Courtesy Transportation
safety related. If it is, please call options are available to assist in
You will receive payment, up to your dealership, let them know this,
$100, after sending the original reducing inconvenience when
and ask for instructions. warranty repairs are required.
receipt to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be If your dealer requests you to bring Courtesy Transportation is not a
covered, however any cost for the vehicle for service, you are part of the New Vehicle Limited
parts and labor for repairs not urged to do so as early in the work Warranty. A separate booklet
covered by the warranty are the day as possible to allow for entitled “Limited Warranty and
owner responsibility. same-day repair. Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation provides detailed warranty coverage
Appointments (U.S. and Program (U.S. and information.
Canada) Canada)
When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up requirements, insurance coverage,
to the maximum amount allowed by credit card, etc. You are responsible
Warranty service can generally be
GM for shuttle service. In addition, for fuel usage charges and may also
completed while you wait. However,
for U.S. customers, should you be responsible for taxes, levies,
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
arrange transportation through a usage fees, excessive mileage,
to minimize inconvenience by
friend or relative, limited or rental usage beyond the
providing several transportation
reimbursement for reasonable fuel completion of the repair.
options. Depending on the
expenses may be available. Claim It may not be possible to provide a
circumstances, your dealer can offer
amounts should reflect actual costs like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
one of the following:
and be supported by original
Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for Additional Program
information regarding the allowance Information
Shuttle service is the preferred
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
means of offering Courtesy All program options, such as shuttle
or other transportation costs.
Transportation. Dealers may provide service, may not be available at
shuttle service to get you to your Courtesy Rental Vehicle every dealer. Please contact your
destination with minimal interruption dealer for specific information
Your dealer may arrange to provide
of your daily schedule. This includes about availability. All Courtesy
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
one-way or round-trip shuttle service Transportation arrangements will be
reimburse you for a rental vehicle
within reasonable time and distance administered by appropriate dealer
that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
parameters of your dealer's area. personnel.
for an overnight warranty repair.
Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited General Motors reserves the
Reimbursement and must be supported by original right to unilaterally modify,
receipts. This requires that you sign change, or discontinue Courtesy
If the vehicle requires overnight
and complete a rental agreement Transportation at any time and to
warranty repairs, and public
and meet state/provincial, local, resolve all questions of claim
transportation is used instead of
and rental vehicle provider eligibility pursuant to the terms and
your dealer's shuttle service, the
requirements. Requirements vary conditions described herein at its
expense must be supported by
and may include minimum age sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts covered by the GM New Vehicle
may also be used for repair. These Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
(U.S. and Canada) parts are typically removed from failure related to such parts is not
If the vehicle is involved in a vehicles that were total losses in covered by that warranty.
collision and it is damaged, have the prior crashes. In most cases, the
damage repaired by a qualified parts being recycled are from Repair Facility
technician using the proper undamaged sections of the vehicle. GM also recommends that you
equipment and quality replacement A recycled original equipment GM choose a collision repair facility that
parts. Poorly performed collision part may be an acceptable choice to meets your needs before you ever
repairs diminish the vehicle resale maintain the vehicle's originally need collision repairs. Your dealer
value, and safety performance can designed appearance and safety may have a collision repair center
be compromised in subsequent performance; however, the history of with GM-trained technicians and
collisions. these parts is not known. Such parts state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
are not covered by the GM New able to recommend a collision repair
Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any center that has GM-trained
Genuine GM Collision parts are new related failures are not covered by technicians and comparable
parts made with the same materials that warranty. equipment.
and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are also
parts with which the vehicle was Insuring the Vehicle
available. These are made by
originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may Protect your investment in the GM
Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. vehicle with comprehensive and
ensure that the vehicle's designed As a result, these parts may fit collision insurance coverage. There
appearance, durability, and safety poorly, exhibit premature durability/ are significant differences in the
are preserved. The use of Genuine corrosion problems, and may not quality of coverage afforded by
GM parts can help maintain the GM perform properly in subsequent various insurance policy terms.
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
Many insurance policies provide If a Crash Occurs

. Vehicle license plate number.
reduced protection to the GM . Vehicle make, model, and
If there has been an injury, call
vehicle by limiting compensation for model year.
emergency services for help. Do not
damage repairs through the use of
leave the scene of a crash until all . Vehicle Identification
aftermarket collision parts. Some
matters have been taken care of. Number (VIN).
insurance companies will not
Move the vehicle only if its position
specify aftermarket collision parts. . Insurance company and policy
puts you in danger, or you are
When purchasing insurance, we number.
instructed to move it by a police
recommend that you ensure that the
officer. . General description of the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
damage to the other vehicle.
original equipment collision parts. Give only the necessary information
If such insurance coverage is not to police and other parties involved Choose a reputable repair facility
available from your current in the crash. that uses quality replacement parts.
insurance carrier, consider switching See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
For emergency towing see
to another insurance carrier. section.
Roadside Assistance Program
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside If the airbag has inflated, see What
company may require you to have Assistance Program (U.S. and Will You See after an Airbag
insurance that ensures repairs with Canada) on page 13‑11. Inflates? on page 3‑26.
Genuine GM Original Equipment Gather the following information:
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Driver name, address, and Repair Process
parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number. In the event that the vehicle requires
you may be charged at the end of . Driver license number. damage repairs, GM recommends
the lease for poor quality repairs. .
that you take an active role in its
Owner name, address, and repair. If you have a pre-determined
telephone number. repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any repair limits, as you have no Owner Information
required replacement collision parts contractual limits with that company.
Owner publications are written
be original equipment parts, either In such cases, you can have control
specifically for owners and intended
new Genuine GM parts or recycled of the repair and parts choices as
to provide basic operational
original GM parts. Remember, long as the cost stays within
information about the vehicle.
recycled parts will not be covered by reasonable limits.
The Owner Manual includes the
the GM vehicle warranty.
Maintenance Schedule for all
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications models.
but you must live with the repair. Ordering Information In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Depending on your policy limits,
Service Manuals Owner Manual, and Warranty
your insurance company may
Manual.
initially value the repair using Service Manuals have the diagnosis
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with and repair information on the RETAIL SELL PRICE:
the repair professional, and insist on engines, transmission, axle, $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Genuine GM parts. Remember, suspension, brakes, electrical, shipping fees.
if the vehicle is leased, you may be steering, body, etc. Without Portfolio: Owner
obligated to have the vehicle Manual only.
repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins
even if your insurance coverage RETAIL SELL PRICE:
Service Bulletins give additional
does not pay the full cost. $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
technical service information
shipping fees.
If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service
company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks.
you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions
repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and
insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
Current and Past Models Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot

Technical Service Bulletins and become involved in individual
Manuals are available for current
Defects problems between you, your
and past model GM vehicles. dealer, or General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: To contact NHTSA, you may
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday to the United States call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or write to:
Or write to: death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA
Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Attention: Customer Service Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590
47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
You can also obtain other
Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors.
information about motor
Prices are subject to change without If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from
notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov.
obligation. Allow ample time for investigation, and if it finds
delivery. that a safety defect exists in a
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. group of vehicles, it may order a
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. recall and remedy campaign.
funds.
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data

to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy
If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like
believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of
defect, notify Transport Canada computers that record information
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
immediately, and notify General about the vehicle’s performance and
Chevrolet Motor Division how it is driven. For example, the
Motors of Canada Limited.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance vehicle uses computer modules to
Call Transport Canada at
Center monitor and control engine and
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
P.O. Box 33170 transmission performance, to
Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170 monitor the conditions for airbag
Road Safety Branch deployment and deploy them in a
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
80 rue Noel crash, and, if equipped, to provide
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 antilock braking to help the driver
(French), or write:
control the vehicle. These modules
General Motors of Canada Limited may store data to help the dealer
Customer Care Centre, technician service the vehicle.
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Some modules may also store data
1908 Colonel Sam Drive about how the vehicle is operated,
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.

. How far (if at all) the driver was
Event Data Recorders depressing the accelerator and/
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
This vehicle is equipped with an or brake pedal; and, access to the vehicle or the EDR is
event data recorder (EDR). The needed. In addition to the vehicle
. How fast the vehicle was
main purpose of an EDR is to manufacturer, other parties, such as
traveling.
record, in certain crash or near law enforcement, that have the
crash-like situations, such as an air These data can help provide a special equipment, can read the
bag deployment or hitting a road better understanding of the information if they have access to
obstacle, data that will assist in circumstances in which crashes and the vehicle or the EDR.
understanding how a vehicle’s injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
systems performed. The EDR is recorded by your vehicle only if a GM will not access this data or
designed to record data related to non-trivial crash situation occurs; no share it with others except: with the
vehicle dynamics and safety data are recorded by the EDR under consent of the vehicle owner or,
systems for a short period of time, normal driving conditions and no if the vehicle is leased, with the
typically 30 seconds or less. The personal data (e.g., name, gender, consent of the lessee; in response
EDR in this vehicle is designed to age, and crash location) are to an official request by police or
record such data as: recorded. However, other parties, similar government office; as part of
such as law enforcement, could GM's defense of litigation through
. How various systems in your the discovery process; or, as
combine the EDR data with the type
vehicle were operating; required by law. Data that GM
of personally identifying data
. Whether or not the driver and routinely acquired during a crash collects or receives may also be
passenger safety belts were investigation. used for GM research needs or may
buckled/fastened; be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar® Radio Frequency Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:
If the vehicle is equipped with Identification (RFID)
OnStar® and has an active 1. The device may not cause
RFID technology is used in some harmful interference.
subscription, additional data may vehicles for functions such as tire
be collected through the OnStar pressure monitoring and ignition 2. The device must accept any
system. This includes information system security, as well as in interference received, including
about the vehicle’s operation; about connection with conveniences such interference that may cause
collisions involving the vehicle; the as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) undesired operation of the
use of the vehicle and its features; transmitters for remote door locking/ device.
and, in certain situations, the unlocking and starting, and Changes or modifications to any of
location and approximate GPS in-vehicle transmitters for garage these systems by other than an
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the door openers. RFID technology in authorized service facility could void
OnStar Terms and Conditions and GM vehicles does not use or record authorization to use this equipment.
Privacy Statement on the OnStar personal information or link with any
website. other GM system containing
personal information.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a Radio Frequency
navigation system as part of the Statement
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of This vehicle has systems that
destinations, addresses, telephone operate on a radio frequency that
numbers, and other trip information. comply with Part 15 of the Federal
See the infotainment manual for Communications Commission (FCC)
information on stored data and for rules and with Industry Canada
deletion instructions. Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
2 NOTES
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Press = to:

. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
OnStar Overview .
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Navigation voice commands.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Requires the available Directions
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Press Q to connect to a live
for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to:
OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic
OnStar Additional Services.
. Verify account information or
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 update contact information.
The OnStar system status light is .
next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires
status light is: the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
. Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand
. Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the
. Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Press the OnStar Emergency
Advisor. button > to get a priority
connection to an Emergency
Advisor available 24/7 to:
14-2 OnStar
. Get help for an emergency.
OnStar Services equipped with automatic door locks,
and can help police locate the
. Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert. vehicle if it is stolen.
Emergency
. Get crisis assistance and
evacuation routes.
With Automatic Crash Response, Navigation
the built-in system can automatically
OnStar navigation requires the
connect to help in most crashes,
Directions and Connections
even if help cannot be requested.
service plan.
Press > to connect to an
Press Q to receive directions or
Emergency Advisor. GPS
have them sent to the vehicle
technology is used to identify the
navigation screen, if equipped.
vehicle location and can provide
Destinations can also be forwarded
critical information to emergency
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
personnel. The Advisor is also
The OnStar mapping database is
trained to offer critical assistance in
continuously updated. For coverage
emergency situations before first
maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)
responders arrive.
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Security Turn-by-Turn Navigation
OnStar provides services like Stolen 1. Press Q to connect to a live
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition Advisor.
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if the vehicle is equipped with these 2. Request directions.
services. OnStar can unlock the 3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle doors remotely, if it is vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands Repeat Other Navigation Services

During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds:
Available from OnStar
Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Allows
subscribers to send destinations
1. Press =. System responds: 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds
from MapQuest.com to their
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say with the last direction given, then
Turn-by-Turn Navigation or
“Cancel route.” System responds with “OnStar ready,”
screen-based navigation system.
responds: “Do you want to then a tone.
When ready, the directions will be
cancel directions?” 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice downloaded to the vehicle.
2. Say “Yes.” System responds: commands.
Destination Download: Press Q,
“OK, request completed, thank Get My Destination then request the Advisor to
you, goodbye.” download directions to the
1. Press =. System responds:
Route Preview navigation system in the vehicle.
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
After the call ends, press the “Go”
1. Press =. System responds: 2. Say “Get my destination.” button on the navigation screen to
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. System responds with address begin driving directions.
2. Say “Route preview.” System and the distance to the
Destinations can also be
responds with the next three destination, then responds with
downloaded on the go. For
maneuvers. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
information about eNav, Destination
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice Download, and coverage maps
commands. commands. see www.onstar.com (U.S.),
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
14-4 OnStar
Connections 2. Say “Call.” The system responds 3. Say the entire number without
“Please say the name or number pausing. System responds:
OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows to call.” “Please say the name tag.”
calls to be made and received from
the vehicle. The vehicle can also be 3. Say “911” without pausing. The 4. Pick a name tag. System
controlled from a cell phone through system responds “911.” responds: “About to store <name
the OnStar RemoteLink mobile 4. Say “Call.” The system responds tag>. Does that sound OK?”
app. For coverage maps, see “OK, dialing 911.” 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try
www.onstar.com (U.S.), again. System responds: “OK,
www.onstar.ca (Canada). Retrieve My Number storing <name tag>.”
Hands-Free Calling 1. Press =. System responds: Place a Call Using a Stored
“OnStar ready.” Number
1. Press =. System responds:
2. Say “My number.” System
“OnStar ready.”
responds: “Your OnStar 1. Press =. System responds:
2. Say “Call.” System responds: Hands-Free Calling number is.” “OnStar ready.”
“Please say the name or number 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
to call.” End a Call responds: “OK, calling
3. Say the entire number without Press =. System responds: “Call <name tag>.”
pausing, including a “1” and the ended.” Verify Minutes and Expiration
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.” Store a Name Tag for Speed Press = and say “Minutes” then
Dialing “Verify” to check how many minutes
Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds: remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. The system responds “OnStar ready.”
“OnStar Ready,” followed by
a tone. 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
“Please say the number you
would like to store.”
OnStar 14-5
OnStar Mobile App OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works

Download the OnStar RemoteLink Information Automatic Crash Response,
mobile app to select Apple, Android Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
and Blackberry devices to check Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
vehicle fuel level, oil life, or tire Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
pressure; to start the vehicle (if Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
equipped) or unlock it; or to connect eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
to an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
RemoteLink information and account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available
compatibility, see www.onstar.com receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For
(U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada). ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description
may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system
Diagnostics vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and
information. conditions:
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will
perform a vehicle check every Reactivation for Subsequent . In the U.S. see www.onstar.com
month. It will check the engine, Owners (U.S.) or call 1.888.4.ONSTAR.
transmission, antilock brakes, and (1.888.466.7827).
major vehicle systems. It also Press Q and follow the prompts to . In Canada see www.onstar.ca
checks the tire pressures, if the speak to an Advisor as soon as (Canada) or call
vehicle is equipped with the Tire possible after acquiring the vehicle. 1.888.4.ONSTAR.
Pressure Monitoring System. If a The Advisor will update vehicle (1.888.466.7827).
diagnostics check is needed records and will explain the OnStar
. TTY 1-877-248-2080.
service offers and options available.
between e-mails, press Q, and an
Advisor can run a check. . Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.
14-6 OnStar
OnStar services require a vehicle service such as hills, tall buildings, TTY Users
electrical system, wireless service, tunnels, weather, electrical system
OnStar has the ability to
and GPS satellite technologies to be design and architecture of the
communicate to the deaf,
available and operating for features vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
to function properly. These systems crash, or wireless phone network
customers while in the vehicle. The
may not operate if the battery is congestion or jamming.
available dealer-installed TTY
discharged or disconnected. See Radio Frequency Statement on system can provide in-vehicle
OnStar service cannot work unless page 13‑21 for information access to all of the OnStar services,
your vehicle is in a place where regarding Part 15 of the Federal except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar has an agreement with a Communications Commission (FCC) Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
wireless service provider for service rules and Industry Canada
in that area, and the wireless Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca
service provider has coverage, (Canada)
network capacity, reception, and Services for People with
Disabilities The website provides access to
technology compatible with OnStar account information, allows
service. Service involving location Advisors provide services to help management of the OnStar
information about the vehicle cannot subscribers with physical disabilities subscription, and viewing of videos
work unless GPS signals are and medical conditions. of each service. Get subscription
available, unobstructed, and plan pricing and sign up for OnStar
compatible with the OnStar Press Q for help with: Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the
hardware. OnStar service may not . Locating a gas station with an “My Account” tab on the home
work if the OnStar equipment is not attendant to pump gas. page. The website navigation and
properly installed or it has not been services provided may vary by
properly maintained. If equipment or
. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
country.
software is added, connected, that meets accessibility needs.
or modified, OnStar service may not . Providing directions to the
work. Other problems beyond the closest hospital or pharmacy in
control of OnStar may prevent urgent situations.
OnStar 14-7
OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues

. In emergency situations, OnStar
Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS
Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency
A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders.
the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the
. A temporary loss of GPS can
Assistance. You will be prompted to vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send
change the PIN the first time when for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
speaking with an Advisor. To can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back
and provide the Advisor with the to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an
current number. open area.
Global Positioning
Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas
OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can Avoid placing items over or near the
warranted as part of the New occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The buildings; in parking garages; and GPS signal reception. Cellular
manufacturer of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to
furnishes detailed warranty underpasses, or parking send remote signals to the vehicle.
information. garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar
dense trees. If GPS signals are Message
Languages not available, the OnStar system
The vehicle can be programmed to should still operate to call If there is limited cellular coverage
respond in English, French or OnStar. However, OnStar could or the cellular network has reached
have difficulty identifying the maximum capacity, this message
Spanish. Press Q and ask an
Advisor. Advisors can speak exact location. may come on. Press Q to try the
English, French or Spanish. call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
14-8 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues cannot be assured. Third parties THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
may unlawfully intercept or access “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY
OnStar services require a vehicle
transmissions and private OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
electrical system, wireless service,
communications without consent. IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
and GPS satellite technologies to be
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
available and operating for features OnStar - libcurl and unzip OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
to function properly. These systems acknowledgments FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
may not operate if the battery is
Certain OnStar components include AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
discharged or disconnected.
libcurl and unzip software. Below THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
Add-on Electrical Equipment are the notices and licenses EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
associated with this software: OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
The OnStar system is integrated BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
into the electrical architecture of the libcurl: DAMAGES OR OTHER
vehicle. Do not add any electrical LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
equipment. See Add-On Electrical COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
Equipment on page 9‑58. Added OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
electrical equipment may interfere Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
with the operation of the OnStar Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
system and cause it to not operate. All rights reserved. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Privacy THE SOFTWARE.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
The complete OnStar Privacy and distribute this software for any Except as contained in this notice,
Statement may be found at purpose with or without fee is the name of a copyright holder
www.onstar.com (U.S.), hereby granted, provided that the shall not be used in advertising or
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). above copyright notice and this otherwise to promote the sale, use
Privacy-sensitive users of wireless permission notice appear in all or other dealings in this Software
communications are cautioned that copies. without prior written authorization of
the privacy of any information sent the copyright holder.
via wireless cellular communications
OnStar 14-9
unzip: Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, 2. Redistributions in binary form

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, (compiled executables) must
the Info-ZIP copyright and license. Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, reproduce the above copyright
The definitive version of this Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, notice, definition, disclaimer,
document should be available Rich Wales, Mike White and this list of conditions in
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ This software is provided “as is,” documentation and/or other
license.html indefinitely. without warranty of any kind, materials provided with the
express or implied. In no event distribution. The sole exception
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. to this condition is redistribution
All rights reserved. shall Info-ZIP or its contributors be
held liable for any direct, indirect, of a standard UnZipSFX binary
For the purposes of this copyright incidental, special or consequential (including SFXWiz) as part of a
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as damages arising out of the use of or self-extracting archive; that is
the following set of individuals: inability to use this software. permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, Permission is granted to anyone to normal SFX banner has not
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, use this software for any purpose, been removed from the binary or
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, including commercial applications, disabled.
Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris and to alter it and redistribute it
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, freely, subject to the following
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, restrictions:
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 1. Redistributions of source code
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, must retain the above copyright
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, and
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, this list of conditions.
14-10 OnStar
3. Altered versions–including, but 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use

not limited to, ports to new the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
operating systems, existing ports “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
with new graphical interfaces, “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and dynamic, shared, or static and “MacZip” for its own source
library versions–must be plainly and binary releases.
marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the
original source. Such altered
versions also must not be
misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including, but
not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP” (or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
“MacZip” without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP.
Such altered versions
are further prohibited from
misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP
e-mail addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont'd) Appearance Care

What Will You See after an Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97
Accessories and
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
When Should an Airbag Armrest
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Add-On Electrical
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-23 Assistance Program,
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Airbags Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7, 13-11
Additional Information
Adding Equipment to the Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Adjustments
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-14 Audio System
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-15
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Air Filter, Passenger
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Automatic
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Alarm Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Airbag System
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
How Does an Airbag
Antenna Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14 Automatic Transmission
Passenger Sensing
Antilock Brake Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Shift Lock Control
What Makes an Airbag
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Auxiliary
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Cargo

High Intensity Discharge Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Cautions, Danger, and
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . 10-91, 10-92
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-35 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Taillamps, Turn CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Voltage and Charging
Signal, Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-3
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Stoplamps, and Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-27
Back-up Lamps . . . . 10-33, 10-34 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-15
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 7-22, 7-23, 7-27
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Check
Brake
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-18
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 C Ignition
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-26
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
California Child Restraints
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Infants and Young
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Perchlorate Materials Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Lower Anchors and
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-41
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-42 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Capacities and Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32, 6-4
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Cleaning
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Carbon Monoxide Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Headlamps, Front Turn Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Signal, Sidemarker, and Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
INDEX i-3
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Devices
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Courtesy Transportation Diagnostics
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-15 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Door
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Competitive Driving, Racing Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5 Ajar Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
or Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Text Telephone (TTY) Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Compressor Kit, Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-6 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Tire Sealant . . . . . . . . . .10-68, 10-76 Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Connections Service Publications Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . 5-12
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4 Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-17 Driver Information
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Customer Satisfaction Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2, 13-4 Driving
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Characteristics and
Coolant D Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-53
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-15 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine Temperature Danger, Warnings, and Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-25
Engine Temperature Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-20 Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Daytime Running Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
i-4 INDEX
Driving (cont'd) Engine Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6 F
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Features
Dual Automatic Climate Coolant Temperature Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Filter,
Coolant Temperature Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-15
E Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
E85 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-19 Cooling System Messages . . .5-30 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Electrical Equipment, Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-103
Electrical System Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Fluid
Engine Compartment Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-14
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Instrument Panel Fuse Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Fog Lamps
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . 10-32, 6-4
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-26 Forward Collision Alert
Emergency Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Front Fog Lamp
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-20
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
INDEX i-5
Front Seats G H
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-41 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Gasoline Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Headlamps
E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25
Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Filling a Portable Fuel
Engine Coolant Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Daytime Running
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-47
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Headlamps, Front Turn
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Signal, Sidemarker, and
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-23
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Warning Lights and High Intensity Discharge
Requirements, California . . . . .9-47
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
General Information High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Engine Compartment
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-24
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Instrument Panel Fuse
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
GM Mobility Reimbursement Heater
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1
High Voltage Devices and
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
i-6 INDEX
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 J Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . 9-44

High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-53 Lane Departure Warning
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . .10-91, 10-92
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-33 K LATCH System
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-32 Replacing Parts after a
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Keyless Entry Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
How to Wear Safety Belts Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
I L Lighting
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . 9-15, 9-17 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-46 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Ignition Transmission Lock Lamps Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Indicator Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Lights
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Infants and Young Children, Exterior Lamps Off Antilock Brake System
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-18
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-21 Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-15 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Instrument Panel On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-19
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2 Engine Coolant
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-22
INDEX i-7
Lights (cont'd) Lower Anchors and Tethers Messages (cont'd)

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-23 for Children (LATCH Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Object Detection System . . . . .5-33
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-33
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-20 M Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Maintenance Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-13 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Maintenance Schedule Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Service Electric Parking Recommended Fluids Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12 Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-15 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Traction Control System Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Mirrors
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Automatic Dimming
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Messages Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Locks Battery Voltage and Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-30 Monitor System, Tire
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-23 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
i-8 INDEX
N OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Passenger Airbag Status

OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Navigation
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Passenger Compartment Air
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Operation, Infotainment Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-27
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Perchlorate Materials
Ordering Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
O Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-17 Personalization
Object Detection System Outlets Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Phone
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-22, 7-23, 7-27
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Overview, Infotainment Power
Off-Road System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
P Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Park Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-23
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-13 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Pregnancy, Using Safety
Parking
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-34 Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Privacy
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
OnStar® Radio Frequency
Brake and P (Park)
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-21
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27
OnStar® Additional
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-25
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
INDEX i-9
Program Records Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14 Ride Control Systems
Proposition 65 Warning, Recreational Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95 Roads
Reimbursement Program, Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
R GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Roadside Assistance
Racing or Other Competitive Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7, 13-11
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Roof
Radio Frequency Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-21 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21 Replacement Parts Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Radios Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 Running the Vehicle While
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-33
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Replacing LATCH System S
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Replacing Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-20 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-42 Reporting Safety Defects How to Wear Safety Belts
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-19 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Recommended Restraints Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-20
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-18
Recommended Fluids and Retained Accessory
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
i-10 INDEX
Safety Defects Reporting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Specifications and

Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-19 Accessories and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4 StabiliTrak
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Maintenance, General Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-13 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . .10-68, 10-76 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Seats Publications Ordering Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17 Starting the Vehicle
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-13 Messsages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4 Service Electric Parking Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Shift Lock Control Function Bulb Replacement . . . 10-33, 10-34
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Check, Automatic Storage Areas
Securing Child Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52 Shifting Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Security Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33 Signals, Turn and Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Storing the Tire Sealant
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Spare Tire and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
INDEX i-11
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Tires (cont'd) Towing (cont'd)

Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-55 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-95
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56, 9-57
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95
System Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Traction
Forward Collision Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-33
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-54 Control System (TCS)/
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21, 7-1 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Sealant and Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
T Compressor Kit . . . . 10-68, 10-76 Trailer
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Sealant and Compressor Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56, 9-57
Taillamps Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Transmission
Bulb Replacement . . . 10-33, 10-34 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Terminology and Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Theft-Deterrent Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15, 2-16 Uniform Tire Quality Transportation Program,
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Wheel Alignment and Tire Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Tires Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-65 Turn and Lane-Change
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 When It Is Time for New Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Turn Signal
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 Bulb Replacement . . . 10-33, 10-34
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 Towing
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-53
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-52
i-12 INDEX
U Vehicle Care Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-40

Storing the Tire Sealant Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-40
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-83 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Uniform Tire Quality
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Windshield
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-41
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Voltage Devices and Winter
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
V W Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27

Warning Wiring, High Voltage
Vehicle Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Identification
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Wheels
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Alignment and Tire
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-20
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60

Calculo Tonelaje Punzonado

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Calculo Tonelaje Punzonado

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/24/12 Black plate (1,1)

2013 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1

2013 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Additional Maintenance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart # : Fog Lamps

In Brief Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 eAssist Features

8. Infotainment on page 7‑1. page 5‑2.

AM-FM Radio on page 7‑9.

21. Lane Departure Warning Initial Drive

StabiliTrak® System on For more detailed information, refer

Windows Express Window Operation

Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Power Seats

Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright

To adjust the lumbar support,

See Lumbar Adjustment on 3. Push and pull on the seatback to

Second Row Seats

Head Restraint The passenger sensing system

Mirror Adjustment Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

Dome Lamps There are front and rear reading

Rear Reading Lamps

Exterior Lighting AUTO: Automatically turns the See:

3: Move the lever to 3 , then

Vehicle Features Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices

Steering Wheel Controls _ SRC ^ : Use to select a radio Cruise Control

SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down Forward Collision Alert

Lane Departure Rear Vision Keep the sensors on the vehicle's

Universal Remote System Sunroof Open/Close: Press and hold the

eAssist Features This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist

Battery Performance and StabiliTrak® System

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Doors Interior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter has been removed from

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Programming Transmitters to Programming with a Recognized

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

When all additional transmitters The Driver Information Center

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Conditions in Which Remote Start Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Front Door Panels

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Doors WARNING (Continued)

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Emergency Trunk Release The emergency trunk release

Notice: Do not use the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Vehicle Security Disarming the System Immobilizer

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

dealer who can service the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

If the RKE transmitter appears to be Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors